summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-02-10 03:01:13 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-02-10 03:01:13 +0000
commit7428e668f046bec10d1200214789e40390fa51e7 (patch)
treed28de61e9d3ed96c80ebf2300d0ba3d6a76414e6 /macros
parent1350502b809c028b8f123dec94ca92782eda564f (diff)
CTAN sync 202102100301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/README.md9
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.dtx290
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.ins3
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.pdfbin0 -> 370603 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.tex232
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.pdfbin464340 -> 719107 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.tex217
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/install_jsfiles.tex312
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.pdfbin70199 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.tex18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.pdfbin763806 -> 794029 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.tex63
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex4.tex26
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.pdfbin256560 -> 261015 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.tex24
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.pdfbin713378 -> 719343 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_index_ex.pdfbin0 -> 26192 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.pdfbin19205 -> 26896 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.tex11
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdfbin297365 -> 297366 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdfbin225630 -> 225794 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.tex18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.cls74
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdfbin198815 -> 198298 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html920
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdfbin296810 -> 298373 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex24
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdfbin2421160 -> 2396661 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.css296
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.html7468
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual2.html20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual3.html18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual4.html24
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual5.html18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual6.html18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual7.html18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdfbin188802 -> 188032 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx47
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins1
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/manifest.txt2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/README9
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/basic-macros.opm37
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/cite-bib.opm2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/doc.opm2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/fonts-select.opm6
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/hyperlinks.opm5
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/if-macros.opm14
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/languages.opm24
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/makeindex.opm11
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/maketoc.opm49
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/math-macros.opm32
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/math-preload.opm24
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/math-unicode.opm6
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/more-macros.opm2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/optex.ini2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/others.opm2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/outlines.opm42
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/parameters.opm42
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/pdfuni-string.opm71
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/ref-file.opm14
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/references.opm5
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/sections.opm52
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/slides.opm6
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/table.opm19
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-codes.opm40
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-table.opm3
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/base/verbatim.opm16
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-demo.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-slides.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/doc/omls.tex832
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.pdfbin1362584 -> 1366580 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-math.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-techdoc.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-userdoc.tex45
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/INSTALL.txt2
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-texnegar.pdfbin13141 -> 13142 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-xep.pdfbin10116 -> 10117 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-glyph.pdfbin63436 -> 63437 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-hrule.pdfbin62969 -> 62969 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-xep.pdfbin65544 -> 65546 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.ltx8
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.pdfbin2873970 -> 2874338 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-glyph.pdfbin878555 -> 878555 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-glyph.pdfbin278471 -> 278471 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-hrule.pdfbin169438 -> 169438 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-glyph.pdfbin157990 -> 157989 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-glyph.pdfbin212553 -> 212547 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-hrule.pdfbin156635 -> 156643 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-glyph.pdfbin156636 -> 156634 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-glyph.pdfbin194661 -> 194660 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-hrule.pdfbin155945 -> 155937 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.dtx106
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.pdfbin563702 -> 568634 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/xepersian-XB.pdfbin106691 -> 106690 bytes
101 files changed, 10706 insertions, 1038 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/README.md
index e82882f8b5..322055fa7c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
The AeB Pro Package
Author: D. P. Story
-Dated: 2019-03-21
+Dated: 2021-02-07
The AeB Pro Package complements and extends AcroTeX eDucation Bundle.
@@ -38,6 +38,13 @@ The AcroTeX Blog (http://blog.acrotex.net/) lists the distribution files at
http://www.acrotex.net/blog/?page_id=835, all demo files that use AeB Pro
are listed at http://www.acrotex.net/blog/?tag=aeb-pro.
+What's New (2021-02-07) Fix a long time bug of page events.
+
+What's New (2021-02-04) Updated documentation to reflect new security restriction
+by Adobe Acrobat DC (purchased or updated after December 2020). Authored the document
+acrobat-in-workflow.pdf to explain the procedure to configure Acrobat DC. Creating
+an altnernative name of aeb-pro, to conform to CTAN naming.
+
What's New (2019/03/21) This new version requires aeb-comment
(version 3.2 of the comment package). Changed the order of
loading of the insdljs package.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.dtx
index 5ce34f64cc..a225c7209b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%<*copyright>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% aeb_pro.sty package, %%
-%% Copyright (C) 2006--2019 D. P. Story %%
+%% Copyright (C) 2006--2021 D. P. Story %%
%% dpstory@acrotex.net %%
%% %%
%% This program can redistributed and/or modified under %%
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
%</copyright>
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1997/12/01]
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{aeb_pro}
-%<package> [2019/03/21 v2.9.5 aeb_pro: A support package (dps)]
+%<package> [2021/02/07 v2.10 aeb_pro: A support package (dps)]
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\usepackage[colorlinks,hyperindex=false]{hyperref}
@@ -35,6 +35,9 @@
\def\ameta#1{\ensuremath{\langle\textit{\texttt{#1}}\rangle}}
\def\meta#1{\textsl{\texttt{#1}}}
\def\SUB#1{\ensuremath{{}_{\mbox{\scriptsize\ttfamily#1}}}}
+\makeatletter
+\let\@latex@warning@no@line\@gobble
+\makeatother
\InputIfFileExists{aebdocfmt.def}{\PackageInfo{aeb_pro}{Inputting aebdocfmt.def}}
{\def\IndexOpt{\DescribeMacro}\def\IndexKey{\DescribeMacro}\let\setupFullwidth\relax
\PackageInfo{aeb_pro}{aebdocfmt.def cannot be found}}
@@ -60,10 +63,27 @@
% \InputIfFileExists{aebdonotindex.def}{\PackageInfo{aeb_pro}{Inputting aebdonotindex.def}}
% {\PackageInfo{aeb_pro}{cannot find aebdonotindex.def}}
%
+%
+% \section{Alternate package name: \texorpdfstring{\protect\pkg{aeb-pro}}{aeb-pro}}
+% CTAN lists this package (\pkg{aeb\_pro}) as \pkg{aeb-pro}, so we'll create
+% a dummy package by that name.
+% \changes{v1.2}{2018/04/26}{Added dummy package \string\pkg{annot-pro}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*altpkgname>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{aeb-pro}
+ [2021/02/04 v1.0 aeb-pro Alt-name (dps)]
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+\DeclareOptionX*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{aeb_pro}}
+\ProcessOptionsX\relax
+\RequirePackage{aeb_pro}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Begin package segment
+%</altpkgname>
%<*package>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v2.9.7}{2021/02/04}{Updated documentation to reflect new Acrobat security restriction,
+% Acrobat may have to be configured.}
% \changes{v2.9}{2017/08/25}{Extracted some of the code from unicode.def to create a new package, forms16be.
% This package now includes forms16be.}
% \changes{v1.9}{2016/03/03}{Allow users of pdftex and xetex to access JavaScript related
@@ -225,7 +245,7 @@
{\PackageInfo{aeb_pro}{Inputting code for the pro option}}%
{\PackageInfo{aeb_pro}{Cannot find aebpro.def.
Reinstall or refresh your file name database, as needed.}}}
-\AtEndOfPackage{\aeb@InputAeBPro}
+%\AtEndOfPackage{\aeb@InputAeBPro}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{\texttt{uselayers} option}
@@ -292,10 +312,10 @@
% (2015/08/06) Added code so that the childof is read after linktoattachments
% \changes{v2.4}{2016/08/03}{Removed the \string\texttt{latin1} option as unworkable across some workflows}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{linktoattachments}{% dps23
+\DeclareOptionX{linktoattachments}{%
\let\aeb@InputUnicodes\@aeb@InputUnicodes
}
-\def\ap@RequireUnicode{\RequirePackage{forms16be}} % dps23
+\def\ap@RequireUnicode{\RequirePackage{forms16be}}
\let\aeb@childofInput\@empty
\let\aeb@childof\@empty
\DeclareOptionX{childof}{\def\aeb@childof{#1}\def\aeb@childofInput{%
@@ -541,7 +561,7 @@
\@ifpackageloaded{eforms}{\let\execjs\aebp@YES}
{%
\@ifundefined{aeb@eforms@opts}{}
- {\ap@RP[execJS]{eforms}[2017/01/03]}%
+ {\ap@RP[execJS]{eforms}[2020/12/14]}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% load \pkg{eforms} before \pkg{insdljs} so \pkg{eforms} can properly pass options
@@ -550,7 +570,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackageloaded{insdljs}{\let\execjs\aebp@YES}
{%
- \ap@RP[execJS]{insdljs}[2016/07/31]% incls conv-xkv
+ \ap@RP[execJS]{insdljs}[2021/02/07]%
}
\@ifpackageloaded{aebxmp}{\aebp@PkgWarningi{aebxmp}}
{%
@@ -586,7 +606,7 @@
% \changes{v2.9}{2017/08/25}{require \string\pkg{forms16be} as needed}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\aeb@InputUnicodes\@empty\else\expandafter
-\ap@RequireUnicode\fi% dps23
+\ap@RequireUnicode\fi
\ifpdfmarkup\else\if\aebp@uselayers1
\excludecomment{printRollover}%
\excludecomment{rollover}%
@@ -2077,6 +2097,8 @@ try {
% \cs{maketitle}) is a special case: When setting the open and close
% page actions for the first page, these environments \emph{must go}
% in the preamble.
+% \changes{v2.10}{2021/02/07}{Fix a long standing problem with page open
+% and close events}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\canceleveryPageOpen{\global\@everyPageOpenfalse
\global\let\every@PageOpen\@empty}
@@ -2085,14 +2107,14 @@ try {
\newenvironment{everyPageOpen}[1][]
{\global\@everyPageOpentrue\@defineJS[#1]{\every@PageOpen}}
{\end@defineJS
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne
\gdef\ap@AddtoOpenJS{\thisPageAction{\JS{\every@PageOpen}}{}}%
\expandafter\aftergroup\expandafter\ap@AddtoOpenJS\fi
}
\newenvironment{everyPageClose}[1][]
{\global\@everyPageClosetrue\@defineJS[#1]{\every@PageClose}}
{\end@defineJS
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne
\gdef\ap@AddtoCloseJS{\thisPageAction{}{\JS{\every@PageClose}}}%
\expandafter\aftergroup\expandafter\ap@AddtoCloseJS\fi
}
@@ -2100,7 +2122,7 @@ try {
\let\every@PageClose\@empty
\newenvironment{addJSToPageOpen}[1][]
{\@defineJS[#1]{\addJST@PageOpen}}{\end@defineJS
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne
\gdef\ap@AddtoOpenJS{\thisPageAction{\JS{\addJST@PageOpen}}{}}%
\expandafter\aftergroup\expandafter\ap@AddtoOpenJS\fi
}
@@ -2111,19 +2133,19 @@ try {
% The \texttt{addJSToPageOpenAt} and \texttt{addJSToPageCloseAt} can now be used
% in the preamble on the first page.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax\if\frstPageSpec\aebp@YES
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne\if\frstPageSpec\aebp@YES
\thisPageAction{\JS{\@nameuse{addJST@PageOpenAt1}}}{}\fi\fi
}
\newenvironment{addJSToPageClose}[1][]
-{\@defineJS[#1]{\addJST@PageClose}}{\end@defineJS
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
+{\pdfSpacesOff\@defineJS[#1]{\addJST@PageClose}}{\end@defineJS
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne
\gdef\ap@AddtoCloseJS{%
\thisPageAction{}{\JS{\addJST@PageClose}}}%
\expandafter\aftergroup\expandafter\ap@AddtoCloseJS\fi
}
\newenvironment{addJSToPageCloseAt}[2][]
-{\@@defineJS[#1]{addJST@PageCloseAt}{#2}}{\end@@defineJS
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax\if\frstPageSpec\aebp@YES
+{\pdfSpacesOff\@@defineJS[#1]{addJST@PageCloseAt}{#2}}{\end@@defineJS
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne\if\frstPageSpec\aebp@YES
\thisPageAction{}{\JS{\@nameuse{addJST@PageCloseAt1}}}\fi\fi
}
\let\addJST@PageOpen\@empty
@@ -2138,18 +2160,20 @@ try {
% define how our page actions are to be inserted.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\aebp@PageOpenCloseHandler{%
- \@ifundefined{addJST@PageOpenAt\arabic{page}}%
- {\global\let\thisOpenPageActionAt\@empty}%
- {\gdef\thisOpenPageActionAt{%
- \@nameuse{addJST@PageOpenAt\arabic{page}}}}%
- \@ifundefined{addJST@PageCloseAt\arabic{page}}%
- {\global\let\thisClosePageActionAt\@empty}%
- {\gdef\thisClosePageActionAt{%
- \@nameuse{addJST@PageCloseAt\arabic{page}}}}%
- \aebPageAction{\thisOpenPageActionAt\addJST@PageOpen}%
- {\thisClosePageActionAt\addJST@PageClose}%
- \global\let\addJST@PageOpen\@empty
- \global\let\addJST@PageClose\@empty
+ \@ifundefined{addJST@PageOpenAt\arabic{page}}%
+ {\global\let\thisOpenPageActionAt\@empty}%
+ {\gdef\thisOpenPageActionAt{%
+ \@nameuse{addJST@PageOpenAt\arabic{page}}}}%
+ \@ifundefined{addJST@PageCloseAt\arabic{page}}%
+ {\global\let\thisClosePageActionAt\@empty}%
+ {\gdef\thisClosePageActionAt{%
+ \@nameuse{addJST@PageCloseAt\arabic{page}}}}%
+ \ifx\addJST@PageOpen\@empty\def\x{}\else\def\x{^^J}\fi
+ \ifx\addJST@PageClose\@empty\def\y{}\else\def\y{^^J}\fi
+ \aebPageAction{\thisOpenPageActionAt\x\addJST@PageOpen}%
+ {\thisClosePageActionAt\y\addJST@PageClose}%
+ \global\let\addJST@PageOpen\@empty
+ \global\let\addJST@PageClose\@empty
}
% \end{macrocode}
% (2016/05/15) Added \cs{aebp@PageTransHandler} to handle the page
@@ -2158,48 +2182,42 @@ try {
% transitions}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\aebp@PageTransHandler{\@ifundefined{aebpP@geTr@nsP@ge\arabic{page}}
- {}{\@nameuse{aebpP@geTr@nsP@ge\arabic{page}}}}
+ {}{\@nameuse{aebpP@geTr@nsP@ge\arabic{page}}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The two handlers are executed on each page
% \changes{v2.1}{2016/05/15}{Added the command \string\cs{aebp@PageTransHandler}
% to the shipout cmd \string\cs{AddToShipoutPicture}.}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AddToShipoutPicture{\aebp@PageOpenCloseHandler
- \aebp@PageTransHandler}
+\AddToShipoutPicture{\aebp@PageOpenCloseHandler\aebp@PageTransHandler}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \DescribeMacro{\@@defineJS} is a variation of \cs{@defineJS}, as defined in the \textsf{insdljs} package.
+% \DescribeEnv{@@defineJS} is a variation of \cs{@defineJS}, as defined in the \textsf{insdljs} package.
% This version, at the end of the environment, calls the \cs{aebp@rse} command to parse the
% complex command argument, then makes a series of definitions to be used in the open/close
% page events.
+% \changes{v2.10}{2021/02/07}{The \string\env{@@defineJS} uses macros
+% defined in \string\pkg{insdljs}, dated 2021/02/07 or later.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{@@defineJS}[3][]
{%
- \gdef\argType{#2}\gdef\defineJSArg{#3}\JStoks={}%
- \def\verbatim@processline
- {%
- \xdef\JS@temp{\the\JStoks\the\verbatim@line\defineJSjsR}%
- \global\JStoks=\expandafter{\JS@temp}%
- }%
- \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
- #1%
- \verbatim@start
+ \@initdfnJS
+ \gdef\argType{#2}\gdef\defineJSArg{#3}\JStoks={}\dlfortypesetfalse
+ \@vrbsetupdfnJS\b@vrbdfnJS{#1}%
}{%
- \expandafter\aebp@rse\expandafter{\defineJSArg}%
- \edef\shakeandbake{%
- \noexpand\@for\noexpand\@mytoks:=\the\aeb@parsetoks}%
- \aeb@parsecnt=0 \shakeandbake \do {%
- \ifnum\aeb@parsecnt=0
- \edef\firsttok{\@mytoks}%
- \csarg\xdef{\argType\@mytoks}{\the\JStoks}%
- \else
- \edef\letsmakelet{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand
- \csname\argType\@mytoks\endcsname=\expandafter\noexpand
- \csname\argType\firsttok\endcsname}%
- \letsmakelet
- \fi
- \advance\aeb@parsecnt1\relax
- }%
+ \expandafter\aebp@rse\expandafter{\defineJSArg}%
+ \edef\sh@keandbake{\noexpand
+ \@for\noexpand\@mytoks:=\the\aeb@parsetoks}%
+ \aeb@parsecnt=\z@\sh@keandbake\do{%
+ \ifnum\aeb@parsecnt=\z@
+ \edef\firsttok{\@mytoks}%
+ \csarg\xdef{\argType\@mytoks}{\the\JStoks}%
+ \else
+ \edef\letsmakelet{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname\argType\@mytoks\endcsname=\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname\argType\firsttok\endcsname}\letsmakelet
+ \fi
+ \advance\aeb@parsecnt\@ne
+ }%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2218,51 +2236,59 @@ try {
% environments. See \cs{aeb@addToPageOpenCloseActions} for usage by this package.
% \changes{v2.1}{2016/05/15}{Final changes to \string\cs{aebPageAction} to include non-Distiller
% workflows.}
+% \changes{v2.10}{2021/02/07}{Hack: redefine \string\cs{@acrivechar@in} from \string\cs{LaTeX}
+% core; this was disrupting the page events.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\aebPageAction[3][ThisPage]{%
- \let\ispageactions=0\aeb@PageOpenfalse\aeb@PageClosefalse
- \def\@aebOpen{#2}%
- \if1\@aebOpen1%
- \if@everyPageOpen
- \aeb@PageOpentrue\let\ispageactions=1%
- \def\@aebOpen{/O << \JS{\every@PageOpen#2} >>}%
- \fi
- \else
- \let\ispageactions=1%
- \aeb@PageOpentrue
- \def\@aebOpen{/O << \JS{\every@PageOpen#2} >>}%
- \fi
- \def\@aebClose{#3}%
- \if1\@aebClose1%
- \if@everyPageClose
- \aeb@PageClosetrue\let\ispageactions=1%
- \def\@aebClose{/C << \JS{\every@PageClose#3} >>}%
- \fi
- \else
- \let\ispageactions=1%
- \aeb@PageClosetrue
- \def\@aebClose{/C << \JS{\every@PageClose#3} >>}%
- \fi
- \if@everyPageOpen\aeb@PageOpentrue\let\ispageactions=1\fi
- \if@everyPageClose\@everyPageClosetrue\let\ispageactions=1\fi
- \if\ispageactions1%
- \xdef\aebp@PageActionCode{/AA <<
- \ifaeb@PageOpen\@aebOpen\space\fi
- \ifaeb@PageClose\@aebClose\space\fi >>}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% (2021/02/07) The core {\LaTeX} \cs{@activechar@info} macro was breaking the page open and
+% close events by inserting an unwanted message into the code. We
+% redefine this macro to remove the message and insert \cs{pdfSP}, which either
+% a normal space or \cs{pdfSPDef} depending on whether \cs{pdfSpacesOff} or
+% \cs{pdfSpacesOn}, respectively, is operational. This change is local (I hope).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@activechar@info{\pdfSP\@gobbletwo}\let\ispageactions\aebp@Zero
+ \aeb@PageOpenfalse\aeb@PageClosefalse
+ \def\@aebOpen{#2}%
+ \if1\@aebOpen1%
+ \if@everyPageOpen
+ \aeb@PageOpentrue\let\ispageactions\aebp@One
+ \def\@aebOpen{/O << \JS{\every@PageOpen#2} >>}\fi
+ \else
+ \let\ispageactions\aebp@One
+ \aeb@PageOpentrue
+ \def\@aebOpen{/O << \JS{\every@PageOpen^^J#2} >>}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@aebClose{#3}%
+ \if1\@aebClose1%
+ \if@everyPageClose
+ \aeb@PageClosetrue\let\ispageactions\aebp@One
+ \def\@aebClose{/C << \JS{\every@PageClose#3} >>}\fi
+ \else
+ \let\ispageactions\aebp@One
+ \aeb@PageClosetrue
+ \def\@aebClose{/C << \JS{\every@PageClose^^J#3} >>}%
+ \fi
+ \if@everyPageOpen\aeb@PageOpentrue\let\ispageactions\aebp@One\fi
+ \if@everyPageClose\@everyPageClosetrue\let\ispageactions\aebp@One\fi
+ \if\ispageactions\aebp@One
+ \xdef\aebp@PageActionCode{/AA <<
+ \ifaeb@PageOpen\@aebOpen\space\fi
+ \ifaeb@PageClose\@aebClose\space\fi >>}%
% \end{macrocode}
% For page 1, the open page is handled by \textsf{insdljs}
% \changes{v2.0a}{2016/05/11}{Let \string\textsf{insdljs} handle page open
% for page 1.}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax\else
- \ifpdfmarkup\literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk{#1} <<
- \aebp@PageActionCode\space >> /PUT pdfmark}\else
- \ifpdf\global\pdfpageattr=\expandafter
- {\aebp@PageActionCode}\else
- \ifxetex\@pdfm@mark{put @thispage <<
- \aebp@PageActionCode\space>>}\fi\fi\fi
- \fi
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@ne\else
+ \ifpdfmarkup\literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk{#1} <<
+ \aebp@PageActionCode\space >> /PUT pdfmark}\else
+ \ifpdf\global\pdfpageattr=\expandafter
+ {\aebp@PageActionCode}\else
+ \ifxetex\@pdfm@mark{put @thispage <<
+ \aebp@PageActionCode\space>>}\fi\fi\fi
\fi
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2290,8 +2316,8 @@ try {
\def\ap@gobtonil#1\@nil{}
\def\ap@gettonil#1\@nil{\def\to@nilarg{#1}}
\def\ap@ifspc{\ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
- \let\ap@next\ap@xifspc\else
- \let\ap@next\ap@gettonil\fi\ap@next}
+ \let\ap@next\ap@xifspc\else
+ \let\ap@next\ap@gettonil\fi\ap@next}
\begingroup
\def\:{\ap@xifspc}
\expandafter\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\ap@ifspc}
@@ -3216,13 +3242,13 @@ nLaunch: \ahref@launch@type})}}]{\ahypercolor{#3}}%
% \changes{v2.9}{2017/08/25}{Test for \string\env{attachmentNames} environment}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\aeb@isFromAutoLabelNum\aebp@Zero
-\def\attachmentNamesEnv{attachmentNames} % dps23
+\def\attachmentNamesEnv{attachmentNames}
% \end{macrocode}
% If \cs{labelName} is outside the \env{attachmentNames} environment, use
% \cs{defUniStr}, defined in \pkg{forms16be}.
% \changes{v2.9}{2017/08/25}{Pass control to \string\pkg{forms16be}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\labelName{\ifx\attachNamesEnv\attachmentNamesEnv % dps23
+\def\labelName{\ifx\attachNamesEnv\attachmentNamesEnv
\def\ap@next{\labelName@Env}\else\def\ap@next{\defUniStr}\fi\ap@next}
\def\labelName@Env#1{\bgroup\let\aeb@isFromAutoLabelNum\aebp@Zero %dps23
\@for\x:=ABCDEFabcdef\do{\@makeother\x}%
@@ -3483,6 +3509,16 @@ nLaunch: \ahref@launch@type})}}]{\ahypercolor{#3}}%
\DeclareJSHelper{\docSaveAs}{aebDocSaveAs}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\browseForDoc}
+% Access to using the method \texttt{app.browseForDoc()}, for example,
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%var oRetn=\browseForDoc({bSave:true,cFilenameInit: "myNewDoc.pdf"});
+%\end{verbatim}
+% See the Acrobat JavaScript API reference for details on what is returned.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareJSHelper{\browseForDoc}{aebBrowseForDoc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\insertPages}
% This is the method \texttt{Doc.insertPages}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3581,31 +3617,32 @@ nLaunch: \ahref@launch@type})}}]{\ahypercolor{#3}}%
% gets the security handler object, logs into the handler, calls
% \texttt{signatureSetSeedValue} if the \texttt{sv} property is in the
% \texttt{oSigInfo} object, and signs the field.
+% \changes{v2.9.6}{2029/12/24}{Use \string\cs{dfnJSCR} of \string\pkg{insdljs}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{defineJS}[\def\defineJSjsR{^^J}]{\signatureSign}
+\begin{defineJS}[\makecmt\%\dfnJSCR{^^J}]{\signatureSign}
if ( typeof oSigInfo.oHandler=="undefined" )
- oSigInfo.oHandler=security.PPKLiteHandler;
-var engine=aebTrustedFunctions( security,
- aebSecurityGetHandler, oSigInfo.oHandler );
-var path2Cert = (typeof oSigInfo.path2Cert == "undefined") ?
- aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebAppGetPath,
- {cCategory:"user"} )+"/Security"+"/"+oSigInfo.cert :
- oSigInfo.path2Cert;
-aebTrustedFunctions( engine, aebSecurityHandlerLogin,
- { cPassword: oSigInfo.password, cDIPath: path2Cert});
+ oSigInfo.oHandler=security.PPKLiteHandler;
+var engine=aebTrustedFunctions( security,%
+aebSecurityGetHandler, oSigInfo.oHandler );
+var path2Cert = (typeof oSigInfo.path2Cert == "undefined") ? %
+aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebAppGetPath,%
+{cCategory:"user"} )+"/Security"+"/"+oSigInfo.cert : %
+oSigInfo.path2Cert;
+aebTrustedFunctions( engine, aebSecurityHandlerLogin,%
+{ cPassword: oSigInfo.password, cDIPath: path2Cert});
var oSigField = this.getField(oSigInfo.cSigFieldName);
oSigInfo.oInfo.password=oSigInfo.password;
if ( typeof oSigInfo.sv!="undefined" ) {
- for (var o in oSigInfo.sv )
- oSigInfo.oInfo[o]=oSigInfo.sv[o];
+ for (var o in oSigInfo.sv )
+ oSigInfo.oInfo[o]=oSigInfo.sv[o];
}
var oSigArgs={ oSig: engine, oInfo: oSigInfo.oInfo };
if ( typeof oSigInfo.cLegalAttest!="undefined" )
- oSigArgs.cLegalAttest=oSigInfo.cLegalAttest;
+ oSigArgs.cLegalAttest=oSigInfo.cLegalAttest;
if ( typeof oSigInfo.cDIPath!="undefined")
- oSigArgs.cDIPath=oSigInfo.cDIPath;
+ oSigArgs.cDIPath=oSigInfo.cDIPath;
if ( typeof oSigInfo.bUI!="undefined")
- oSigArgs.bUI=oSigInfo.bUI;
+ oSigArgs.bUI=oSigInfo.bUI;
aebTrustedFunctions( oSigField, aebSignatureSign, oSigArgs );
\end{defineJS}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3628,23 +3665,23 @@ aebTrustedFunctions( oSigField, aebSignatureSign, oSigArgs );
%\end{docassembly}
%\end{verbatim}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{defineJS}[\def\defineJSjsR{^^J}]{\certifyInvisibleSign}
+\begin{defineJS}[\makecmt\%\dfnJSCR{^^J}]{\certifyInvisibleSign}
if ( typeof oSigInfo.oHandler=="undefined" )
- oSigInfo.oHandler=security.PPKLiteHandler;
-var engine=aebTrustedFunctions( security,
- aebSecurityGetHandler, oSigInfo.oHandler );
-var path2Cert=aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebAppGetPath,
- {cCategory:"user"} )+"/Security"+"/"+oSigInfo.cert;
-aebTrustedFunctions( engine, aebSecurityHandlerLogin,
- { cPassword: oSigInfo.password, cDIPath: path2Cert});
+ oSigInfo.oHandler=security.PPKLiteHandler;
+var engine=aebTrustedFunctions( security, %
+aebSecurityGetHandler, oSigInfo.oHandler );
+var path2Cert=aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebAppGetPath, %
+{cCategory:"user"} )+"/Security"+"/"+oSigInfo.cert;
+aebTrustedFunctions( engine, aebSecurityHandlerLogin, %
+{ cPassword: oSigInfo.password, cDIPath: path2Cert});
oSigInfo.oInfo.password=oSigInfo.password;
var oSigArgs={ oSig: engine, oInfo: oSigInfo.oInfo };
if ( typeof oSigInfo.cLegalAttest!="undefined" )
- oSigArgs.cLegalAttest=oSigInfo.cLegalAttest;
+ oSigArgs.cLegalAttest=oSigInfo.cLegalAttest;
if ( typeof oSigInfo.cDIPath!="undefined")
- oSigArgs.cDIPath=oSigInfo.cDIPath;
+ oSigArgs.cDIPath=oSigInfo.cDIPath;
if ( typeof oSigInfo.bUI!="undefined")
- oSigArgs.bUI=oSigInfo.bUI;
+ oSigArgs.bUI=oSigInfo.bUI;
aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebCertifyInvisibleSign, oSigArgs );
\end{defineJS}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4057,7 +4094,7 @@ aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebCertifyInvisibleSign, oSigArgs );
% \end{macrocode}
% Calculate the value of \cs{@btnanimerowsep}, the distance between rows
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\@btnanimerowsep{\btnanimerowsep}% dps10
+ \edef\@btnanimerowsep{\btnanimerowsep}%
% \setlength{\@tempdima}{\btnanimerowsep+2bp}%
% \edef\@btnanimerowsep{\the\@tempdima}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4153,7 +4190,7 @@ aebTrustedFunctions( this, aebCertifyInvisibleSign, oSigArgs );
% \end{macrocode}
% A command to set the space between control buttons, uses \cs{btnanimebtnsep}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@ctrlsbtnsep}{\cgBdry[\btnanimebtnsep]} % dps10
+\newcommand{\@ctrlsbtnsep}{\cgBdry[\btnanimebtnsep]}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\btnanimebtnsep}
% The space between buttons
@@ -4752,6 +4789,7 @@ function btnAnimeNewFrame(fieldName, type)
% Begin package segment
%<*package>
\ap@restoreCats
+\aeb@InputAeBPro
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
% \Finale
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.ins
index ae721ae42b..946b62be1a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/aeb_pro.ins
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
%% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through
%% LaTeX or TeX.
%%
-%% Copyright 1999-2018 D. P. Story
+%% Copyright 1999-2021 D. P. Story
%%
%% This file is part of the AcroTeX eDucation Bundle (AeB).
%% -------------------------------------------
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
\generate{%
\file{aeb_pro.sty}{\from{aeb_pro.dtx}{copyright,package}}
+ \file{aeb-pro.sty}{\from{aeb_pro.dtx}{copyright,altpkgname}}
\file{aeblayers.def}{\from{aeb_pro.dtx}{copyright,aeblayers}}
\file{aebpro.def}{\from{aeb_pro.dtx}{copyright,aebpro}}
\file{anime_support.def}{\from{aeb_pro.dtx}{copyright,animecommon}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9821c49870
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd12bdd607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/acrobat-in-workflow.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+\RequirePackage[!use=preview,!use=efpmca,!use=usebw,!use=finalbuild]{spdef}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}
+\usepackage[web,useacrobat]{aeb_pro}
+\usepackage{eforms}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+
+\ifpdf\else
+\def\x{%
+ \usepackage[altbullet]{lucidbry}
+ \usepackage[active]{srcltx}
+}\expandafter\x
+\fi
+
+\usepackage{pifont}
+
+%\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+
+\reversemarginpar
+
+\let\uif\textsf
+\let\env\texttt
+\def\cs#1{\texttt{\eqbs#1}}
+\let\tops\texorpdfstring
+
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\paragraph}
+ {\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{0pt}{6pt}{-3pt}
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand{\subparagraph}
+ {\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}{6pt}{-3pt}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\def\parboxValign{t}
+\newcommand{\FmtMP}[2][0pt]{\mbox{}\marginpar{%
+ \raisebox{.5\baselineskip+#1}{%
+ \expandafter\parbox\expandafter[\parboxValign]%
+ {\marginparwidth}{\aebbkFmtMp#2}}}}
+\def\aebbkFmtMp{\kern0pt\itshape\small
+ \ifusebw\color{gray}\else\color{blue}\fi
+ \raggedleft\hspace{0pt}}
+\newcommand{\BlogArticle}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-1pt}\color{blue}\Pisymbol{webd}{254}%
+ }\raisebox{.5pt}{\ifusebw\color{black}\else
+ \color{red}\fi\ding{045}}}
+\def\dps{$\mbox{$\mathfrak D$\kern-.3em\mbox{$\mathfrak P$}%
+ \kern-.6em \hbox{$\mathcal S$}}$}
+
+\makeatother
+
+\setlength{\mathindent}{\the\parindent}
+
+\def\AEBP{\app{AeB Pro}}
+\def\AEB{\app{AeB}}
+\let\app\textsf
+\let\pkg\textsf
+\def\amtIndent{\parindent}
+\def\meta#1{$\langle\textit{\texttt{#1}}\rangle$}
+\def\SC#1{{\small#1}}
+\def\PDF{\SC{PDF}}
+\let\opt\texttt
+
+%\reversemarginpar
+\def\jsSupInstr{\tops{{\AEB} and {\AEBP}\\[1ex]}{AeB and AeB Pro: }Including
+ \tops{\app}{}{Acrobat} in the \tops{\LaTeX}{LaTeX} workflow}
+\title{\jsSupInstr}
+\author{D. P. Story}
+\version{1.0}
+
+\chngDocObjectTo{\newDO}{doc}
+\begin{docassembly}
+var titleOfManual="Acrobat workflow";
+var manualfilename="Manual_BG_Print_acrobat.pdf";
+var manualtemplate="Manual_BG_Brown.pdf"; // Blue, Green, Brown
+var _pathToBlank="C:/Users/Public/Documents/ManualBGs/"+manualtemplate;
+var doc;
+var buildIt=false;
+if ( buildIt ) {
+ console.println("Creating new " + manualfilename + " file.");
+ doc = \appopenDoc({cPath: _pathToBlank, bHidden: true});
+ var _path=this.path;
+ var pos=_path.lastIndexOf("/");
+ _path=_path.substring(0,pos)+"/"+manualfilename;
+ \docSaveAs\newDO ({ cPath: _path });
+ doc.closeDoc();
+ doc = \appopenDoc({cPath: manualfilename, oDoc:this, bHidden: true});
+ f=doc.getField("ManualTitle");
+ f.value=titleOfManual;
+ doc.flattenPages();
+ \docSaveAs\newDO({ cPath: manualfilename });
+ doc.closeDoc();
+} else {
+ console.println("Using the current "+manualfilename+" file.");
+}
+var _path=this.path;
+var pos=_path.lastIndexOf("/");
+_path=_path.substring(0,pos)+"/"+manualfilename;
+\addWatermarkFromFile({
+ bOnTop:false,
+ bOnPrint:false,
+ cDIPath:_path
+});
+\executeSave();
+\end{docassembly}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+\app{Adobe Acrobat} (\app{AA}) is a desktop application that has many
+powerful features beyond the functionality of a PDF viewer. In this article
+the focus is a {\LaTeX} workflow that includes \app{AA} in its workflow.
+
+{\AEB} and {\AEBP}, as well as other packages written under the {\AEB}
+banner, use FDF files in various situations (as described in
+Section~4).\footnote{An FDF file is a file type that was created by
+\app{Adobe}. The \app{Acrobat} and \app{Adobe Reader} applications can use
+FDF files in various ways.} These packages use \app{Acrobat} to import the
+FDF files to perform designated JavaScript actions as required by the package
+or document author. The importing of FDF files is only needed during the PDF
+creation stage of document development; once the PDF file is created, the
+document can be viewed by \app{Adobe Reader} or any other PDF viewer.
+
+For FDF files to be imported, the \app{Acrobat} application may need to be
+configured.
+
+\section{Configuration of \tops{\app}{}{Acrobat}}\label{s:config}
+
+The current version of \app{AA} is \app{Adobe Acrobat DC}. In this and
+previous versions of \app{AA} no special configuration is needed; however if
+you purchased \app{AA} after December 2020, or you updated your \app{AA}
+after December 2020, you need to make one change in the \uif{Preferences}.
+
+\begin{figure}[htb]\fboxsep0pt\relax\centering
+ \fbox{\includegraphics[width=.5\linewidth]{figures/SecurityPrefs}}
+ \caption{\tops{\protect\uif}{}{Security (Enhanced) Preferences}}\label{fig:SP}
+\end{figure}
+
+Start \app{Acrobat} and open the menu \uif{Edit \ifpdf\texttt{>} \else> \fi
+Preferences} (\uif{Ctrl+K}). In the \uif{Preferences} dialog box, select
+\uif{Security (Enhanced)} category from the left panel; the top most line of
+the right panel is a checkbox labeled \uif{Enable Protected Mode at startup}.
+\emph{Clear this checkbox.}{\def\parboxValign{c}\FmtMP{\app{Acrobat DC}
+users, action required!}}\footnote{When the box is checked, importing FDF
+files, as described in the next two sections, is \emph{prohibited}. We want
+FDF files imported, so we clear the checkbox.} Refer to
+\hyperref[fig:SP]{Figure~\ref*{fig:SP}} for a visual. If this checkbox is not
+present in your \app{Acrobat}, there is nothing to do until this checkbox
+appears in a future updated version of your \uif{AA} application.
+
+\section{When FDF files are imported}
+
+It is important to be aware of when and how FDF files are imported, and to
+understand the actions required of the document author in response to this
+``import FDF event.''
+
+For a document that uses FDF files to perform tasks, the files are imported
+\emph{after} PDF creation when the newly created PDF document is \emph{first
+opened} in \app{Acrobat}, and \emph{before the PDF file is moved to another
+location and before any auxiliary files (the FDF files) are deleted}. Once
+the FDF files are imported, it is important \emph{to save}\FmtMP{Save the
+PDF} the PDF file, this incorporates the results of the actions taken by the
+imported FDF files into the document, actions, such as the embedding of
+document JavaScript.
+
+Another important point to realize is that the use of FDF files is not
+restricted to the
+\app{dvips\ifpdf\texttt{->}\,\else->\,\fi\app{Distiller}\,\ifpdf\texttt{->}\,\ignorespaces
+\else->\,\fi\app{Acrobat}} method of creating a PDF; indeed, any PDF creator
+used by the {\LaTeX} community may be used, for example,
+\app{pdftex\ifpdf\texttt{->}\allowbreak\,\else->\,\fi\app{Acrobat}}. The
+only prerequisite is to use {\LaTeX} markup that initiates the ``import FDF
+event.'' This markup is available through packages that support it; this
+includes, but not restricted to, {\AEB} and {\AEBP}.
+
+\section{Applications of FDF files to a \tops{\LaTeX}{LaTeX} workflow}
+
+With regard to producing a PDF file through a {\LaTeX} workflow, there are
+two important applications to importing FDF files: importing document
+JavaScript and post-PDF creation actions. These two applications to FDF files
+are covered in the next two subsections.
+
+\subsection{Document JavaScript}
+
+In this case, FDF files are required only for the \app{dvips\,\ignorespaces
+\ifpdf\texttt{->}\,\else->\,\fi\app{Distiller}\,\ifpdf\texttt{->}\,\else->\,\ignorespaces
+\fi\app{Acrobat}} workflow; the other PDF creators (\app{pdflatex},
+\app{lualatex}, and \app{xelatex}) have primitives that facilitate the
+creation of document JavaScript without FDF files or \app{Acrobat}.
+
+For the \pkg{exerquiz} package, part of the {Acro\!\TeX} eDucation Bundle
+(\AEB), creation of Document JavaScript is automatic and invisible for all
+PDF creators; it is only in the
+\texttt{tex\,->\,dvi\,->\,\app{dvips}\,->\,\ignorespaces
+\app{Distiller}\,->\,\app{Acrobat}} workflow that FDF files are used.
+
+Document JavaScript, by the way, is code that is embedded in the PDF and is
+available to be called throughout the document. Usually, Document JavaScript
+is general code that is repeatedly used.
+
+
+\subsection{Post PDF Creation actions}
+
+The {\AEBP} Bundle has many ``post PDF creation'' actions, such as auto
+saving the document, importing sounds, attaching documents, inserting pages,
+extracting pages, and many more. With proper {\LaTeX} markup, when the
+document is compiled, FDF files are written to the hard drive, when the
+document is then first opened in \app{Acrobat}, the FDF files are imported
+and the actions are executed. Again, for the FDF files to be imported, they
+must not have already been deleted, and \app{Acrobat} must be correctly
+configured (\hyperref[s:config]{Section~\ref*{s:config}}). One very simple
+example, is automatic saving of the document when \app{Acrobat} is first
+opened. For example, an \pkg{aeb\_pro} document has a \env{docassembly}
+environment that is placed in the preamble. Within this environment, place
+any post PDF creation JavaScript actions:
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent]
+\begin{docassembly}
+console.show();
+console.println("Saving document");
+\executeSave();
+\end{docassembly}
+\end{Verbatim}
+The \verb~\executeSave~ command is defined by \pkg{aeb\_pro} and its action
+is to save the document. It is the \env{docassembly} environment that writes
+the FDF file that contains its contents. \app{Acrobat} inputs this command on
+opening and the PDF is saved.\footnote{\cs{executeSave} must be the last post PDF
+creation action; otherwise, as later actions may not be executed.}
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.pdf
index a3d56bd3e4..1072bd80d3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.tex
index 6c1dbd7766..937318cefe 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/aebpro_man.tex
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
email={dpstory@acrotex.net},
subject={Documentation for {\AEBP} from AcroTeX},
talksite={\url{www.acrotex.net}},
- version={2.9.5, 2019/03/21},
+ version={2.10, 2021/02/07},
Keywords={XMP, E4X, Adobe Acrobat, JavaScript},
copyrightStatus=True,
copyrightNotice={Copyright (C) \the\year, D. P. Story},
@@ -85,6 +85,7 @@
\newcommand\refctan[1]{\href{http://ctan.org/pkg/#1}{ctan.org/pkg/#1}}
\newlength{\aebdimen}
\def\anglemeta#1{$\langle\textit{\texttt{#1}}\rangle$}
+\let\ameta\anglemeta
\def\meta#1{\textit{\texttt{#1}}}
\let\pkg\textsf
\let\env\texttt
@@ -101,7 +102,9 @@
\def\AcroTeX{Acro\!\TeX}
\def\HTML{HTML}\def\FDF{FDF}
\def\PDF{PDF}\def\URL{URL}
-\edef\amtIndent{\the\parindent} %\leftmargini
+%\let\amtIndent\leftmargini
+\edef\amtIndent{\the\parindent}
+\def\PDFM{\textsf{\textbf{pdfmark}}}
\def\bNH{\begin{NoHyper}}\def\eNH{\end{NoHyper}}
\def\nhnameref#1{\bNH\nameref{#1}\eNH}
\def\nhNameref#1{\bNH\Nameref{#1}\eNH}
@@ -111,8 +114,7 @@
\def\parboxValign{t}
\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{%
\ifcase #1\or
- See page~#2.\else See pages~#2.\fi
-}
+ See page~#2.\else See pages~#2.\fi}
\newenvironment{aebQuote}
{\list{}{\leftmargin\amtIndent}%
\item\relax}{\endlist}
@@ -121,19 +123,20 @@
\expandafter\parbox\expandafter[\parboxValign]%
{\marginparwidth}{\aebbkFmtMp#2}}}}
\def\aebbkFmtMp{\hfill\kern0pt\itshape\small
- \color{blue}\raggedright\hspace{0pt}}
+ \color{blue}\raggedleft\hspace{0pt}}
\newcommand{\BlogArticle}{\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-1pt}\color{blue}\Pisymbol{webd}{254}%
}\raisebox{.5pt}{\color{red}\ding{045}}}
\def\dps{$\mbox{$\mathfrak D$\kern-.3em\mbox{$\mathfrak P$}%
\kern-.6em \hbox{$\mathcal S$}}$}
\def\FitItIn{\eq@fititin}
-\def\endredpoint{\FitItIn{{\large\ifusebw\color{black}\else\color{red}\fi$\blacktriangleleft$}}}
+\def\endredpoint{\FitItIn{{\large
+ \ifusebw\color{black}\else
+ \color{red}\fi$\blacktriangleleft$}}}
\reversemarginpar
\def\addWatermarkFromFile#1#2{%
-aebTrustedFunctions#1\theDocObject, aebAddWatermarkFromFile, #2}
-
+aebTrustedFunctions#1\theDocObject,aebAddWatermarkFromFile,#2}
%\definePath\bgPath{"C:/Users/Public/Documents/%
% ManualBGs/Manual_BG_Print_AeB.pdf"}
@@ -204,7 +207,7 @@ on this documentation. \verb!:-{)!
\begin{flushright}
Dr. D. P. Story\\[3pt]
-\today
+January 20, 2016
\end{flushright}
@@ -212,23 +215,23 @@ Dr. D. P. Story\\[3pt]
\AEBP, package file base name \texttt{aeb\_pro}
(\href{http://ctan.org/pkg/aeb-pro}{ctan.org/pkg/aeb-pro}), is an assortment
-of features (see Section~\ref*{features} below) implemented through a
-combination of \textbf{pdfmark} operators~\cite{tech:pdfmark}, which are
-native to a PostScript file, and JavaScript techniques, some of which require
-\textsf{Acrobat Professional}. These features were meant to be used with
-{\AEB} (\AcroEB); in particular, the \texttt{insdljs} and \texttt{eforms}
-packages are essential to {\AEBP}. To have access to all the features of
-{\AEBP}, the document author must have \textsf{Acrobat Pro}~7.0 or later and
-use \textsf{dvips/\penalty0 Distiller} workflow to create the {\PDF}. For the
-most part, once the document is assembled, it can be viewed by \app{Adobe
-Reader}~7.0 or later.
+of features (see \hyperref[features]{Section~\ref*{features}} below)
+implemented through a combination of {\PDFM} operators~\cite{tech:pdfmark},
+which are native to a Postscript file, and JavaScript techniques, some of
+which require \textsf{Acrobat Professional}. These features were meant to be
+used with {\AEB} (\AcroEB); in particular, the \texttt{insdljs} and
+\texttt{eforms} packages are essential to {\AEBP}. To have access to all the
+features of {\AEBP}, the document author must have \textsf{Acrobat Pro}~7.0
+or later and use \textsf{dvips/\penalty0Distiller} workflow to create the
+{\PDF}. For the most part, once the document is assembled, it can be viewed
+by \app{Adobe Reader}~7.0 or later.
Despite the declaration in the \textbf{Forward} to the
-contrary\marginpar{\small\raggedleft v2.1 notes}, this manual will be updated
+contrary, this manual will be updated
for Version~2.1 of {\AEBP} to reflect the creation of a significant new
feature, the \opt{useacrobat} option. For a document author who prefers
\app{pdflatex} (including \app{lualatex}) or
-\app{xelatex}\marginpar{\small\raggedleft non-\app{Distiller} workflow}, this
+\app{xelatex}\FmtMP{non-\app{Distiller} workflow}, this
option opens the features of {\AEBP} provided the document author has the
full \app{Acrobat} application and has set it up as the primary {\PDF} viewer
on his/\penalty0 her computer system. Continue reading about the
@@ -480,7 +483,7 @@ The next three packages are less important, some are ``novelty'' packages.
number of rows and columns.
\end{description}
These, as well as the {\AEBP} distribution itself, are available through CTAN
-or the {\AEBP} family website:
+or the {\AEBP} family web site:
\begin{equation*}
\text{\url{www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/aeb_pro.html}}
\end{equation*}
@@ -488,6 +491,12 @@ or the {\AEBP} family website:
\subsection{Package Options}
+The general syntax for \pkg{aeb\_pro} is,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,commandchars=!()]
+\usepackage[!ameta(options)]{aeb_pro}
+!strut!textsf(or)
+\usepackage[!ameta(options)]{aeb-pro}
+\end{Verbatim}
Below is a list of all options of the {\cAEBP} package:
\begin{description}
\item [\texttt{driver=\anglemeta{driver}}\enspace] The permissible values
@@ -501,7 +510,7 @@ Below is a list of all options of the {\cAEBP} package:
own the \app{Acrobat} application, use the \opt{useacrobat} option to
open all features of this package except for any features associated
with the \app{uselayers} option. The creation of layers is still only
- supported through the \textbf{pdfmark} operator.
+ supported through the {\PDFM} operator.
As you go through the examples provided by this package, all sample
files work except for the ones using the \opt{uselayers} or
@@ -699,6 +708,14 @@ installation of the JavaScript files by navigating to the \texttt{examples}
subfolder and opening the file \texttt{test\_install.pdf} in \app{Acrobat};
follow the directions contained on that one page document.
+\paragraph*{\app{Adobe Acrobat DC} authors.} If you have \app{Acrobat DC} that was purchased or updated after December 2020,
+\app{Acrobat} needs to be configured\FmtMP{Configure \app{Acrobat DC}} to
+function correctly. For detailed discussion, refer to the document
+\texttt{\href{acrobat-in-workflow.pdf}{acrobat-in-workflow.pdf}} found in the
+\texttt{doc} folder of this distribution.
+
+
+
\begin{comment}
The JavaScript methods used by the \texttt{docassemble} environment, see
@@ -815,33 +832,33 @@ for links to this resource.
option}\label{useacrobatOpt}
For document authors who have the full \app{Acrobat} application but prefer a
-non-\app{Distiller} workflow, use the \opt{useacrobat} option to declare to {\AEBP}
-that you have \app{Acrobat}. Traditionally, if neither \app{pdflatex}
+non-\app{Distiller} workflow, use the \opt{useacrobat} option to declare to
+{\AEBP} that you have \app{Acrobat}. Traditionally, if neither \app{pdflatex}
(including \app{lualatex}) nor \app{xelatex} are used, a \app{dvips/\penalty0
Distiller} workflow is assumed. Declaring the \opt{useacrobat} option opens
up all features except for those that depend on the use of layers (also
called {\EXT{OCG}s); in particular, the options \opt{uselayers} and
\opt{ocganime} are disallowed}. All features, therefore, described in this
-manual are available to \app{pdflatex} and \app{xelatex} document authors who
-have \app{Acrobat}, \emph{except for those features} described in
-Section~\ref{layers} and Section~\ref{ss:ocganime}.
+manual are available to \app{pdflatex}, \app{lualatex}, and \app{xelatex}
+document authors who have \app{Acrobat}, \emph{except for those features}
+described in \hyperref[layers]{Section~\ref*{layers}} and \hyperref[ss:ocganime]{Section~\ref*{ss:ocganime}}.
\paragraph*{Syntax.} The syntax for this option is simple:
\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,commandchars=!()]
\usepackage[!textbf(useacrobat),
- !meta(options)
+!quad!ameta(options)
]{aeb_pro}
\end{Verbatim}
-where \meta{options} \emph{does not include} the
+where \ameta{options} \emph{does not include} the
\opt{uselayers} and \opt{ocganime} options.
\newtopic
-Regarding \app{{\AEB} Control Central} (Section~\ref*{AeBCC}), when you
+Regarding \app{{\AEB} Control Central} (\hyperref[AeBCC]{Section~\ref*{AeBCC}}), when you
specify \opt{useacrobat},\footnote{This implies you are not using
\opt{Distiller} as the {\PDF} creator.} the packages \pkg{graphicxsp} and \pkg{rmannot} of
-display~\eqref{display:ACCopts} are not allowed to be specified in the option
-list of \pkg{aeb\_pro}. These two packages use the \textbf{pdfmark} operator
-to implement their features; a \app{dvips/\penalty0 Distiller} workflow is
+\hyperref[display:ACCopts]{display~\bNH\eqref{display:ACCopts}\eNH} are not allowed to be specified in the option
+list of \pkg{aeb\_pro}. These two packages use the {\PDFM} operator
+to implement their features; a \app{dvips/\penalty0Distiller} workflow is
required in this case.
\section{The \texorpdfstring{\protect\opt{nopro}}{nopro} option}\label{s:noproOpt}
@@ -855,7 +872,7 @@ option.
in the option list:
\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,commandchars=!()]
\usepackage[!textbf(nopro),
- !meta(options)
+!quad!ameta(options)
]{aeb_pro}
\end{Verbatim}
Specifying this option excludes the use of layers (the options
@@ -1085,7 +1102,7 @@ includes examples of the use of the \texttt{willClose},
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{willClose}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{willClose}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{willClose}
\end{dCmd}
\EnvDescription The JS code in the body of the \texttt{willClose}
@@ -1096,7 +1113,7 @@ environment will execute just before the document closes.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{willSave}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{willSave}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{willSave}
\end{dCmd}
\EnvDescription The JS code in the body of the \texttt{willSave}
@@ -1107,7 +1124,7 @@ environment will execute just before the document is saved.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{didSave}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{didSave}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{didSave}
\end{dCmd}
\EnvDescription The JS code in the body of the \texttt{didSave}
@@ -1118,7 +1135,7 @@ environment will execute just after the document is saved.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{willPrint}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{willPrint}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{willPrint}
\end{dCmd}
\EnvDescription The JS code in the body of the \texttt{willPrint}
@@ -1129,7 +1146,7 @@ environment will execute just before the document is Printed.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{didPrint}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{didPrint}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{didPrint}
\end{dCmd}
\EnvDescription The JS code in the body of the \texttt{didPrint}
@@ -1152,9 +1169,10 @@ behave as desired, while the document author can use the above environments to a
additional scripts.
The correct way of using these commands is
+
\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,commandchars=!()]
\begin{defineJS}{\my@WillClose}
-!quad!anglemeta(some willClose script)
+ !anglemeta(some willClose script)
\end{defineJS}
\let\my@save@developer@will@Close\developer@will@Close
\def\developer@will@Close{%
@@ -1181,10 +1199,10 @@ independently of the page the document is opened at.
The following example gets the time the user first opens the document,
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\small var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());\}\}}%
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\small\quad{var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());\}\}}}%
\begin{dCmd*}[fontsize=\small,commandchars=!@~]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\additionalOpenAction{\JS{%
- var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());}}
+!quad@var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());}}~
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup
\noindent\textcolor{red}{\textbf{Important:}} This open action takes place rather
@@ -1258,11 +1276,11 @@ to combine several actions, including an action for checking for the version num
\cs{afterRe\-quire\-ment\-PassedJS}. For example,
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\small var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());\}\}}%
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\small\quad{var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());}}%
\begin{dCmd*}[fontsize=\small,commandchars=!@~]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\afterRequirementPassedJS
{%
- var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());
+!quad@var timestamp = util.printd("mm-dd-yy, H:MM:ss.", new Date());~
}
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup\noindent The above code will be executed if the version requirement is passed.
@@ -1310,38 +1328,39 @@ action, see the documentation of \texttt{insdljs} for some details.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\small console.println("Show the output of the page actions");}%
\begin{dCmd*}[fontsize=\small,commandchars=!@~]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\OpenAction{\JS{%
- console.show();\r
- console.clear();\r
- console.println("Show the output of the page actions");
+!quad@console.show();\r~
+!quad@console.clear();\r~
+!quad@console.println("Show the output of the page actions");~
}}
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup
-
+\noindent
In addition to \cs{OpenAction}, \texttt{addJSToPageOpen} and
\texttt{addJSToPageClose} are also defined by {\cAEBP}. The
-\meta{script} is executed each time the page is opened or
+\ameta{script} is executed each time the page is opened or
closed.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{addJSToPageOpen}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{addJSToPageOpen}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{addJSToPageOpen}
\end{dCmd}
-
+\noindent
For page close events, we have the \texttt{addJSToPageClose}
environment.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{addJSToPageClose}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{addJSToPageClose}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{addJSToPageClose}
\end{dCmd}
\EnvDescription When placed in the preamble, these provide
JavaScript support for page open/close events of the first page.
+\newtopic
Below are examples of usage. These appear in the document
\texttt{aebpro\_ex1}.
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
@@ -1377,14 +1396,14 @@ on.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{addJSToPageOpen}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{addJSToPageOpen}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{addJSToPageOpen}
\end{dCmd}
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{addJSToPageClose}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{addJSToPageClose}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{addJSToPageClose}
\end{dCmd}
@@ -1401,7 +1420,7 @@ open/close effects you want.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{addJSToPageOpenAt}\darg{\meta{page-ranges}}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{addJSToPageOpenAt}{!meta(page-ranges)}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{addJSToPageOpenAt}
\end{dCmd}
@@ -1411,7 +1430,7 @@ environment.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{addJSToPageCloseAt}\darg{\meta{page-ranges}}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{addJSToPageCloseAt}{!meta(page-ranges)}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{addJSToPageCloseAt}
\end{dCmd}
@@ -1489,7 +1508,7 @@ To cancel out the every page action you can use
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{everyPageOpen}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{everyPageOpen}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{everyPageOpen}
\end{dCmd}
@@ -1498,7 +1517,7 @@ For page close events, we have the \texttt{everyPageClose} environment.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{everyPageClose}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{everyPageClose}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{everyPageClose}
\end{dCmd}
@@ -1565,7 +1584,7 @@ object.
\end{dCmd}
The command for setting how you want to viewer to behave in fullscreen.
This command is implemented through JavaScript, as opposed to the
-\textbf{pdfmark} operator. See \emph{JavaScript for Acrobat API Reference}
+{\PDFM} operator. See \emph{JavaScript for Acrobat API Reference}
\cite{tech:AcroJSRef}, the section on the \texttt{FullScreen} object.
\CmdLoc This command must be executed in the preamble.
@@ -1686,7 +1705,7 @@ effects of individual pages, use the \cs{setPageTransition} command.
\end{dCmd}
Sets the transition effect for the \emph{next page only}, viewer must be
in full screen mode. The command \cs{setPageTransition} is implemented
-using the \textbf{pdfmark} operator.
+using the {\PDFM} operator.
\CmdLoc This command should be used in the preamble for the first page,
and between slides for subsequent pages.
@@ -1887,9 +1906,9 @@ you to develop a list of attachments that are attached if the
\texttt{!optattachments} option is taken. {\AEBP} defines
\cs{ifoptattachments}, a Boolean switch, which is set to true by
\texttt{optattachments} and to false by \texttt{!optattachments}.
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\addtoOptAttachments\darg{\meta{list\_of\_files}}}%
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\addtoOptAttachments\darg{\meta{list-of-files}}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
-\addtoOptAttachments{!meta(list_of_files)}
+\addtoOptAttachments{!meta(list-of-files)}
\end{dCmd}
This command can be used anywhere in the document and adds the listed
files to the ones to be attached. The list is comma delimited.
@@ -1917,12 +1936,12 @@ of optional attachments, then passes the argument to the two user commands
Above you see the default definitions of these user commands. They may be
redefined as desired to achieve some special effect.
-\bgroup\obeyspaces%
+\bgroup\def\1{\quad}\obeyspaces%
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily \string\marginpar\darg{\string\fbox\darg{\string\footnotesize\string\ttfamily\#1}}}%
\begin{dCmd*}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\renewcommand{\prjInputUser}[1]{%
- \marginpar{\fbox{\footnotesize\ttfamily#1}}
- \input{#1}}
+!1\marginpar{\fbox{\footnotesize\ttfamily#1}}
+!1\input{#1}}
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup
It is possible to define \cs{prjInputUser} to be a link or button that
@@ -1934,15 +1953,15 @@ two commands \cs{prjinput} and \cs{prjinclude} are \cs{prjInputUser} and
to the list of optional attachments. The switch \cs{ifoptattachments} can be
used, as needed, in a custom definition of \cs{prjInputUser} or
\cs{prjIncludeUser}; for example,
-\bgroup\obeyspaces%
+\bgroup\def\1{\quad}\def\2{\qquad}\obeyspaces%
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{ \ttfamily\string\marginpar%
\darg{\string\fbox\darg{\string\footnotesize\string\ttfamily\string\ifoptattachments}}}%
-\begin{dCmd*}{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
+\begin{dCmd*}[commandchars={!~@}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\renewcommand{\prjInputUser}[1]{%
- \marginpar{\fbox{\footnotesize\ttfamily\ifoptattachments
- \setLink[\A{\JS{this.exportDataObject({%
- cName: "\getcNameFromFileName{#1}",nLaunch: 0});}}
- ]{\textcolor{\ahrefcolor}{#1}}\else#1\fi}}\input{#1}}
+!1\marginpar{\fbox{\footnotesize\ttfamily\ifoptattachments
+!1\setLink[\A{\JS{this.exportDataObject({%
+!1!1cName: "\getcNameFromFileName{#1}",nLaunch: 0});}}
+!1]{\textcolor{\ahrefcolor}{#1}}\else#1\fi}}\input{#1}}
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup This code creates a link that saves the attachment, if
\texttt{optattachments} is taken, and simply puts the file name the margin,
@@ -1966,7 +1985,7 @@ environment).
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\begin\darg{docassembly}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{docassembly}
- !anglemeta(script)
+!quad!anglemeta(script)
\end{docassembly}
\end{dCmd}
\noindent
@@ -2170,12 +2189,12 @@ on these methods and their parameters.
background graphic on every page the document. This is the kind of code
that is executed for this document.
\bgroup\small\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\small\ttfamily cDIPath: "/C/AcroPackages/ManualBGs/Manual\_BG\_DesignV\_AeB.pdf"}%
-\begin{dCmd*}[fontsize=\small]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\small\ttfamily\quad{cDIPath: "/C/AcroPackages/ManualBGs/Manual\_BG\_DesignV\_AeB.pdf"}}%
+\begin{dCmd*}[fontsize=\small,commandchars={!~@}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{docassembly}
\addWatermarkFromFile({
- bOnTop:false,
- cDIPath: "/C/AcroPackages/ManualBGs/Manual_BG_DesignV_AeB.pdf"
+!quad~bOnTop:false,@
+!quad~cDIPath: "/C/AcroPackages/ManualBGs/Manual_BG_DesignV_AeB.pdf"@
});
\end{docassembly}
\end{dCmd*}
@@ -2332,11 +2351,11 @@ Multiple images can be imported and set by simply executing
arguments, or, by executing \cs{declare\-Multi\-Images}.
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily \darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_1}}\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_2}}\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_3}}...\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_n}}}%
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\quad\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_1}}\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_2}}\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_3}}...\darg{\meta{KV-pairs\_n}}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars={!()}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\declareMultiImages
{
- {!meta(KV-pairs_1)}{!meta(KV-pairs_2)}{!meta(KV-pairs_3)}...{!meta(KV-pairs_n)}
+!quad{!meta(KV-pairs_1)}{!meta(KV-pairs_2)}{!meta(KV-pairs_3)}...{!meta(KV-pairs_n)}
}
\end{dCmd}
\egroup\CmdDescription This command calls the \cs{declareImageAndPlacement}
@@ -2348,13 +2367,13 @@ command \cs{declareMultiImages} loops through the list, calling
example follows.
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily \darg{path=graphics/girl.png,placement=\darg{Avatar3,Avatar4}}}%
-\begin{dCmd*}{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\quad\darg{path=graphics/girl.png,placement=\darg{Avatar3,Avatar4}}}%
+\begin{dCmd*}[commandchars=!()]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\declareMultiImages
{%
- {path=graphics/girl.png,placement={Avatar3,Avatar4}}
- {path=graphics/AcroFord.jpg,placement=AcroFord}
- {path=graphics/scot.gif,placement=Scot}
+!quad{path=graphics/girl.png,placement={Avatar3,Avatar4}}
+!quad{path=graphics/AcroFord.jpg,placement=AcroFord}
+!quad{path=graphics/scot.gif,placement=Scot}
}
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup
@@ -2427,13 +2446,13 @@ optional parameter allows you to specify what appearance state the icon is to be
The optional parameter is shown in the example below.
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily \darg{path=graphics/girl.png,placement=\darg{[2]Avatar1,[0]Avatar2}}}%
-\begin{dCmd*}{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\quad\darg{path=graphics/girl.png,placement=\darg{[2]Avatar1,[0]Avatar2}}}%
+\begin{dCmd*}[commandchars={!()}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\declareMultiImages
{%
- {path=graphics/man1.pdf,placement={Avatar1,[2]Avatar2}}
- {path=graphics/scot.gif,placement={[1]Avatar1,[1]Avatar2}}
- {path=graphics/girl.png,placement={[2]Avatar1,[0]Avatar2}}
+!quad{path=graphics/man1.pdf,placement={Avatar1,[2]Avatar2}}
+!quad{path=graphics/scot.gif,placement={[1]Avatar1,[1]Avatar2}}
+!quad{path=graphics/girl.png,placement={[2]Avatar1,[0]Avatar2}}
}
\end{dCmd*}
\egroup The optional argument precedes the field name and determines the
@@ -2528,6 +2547,7 @@ button appearances of the buttons used to control the button animation.
names of the anima created by \cs{btnAnima} that will be using these
appearance icons.
\end{description}
+
\textbf{Example:}
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\string\placeAnimeCtrlBtnFaces\darg{btn\_anime\_icons1.pdf}\darg{myclock,mysine}}%
\begin{dCmd*}{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
@@ -2686,7 +2706,7 @@ in the \texttt{attachment\-Names} environment in the preamble.
\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily \anglemeta{\string\autolabelNum{} and \string\labelName{} commands}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars={!()}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{attachmentNames}
- !anglemeta(\autolabelNum and \labelName commands)
+!quad!anglemeta(\autolabelNum and \labelName commands)
\end{attachmentNames}
\end{dCmd}
\egroup
@@ -2777,7 +2797,7 @@ left and right braces, and double quotes, or using unicode above
00FF (Basic Latin + Latin-1). To illustrate, suppose we wish the
description of \texttt{cooltarget} to be
\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small]
-"$|e^{\ln(17)}|$"
+ "$|e^{\ln(17)}|$"
\end{Verbatim}
All the bad characters!
\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small]
@@ -2934,9 +2954,9 @@ with \texorpdfstring{\protect\cs{ahyperref}}{\textbackslash ahyperref}}
the \cs{label} command we use the \textsf{xr-hyper} package that
comes with \texttt{hyperref}; the code might be
-\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent]
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,commandchars=!()]
\ahyperref[dest=target1-s:intro]{attach1}
- {Section~\ref*{target1-s:intro}}
+!quad{Section~\ref*{target1-s:intro}}
\end{Verbatim}
we set \verb!dest=target1-s:intro!.
@@ -3230,7 +3250,7 @@ layer. This could be a button or a link that executes JavaScript.
\darg{\meta{layer\_name}}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars={!()}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\xBld[true|false|print=!anglemeta(!upshape(true|false))]{!meta(layer_name)}
- !anglemeta(content of layer)
+!quad!anglemeta(content of layer)
\eBld
\end{dCmd}
@@ -3301,8 +3321,9 @@ provides help to the document consumer.
\exPDFSrc{aebpro_ex4} These topics are illustrated in the support
file \texttt{aebpro\_ex4}.
-\exAeBBlogPDF{tag=rollovers} Additional examples of \emph{rollover animation} using \cs{texHelp} can be found
-at the \mlhref{\urlAcroTeXBlog}{{\AcroTeX} Blog} web site.
+\exAeBBlogPDF{tag=rollovers} Additional examples of \emph{rollover animation}
+using \cs{texHelp} can be found at the \mlhref{\urlAcroTeXBlog}{{\AcroTeX}
+Blog} web site.
%See also \url{http://www.acrotex.net/blog/?p=1359}
@@ -3584,10 +3605,10 @@ is titled \textsl{\texttt{ocgAnime}: Animation using OCG (Layers) with \AEBP} ca
environment.
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
-\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily \anglemeta{a set of ocg frames built using \string\animeBld/\string\eBld pairs}}%
+\settowidth{\aebdimen}{\ttfamily\quad\anglemeta{a set of ocg frames built using \string\animeBld/\string\eBld pairs}}%
\begin{dCmd}[commandchars={!()}]{\aebdimen+2\fboxsep+2\fboxrule}
\begin{ocgAnime}{!meta(KV-pairs)}
- !anglemeta(a set of ocg frames built using \animeBld/\eBld pairs)
+!quad!anglemeta(a set of ocg frames built using \animeBld/\eBld pairs)
\end{ocgAnime}
\end{dCmd}
\egroup\KVP The key-value pairs are the same ones described in
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/install_jsfiles.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/install_jsfiles.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5639318335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/doc/install_jsfiles.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}
+%
+% the driver line is not necessary if you
+% have aebpro.cfg configured to your driver.
+%
+\usepackage[web]{aeb_pro}
+\usepackage{eforms}
+\usepackage[altbullet]{lucidbry}
+\usepackage{pifont}
+
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\paragraph}
+ {\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{0pt}{6pt}{-3pt}
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand{\subparagraph}
+ {\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}{6pt}{-3pt}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\mathindent\parindent
+
+\def\AEBP{\app{AeB Pro}}
+\def\AEB{\app{AeB}}
+\def\app#1{\textsf{#1}}
+\def\amtIndent{\parindent}
+\def\meta#1{$\langle\textit{\texttt{#1}}\rangle$}
+\def\SC#1{{\small#1}}
+\def\PDF{\SC{PDF}}
+\let\opt\texttt
+
+\def\copyGetPath{\qquad\pushButton[\TU{Copy app.getPath to console}
+\CA{getPath}\A{\JS{console.show();\r
+console.println('\\napp.getPath("user");');
+}}]{cpyGtPth}{}{11bp}}
+
+\def\copyGetPathJS{\qquad\pushButton[\TU{Copy app.getPath to console}
+\CA{getPath}\A{\JS{console.show();\r
+console.println('\\napp.getPath("user", "javascript");');
+}}]{cpyGtPthJS}{}{11bp}}
+
+%\reversemarginpar
+\def\jsSupInstr{How to install JavaScript support files}
+\title{\jsSupInstr}
+\author{D. P. Story}
+\version{1.0}
+
+\chngDocObjectTo{\newDO}{doc}
+\begin{docassembly}
+var titleOfManual="How to install JavaScript files";
+var manualfilename="Manual_BG_Print_jsfiles.pdf";
+var manualtemplate="Manual_BG_Brown.pdf"; // Blue, Green, Brown
+var _pathToBlank="C:/Users/Public/Documents/ManualBGs/"+manualtemplate;
+var doc;
+var buildIt=true;
+if ( buildIt ) {
+ console.println("Creating new " + manualfilename + " file.");
+ doc = \appopenDoc({cPath: _pathToBlank, bHidden: true});
+ var _path=this.path;
+ var pos=_path.lastIndexOf("/");
+ _path=_path.substring(0,pos)+"/"+manualfilename;
+ \docSaveAs\newDO ({ cPath: _path });
+ doc.closeDoc();
+ doc = \appopenDoc({cPath: manualfilename, oDoc:this, bHidden: true});
+ f=doc.getField("ManualTitle");
+ f.value=titleOfManual;
+ doc.flattenPages();
+ \docSaveAs\newDO({ cPath: manualfilename });
+ doc.closeDoc();
+} else {
+ console.println("Using the current "+manualfilename+" file.");
+}
+var _path=this.path;
+var pos=_path.lastIndexOf("/");
+_path=_path.substring(0,pos)+"/"+manualfilename;
+\addWatermarkFromFile({
+ bOnTop:false,
+ bOnPrint:false,
+ cDIPath:_path
+});
+\executeSave();
+\end{docassembly}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Because some of the \app{Acrobat} JavaScript methods have security
+restrictions, they can be only executed in the console window, or as part
+of a batch sequence, or from the JavaScript folder reserved by
+\app{Acrobat} for that use. The developer (of {\LaTeX} packages or {\PDF}
+form documents) may want to use these restricted JavaScript methods as
+part of document assembly. To use the restricted methods, they must be
+called from the user JavaScript folder. The scripts are contained in a
+\SC{JS} file that \app{Acrobat} reads when it first starts up.
+
+In this article, we provide detailed steps for locating the user
+JavaScript folder. For {\AEB} and {\AEBP}, the files \texttt{aeb.js} and
+\texttt{aeb\_pro.js} are placed in the folder. Other JavaScript files may
+be placed in the folder as well, for example, the \texttt{config.js} file
+is one that is commonly used for general purposes.
+
+Before we get started, if you are using a version of \app{Acrobat} prior
+to version~8.1, you need not read any further. The security restrictions
+described below were not in effect for those versions.
+
+\section{Installing the JavaScript support files}
+
+The functionality of {\AEB} and {\AEBP} depends, to some extent, on the
+proper installation of their JavaScript support files.
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \AEB: For authors using the $\app{dvips}+\app{Acrobat Distiller}$
+ workflow, \texttt{aeb.js} is required; this file is not used by
+ \app{pdflatex} or \app{xelatex} users.
+
+ \item \AEBP: For authors using the $\app{dvips}+\app{Acrobat
+ Distiller}$ workflow, \texttt{aeb\_pro.js} is required; for authors
+ that prefer \app{pdflatex}, \app{lualatex}, or \app{xelatex} as the
+ {\PDF} creator \emph{and who own} the \app{Acrobat} application,
+ the \texttt{aeb\_pro.js} is required with the \opt{useacrobat}
+ option of \AEBP. When using the \opt{nopro} option of \AEBP, the
+ JavaScript file \texttt{aeb\_pro.js} is not used.
+
+\end{itemize}
+The placement of the JavaScript files has changed over the years and is a
+function of the version number \meta{ver}. Start \app{Acrobat} and open the
+console debugger window by pressing \texttt{Ctrl+J} (for \app{Windows OS})
+or \texttt{Cmd+J} (for \app{Mac OS}). Now execute the code
+\texttt{app.getPath("user")} in the console window. To do this, press the
+\textsf{getPath} button provided below, which copies the necessary code to
+the console window.
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{minipage}{.8\linewidth}
+\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars={!~@}]
+app.getPath("user");!copyGetPath
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{minipage}\label{display:getPath}
+\end{equation}
+Now, with the cursor on the line containing the script, press the
+\texttt{Ctrl+Enter} (for \app{Windows OS}) or \texttt{Cmd+Enter} (for
+\app{Mac~OS}) key. This will execute the JavaScript and return the `root'
+path to the user's application data for \app{Acrobat}.
+
+The rest of the instructions depend on your operating system,
+\app{Windows} or \app{Mac}.
+
+\subsection{For users of \app{Windows OS}}
+
+There are several cases, jump to the numbered paragraph that describes your
+version (\meta{ver}) of \app{Acrobat}.
+
+%/C/Users/D. P. Story/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/11.0
+%/C/Users/D. P. Story/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/Privileged/11.0/JavaScripts
+
+\def\Stepi{\ding{182}\enspace}
+\def\Stepii{\ding{183}\enspace}
+\def\Stepiii{\ding{184}\enspace}
+
+\paragraph*{{\Stepi}For $\boldmath\text{\meta{ver}}$, $\boldmath 8.1 \le
+\text{\meta{ver}} < 10.1.1$.} For the \app{Windows OS}, executing the script
+in display~\eqref{display:getPath} returns a string of the
+form:\footnote{This string is for \app{Windows OS} beyond \app{WinXP}.}
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{minipage}{.8\linewidth}
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/!meta(ver)
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{minipage}\label{display:path}
+\end{equation}
+Navigate to this folder location. The correct location for the \SC{JS}
+files is in the \texttt{JavaScripts} subfolder. If the folder does not
+exist, create it. The final path for the JavaScript support files is then
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/!meta(ver)/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+Finally, copy \texttt{aeb.js} (and \texttt{aeb\_pro.js}, if applicable)
+into this folder. Close \app{Acrobat}, the next time \app{Acrobat}
+is started, it will read in the \SC{JS} files.
+
+\paragraph*{{\Stepii}For $\boldmath\text{\meta{ver}}$, $\boldmath10.1.1 \le
+\text{\meta{ver}} < 12$.} For these versions of \app{Acrobat} security has
+have tightened up even more; the \texttt{JavaScripts} folder is now a
+subfolder of a special \texttt{Privileged} folder. Execute
+\texttt{app.getPath("user")} in the console window, as in
+display~\eqref{display:getPath}. The method brings back a string similar to
+the one in display~\eqref{display:path}. The correct path is obtained by
+simply inserting \texttt{Privileged} into the path in
+display~\eqref{display:path}, between \texttt{Acrobat} and \meta{ver}, as
+displayed below.
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/!textbf(Privileged)/!meta(ver)/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+But this is a mere description of the correct location, the path must
+exist! The path must be created, if it does not already exist.
+
+Navigate to the folder, one folder above the path shown in
+display~\eqref{display:path}, that is, navigate to,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/
+\end{Verbatim}
+If a \texttt{Privileged} folder exists, enter into it; otherwise, create
+it, then enter it.
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/Privileged
+\end{Verbatim}
+Now create a folder named \meta{ver}, unless it already exists, and enter
+it. The version is always the major release \texttt{8.0}, \texttt{9.0},
+\texttt{10.0}, or \texttt{11.0}.
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/Privileged/!meta(ver)
+\end{Verbatim}
+Finally, create the \texttt{JavaScript} folder, unless it already exists,
+to obtain the final path to the user folder JavaScripts:
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/Privileged/!meta(ver)/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+Copy \texttt{aeb.js} (and \texttt{aeb\_pro.js}, if applicable) into this
+folder. Close \textsf{Acrobat}, the next time \textsf{Acrobat} is started,
+it will read in the \SC{JS} files.
+
+\paragraph*{{\Stepiii}For $\boldmath\text{\meta{ver}}$, $\boldmath
+\text{\meta{ver}} > 12 $.} Beginning with the next major version following
+version~11, Adobe changed its versioning scheme. There are now two tracks,
+\emph{subscription} and \emph{classic} (also called \emph{perpetual}). For
+subscription, the version, as I understand it, will always be \texttt{DC}
+(Document Cloud), and for the classic, for which you've purchased a
+\emph{perpetual license}, the \meta{ver} is a calendar year. The first
+classic version is \texttt{2015}, the next one is most likely \texttt{2017},
+since major releases occur about every two years.
+
+Execute the code of display~\eqref{display:getPath} by pressing the button
+provided to obtain a path of the form,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/DC
+\end{Verbatim}
+for the subscription license or,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/C/Users/!meta(username)/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/2015
+\end{Verbatim}
+for the classic (or perpetual) license. Of course, this last path is for
+the first classic version.
+
+Now, to obtain the path to the \texttt{JavaScripts} folder, follow the
+instructions for numbered paragraph \ding{183}, but with \meta{ver} equal
+to either \texttt{DC} or \texttt{2015} (a calendar year).
+
+%/C/Users/D. P. Story/AppData/Roaming/Adobe/Acrobat/Privileged/11.0/JavaScripts
+
+\subsection{For users of \app{Mac OS}}
+
+\app{Mac OS} does not have the security restrictions that \app{Windows OS}
+does, as described in paragraphs \ding{183} and \ding{184}.
+
+Follow the instructions of paragraph \ding{182}, by first pressing the button
+provided in display~\eqref{display:getPath}, then, in the console window,
+execute this script as described in the paragraph following
+display~\eqref{display:getPath}. After working through \ding{182}, one
+obtains any of the following paths depending on the version (\meta{ver}) you
+are using:\medskip
+
+\noindent
+For $\text{\meta{ver}} = \texttt{8.0}, \texttt{9.0}, \texttt{10.0},
+\texttt{11.0}$:
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/Users/!meta(user)/Library/Application\ Support/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/!meta(ver)/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+\medskip
+
+\noindent
+For $\text{\meta{ver}} > 12$, the path is,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/Users/!meta(user)/Library/Application\ Support/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/DC/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+for a subscription license, and,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/Users/!meta(user)/Library/Application\ Support/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/2015/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+or more generally,
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,fontsize=\small,commandchars=!()]
+/Users/!meta(user)/Library/Application\ Support/Adobe/
+ Acrobat/!meta(year)/JavaScripts
+\end{Verbatim}
+for the perpetual license.
+
+In all cases, if the \texttt{JavaScripts} folder does not exist, it must
+be created. Copy any \SC{JS} support files into the \texttt{JavaScripts}
+folder. The script files are read the next time \app{Acrobat} is started.
+
+\section{Testing the placement of the JavaScript support files}
+
+Assuming you have successfully followed the instructions and created the
+\texttt{JavaScripts} folder, test the validity of what you have done by
+closing \app{Acrobat} then opening it again. Open the console window
+(\texttt{Ctrl+J} or \texttt{Cmd+J}, for \app{Mac OS}) and execute this
+command in the console window:
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\amtIndent,commandchars={!~@}]
+app.getPath("user","javascript");!quad!copyGetPathJS
+\end{Verbatim}
+If you have followed the instructions, the return string should read the
+complete path to the \texttt{JavaScripts} folder.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4af04e42b9..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.tex
index 524048403e..4123342c09 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex1.tex
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
% use nopro if you don't have acrobat
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[%
- web={
- pro,
- designv,
- tight,
- centertitlepage,
- },
- aebxmp,
+ web={
+ pro,
+ designv,
+ tight,
+ centertitlepage,
+ },
+ aebxmp
]{aeb_pro}
@@ -222,12 +222,12 @@ Will the effects defined by these environments appear on this page or the next?
% of the same environment.
%
\begin{addJSToPageOpen}
-var str = "Local open action"
+var str = "Local open action";
console.println(str + ": page " + (this.pageNum+1));
\end{addJSToPageOpen}
\begin{addJSToPageClose}
-var str = "Local Close action!"
+var str = "Local Close action!";
console.println(str + ": page " + (this.pageNum+1));
\end{addJSToPageClose}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.pdf
index e9b48043f7..0a5daae5cd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.tex
index c20a15e0f4..26722e775c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex3.tex
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
% use useacrobat option with pdftex and xetex if you have acrobat
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{graphicx,fancyvrb}
+% Edit this command as needed
+\def\pthToExtras{../extras}
\usepackage[%
web={
pro,
@@ -13,7 +15,7 @@
},
eforms,
%
-% Attach source file, and the tex log (I've renamed \jobname.log
+% Attach source file, and the tex log (renamed \jobname.log
% to \jobname.tex.log to avoid the distiller from overwriting it.
% The distiller only creates the log if there some sort of error message; consequently,
% the log for distiller is not attached (no error), but the tex log is destroyed by distiller
@@ -21,7 +23,7 @@
%
% Just for laughs, let's include Robot Man.
%
- attachments={extras.zip.txt, ../extras/robot_man.pdf},
+ attachments={extras.zip.txt, \pthToExtras/robot_man.pdf},
aebxmp,
]{aeb_pro}
@@ -42,15 +44,13 @@
}
\DeclareInitView{layoutmag={navitab=UseAttachments},windowoptions=fit}
+\newbox\aebpbox
\newcommand{\cs}[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}}
\newcommand\newtopic{\par\ifdim\lastskip>0pt\relax\vskip-\lastskip\fi
\vskip\medskipamount\noindent}
-\newenvironment{sverbatim}
-{\par\footnotesize\verbatim}{\endverbatim}
%
% As you do not have the necessary background files, the \addWatermarkFromFile
% will silently fail.
-%
\begin{forpaper}
\begin{docassembly}
var pos=this.path.indexOf(this.documentFileName,"/");
@@ -58,15 +58,15 @@ var myPath=this.path.substring(0,pos);
try {
\addWatermarkFromFile({
bOnTop:false,
- cDIPath:myPath+"../extras/Manual_BG_Print_AeB.pdf"
+ cDIPath:myPath+"\pthToExtras/Manual_BG_Print_AeB.pdf"
}); } catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
try {
- \importSound({cName: "StarTrek", cDIPath: "../extras/trek.wav" });
+ \importSound({cName: "StarTrek", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/trek.wav" });
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
try {
- \importIcon({cName: "logo", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo.pdf"});
- \importIcon({cName: "logopush", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo_bw15.pdf"});
- \importIcon({cName: "logorollover", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo_bw50.pdf"});
+ \importIcon({cName: "logo", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo.pdf"});
+ \importIcon({cName: "logopush", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo_bw15.pdf"});
+ \importIcon({cName: "logorollover", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo_bw50.pdf"});
var f = this.getField("cheesySound");
f.buttonPosition = position.iconOnly;
var oIcon = this.getIcon("logo");
@@ -76,7 +76,10 @@ try {
oIcon = this.getIcon("logorollover");
f.buttonSetIcon(oIcon,2);
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
-try {\importDataObject({cName: "AeB Pro Example #2",cDIPath: "aebpro_ex2.pdf"});} catch(e){}
+try {
+ \importDataObject({cName: "AeBProEx2",cDIPath: "aebpro_ex2.pdf"});
+ this.getDataObject("AeBProEx2").description="AeB Pro Example #2";
+} catch(e){}
\end{docassembly}
\end{forpaper}
\begin{forscreen}
@@ -86,16 +89,16 @@ var myPath=this.path.substring(0,pos);
try {
\addWatermarkFromFile({
bOnTop:false,
- cDIPath:myPath+"../extras/Manual_BG_DesignV_AeB.pdf"
+ cDIPath:myPath+"\pthToExtras/Manual_BG_DesignV_AeB.pdf"
});
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
try {
- \importSound({cName: "StarTrek", cDIPath: "../extras/trek.wav" });
+ \importSound({cName: "StarTrek", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/trek.wav" });
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
try {
- \importIcon({cName: "logo", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo.pdf"});
- \importIcon({cName: "logopush", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo_bw15.pdf"});
- \importIcon({cName: "logorollover", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo_bw50.pdf"});
+ \importIcon({cName: "logo", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo.pdf"});
+ \importIcon({cName: "logopush", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo_bw15.pdf"});
+ \importIcon({cName: "logorollover", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo_bw50.pdf"});
var f = this.getField("cheesySound");
f.buttonPosition = position.iconOnly;
var oIcon = this.getIcon("logo");
@@ -105,7 +108,10 @@ try {
oIcon = this.getIcon("logorollover");
f.buttonSetIcon(oIcon,2);
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
-try {\importDataObject({cName: "AeB Pro Example #2",cDIPath: "aebpro_ex2.pdf"});} catch(e){}
+try {
+ \importDataObject({cName: "AeBProEx2",cDIPath: "aebpro_ex2.pdf"});
+ this.getDataObject("AeBProEx2").description="AeB Pro Example #2";
+} catch(e){}
\end{docassembly}
\end{forscreen}
@@ -175,7 +181,7 @@ relative paths to the file required to attach. For example,
\usepackage[%
driver=dvips,
web={pro,usesf,...},
- attachments={extras.zip.txt,../extras/robot_man.pdf,
+ attachments={extras.zip.txt,\pthToExtras/robot_man.pdf,
/C/Documents and Settings/dps/My Documents/My Pictures/birthday17.jpg},
...
]{aeb_pro}
@@ -244,7 +250,7 @@ var myPath=this.path.substring(0,pos);
\begin{docassembly}
\addWatermarkFromFile({
bOnTop:false,
- cDIPath:myPath+"../extras/Manual_BG_Print_AeB.pdf"
+ cDIPath:myPath+"\pthToExtras/Manual_BG_Print_AeB.pdf"
});
\end{docassembly}
\end{Verbatim}
@@ -265,12 +271,12 @@ re-inserts \verb!({! in a different location. (See the
For another cheesy demonstration, let's import a sound, associate it
with a button. I leave it to you to press the button at your
discretion.
-\begin{center}
-\setbox0=\hbox{\includegraphics[height=16bp]{extras/AeB_Logo.eps}}
+\begin{center}%\previewOn
+\setbox\aebpbox=\hbox{\includegraphics[height=16bp]{\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo.eps}}
\newtopic\pushButton[\S{S}\W{0}\A{\JS{%
var s = this.getSound("StarTrek");\r
s.play();
-}}]{cheesySound}{\the\wd0 }{\the\ht0 }
+}}]{cheesySound}{\wd\aebpbox}{\ht\aebpbox}
\end{center}
\begin{Verbatim}
@@ -278,11 +284,11 @@ discretion.
try {
\addWatermarkFromFile({
bOnTop:false,
- cDIPath:myPath+"../extras/Manual_BG_DesignV_AeB.pdf"
+ cDIPath:myPath+"\pthToExtras/Manual_BG_DesignV_AeB.pdf"
});
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
try {
- \importSound({cName: "StarTrek", cDIPath: "../extras/trek.wav" });
+ \importSound({cName: "StarTrek", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/trek.wav" });
} catch(e) { console.println(e.toString()) };
\end{docassembly}
\end{Verbatim}
@@ -303,9 +309,9 @@ code, with some comments added.
...
...
// Import the sounds into the document
-\importIcon({cName: "logo", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo.pdf"});
-\importIcon({cName: "logopush", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo_bw15.pdf"});
-\importIcon({cName: "logorollover", cDIPath: "../extras/AeB_Logo_bw50.pdf"});
+\importIcon({cName: "logo", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo.pdf"});
+\importIcon({cName: "logopush", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo_bw15.pdf"});
+\importIcon({cName: "logorollover", cDIPath: "\pthToExtras/AeB_Logo_bw50.pdf"});
var f = this.getField("cheesySound"); // get the field object of the button
f.buttonPosition = position.iconOnly; // set it to receive icon appearances
var oIcon = this.getIcon("logo"); // get the "logo" icon
@@ -326,7 +332,8 @@ your own files using the \texttt{docassembly} environment.
...
...
try {
- \importDataObject({cName: "AeB Pro Example #2",cDIPath: "aebpro_ex2.pdf"});
+ \importDataObject({cName: "AeBProEx2",cDIPath: "aebpro_ex2.pdf"});
+ this.getDataObject("AeBProEx2").description="AeB Pro Example #2";
} catch(e){}
\end{docassembly}
\end{Verbatim}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex4.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex4.tex
index 81c837096c..b0df8c3e4f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex4.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex4.tex
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{amsmath}
\usepackage[%
- web={
- pro,
- designv,
- tight,
-% forcolorpaper,
- centertitlepage,
- dvipsnames,
- usesf
- },
- uselayers,
- eforms,
- aebxmp,
+ web={
+ pro,
+ designv,
+ tight,
+% forcolorpaper,
+ centertitlepage,
+ dvipsnames,
+ usesf
+ },
+ uselayers,
+ eforms,
+ aebxmp
]{aeb_pro}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage[nomessages]{fp}
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
\usepackage{pstricks-add}
\usepackage[absolute,overlay]{textpos}
+\let\tops\texorpdfstring
+
\DeclareDocInfo
{
title=The AeB Pro Package\texorpdfstring{\\[1ex]}{: }Layers and Rollovers,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.pdf
index 65ccfa048b..2b1b3a0adf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.tex
index 66cbd35023..bdcc080a52 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex6.tex
@@ -14,6 +14,9 @@
linktoattachments,
eforms
]{aeb_pro}
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\usepackage[active]{srcltx}
+
\DeclareDocInfo
{
@@ -126,19 +129,18 @@ accessed through the menu item \texttt{View > Portfolio > Cover Sheet}.
\newtopic\textbf{\textcolor{red}{TIP:}} Use the \cs{autolabelNum*}
command to assign a more informative description of the attachments,
like so.
-\begin{sverbatim}
- \autolabelNum*{1}{European Currency \u20AC}
- \autolabelNum*{2}{\u0022$|e^\u007B\u005Cln(17)\u007D|$\u0022}
- \autolabelNum*[AeST]{3}{The AeBST Components}
- \autolabelNum*[atease]{4}{The @EASE Control Panel}
-\end{sverbatim}
-
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small]
+\autolabelNum*{1}{European Currency \u20AC}
+\autolabelNum*{2}{\u0022$|e^\u007B\u005Cln(17)\u007D|$\u0022}
+\autolabelNum*[AeST]{3}{The AeBST Components}
+\autolabelNum*[atease]{4}{The @EASE Control Panel}
+\end{Verbatim}
Note that there is an alternative that is commented out to the assignment of the
second attachment, it is
-\begin{sverbatim}
- \autolabelNum*
- {2}{\u\DQUOTE$|e^\u\LBRACE\u005Cln(17)\u\RBRACE|$\u\DQUOTE}
-\end{sverbatim}
+\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small]
+\autolabelNum*{2}
+ {\u\DQUOTE$|e^\u\LBRACE\u005Cln(17)\u\RBRACE|$\u\DQUOTE}
+\end{Verbatim}
One can use the ``helper'' commands, as described in \texttt{aeb\_pro.tex}; however,
there is a slight problem. Within the \texttt{<description>} argument, we obey spaces, so
if we were to say \verb!\u\LBRACE\u\BSLASH ln(17)\u\RBRACE! there would be a space
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.pdf
index 83ff4f2396..54766e4d20 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.tex
index 196eef6dbe..0f8941b51a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_ex8.tex
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
\defUniStr{myCoolIV}{\u0022\u20AC|e^\u007B\u005Cln(17)\u007D|$\u0022}
\defUniStr{Reset myCoolIV}{Reset the \u0022\u20AC|e^\u007B\u005Cln(17)\u007D|$\u0022 field}
-\pdfSpacesOff
+%\pdfSpacesOff
\begin{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_index_ex.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_index_ex.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e666732001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/aebpro_index_ex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.pdf
index 48b4888c95..0734eb4342 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.tex
index 20a2216fb3..6f2bbf793f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/aeb_pro/aeb_pro/examples/test_install.tex
@@ -24,4 +24,15 @@ haven't closed and opened \textsf{Acrobat} after you installed \texttt{aeb\_pro.
or the cover page document \texttt{myCoverPage.pdf} does not exist or has
been moved from this folder
+On failure, did you close \textsf{Acrobat} before opening this file? (The JS
+files are only read once when the \textsf{Acrobat} application is opened.)
+When all else fails, try rereading the installation instructions again
+(\texttt{install\_jsfiles.pdf}), found in the \texttt{doc} folder, but more
+carefully this time.
+
+Still failing? Do you have \textsf{Acrobat DC}? Perhaps your \textsf{Acrobat}
+needs to be configured. Try reading \texttt{acrobat-in-workflow.pdf}, found
+in the \texttt{doc} folder.
+
+
\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf
index 5fb27f8d90..d6e1b6ee61 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex
index 57801d4faf..8c50c5690b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex
@@ -27,10 +27,9 @@
{
linespread = 1.355,
tabspread = 1.05,
- mathspread = 1,
+ mathspread = 1.05,
capspread = 1,
- fnspread = 1.05,
- fnsep = 0.5ex
+ fnspread = 1
},
elfont =
{
@@ -95,7 +94,7 @@
\github~\url{https://github.com/texl3/easybook} \\
\edge~\url{https://latexstudio.net}
}
- \date{2021/02/08\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.23a}
+ \date{2021/02/09\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.23b}
}
\begin{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf
index cea72f04f6..10801ed596 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.tex
index 4cd23121b7..3c9f686289 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.tex
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
\title{\sffamily easybook书籍文档类}
\author{瞿毅}
-\date{2021/02/08\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.23a\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}}
+\date{2021/02/09\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.23b\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
@@ -158,24 +158,25 @@
\begin{function}{ctex@link,ctex@url,ctex@cite}
\begin{syntax}
\tn{definecolor}\oarg{类型}\marg{名称}\marg{模式列表}\marg{参数列表}
- \end{syntax}超链接颜色用到这三个颜色,可以使用 \tn{definecolor} 命令进行更改。
+ \end{syntax}
\changes{v1.10}{2021/01/08}{可以自定义超链接颜色。}
+ 超链接颜色用到这三个颜色,可以使用 \tn{definecolor} 命令进行更改。
\end{function}
\item[linktopage] 将目录中的超链接置于页码上,默认是置于标题上。
\end{optdesc}
\subsection{行距}
-\begin{function}[EXP,added = 2021-01-05,updated = 2021-01-12]{spread/linespread,spread/tabspread,spread/mathspread,spread/capspread,spread/fnspread,spread/fnsep}
+\begin{function}[EXP,added = 2021-01-05,updated = 2021-02-09]{spread/linespread,spread/tabspread,spread/mathspread,spread/capspread,spread/fnspread}
\begin{syntax}
linespread = <(1.3)>
- tabspread = <(1)>
- mathspread = <(1)>
+ tabspread = <(1.05)>
+ mathspread = <(1.05)>
capspread = <(1)>
fnspread = <(1)>
- fnsep = <(0ex)>
\end{syntax}
\changes{v1.21b}{2021/01/12}{增加脚注线间的距离选项。}
-除了 \opt{fnsep} 选项,其它是行距因子用于设置各种行距倍数,只能是浮点数,不能带有长度单位。\tn{ctexset} 原有的行距选项\opt{linespread}失效。各行距既可在导言区全局设置也可正文中设置对后面生效,行距的意义为
+\changes{v1.23b}{2021/02/09}{取消使用 \pkg{zhlineskip} 宏包设置数学间距。}
+行距因子用于设置各种行距倍数,只能是浮点数,不能带有长度单位。\tn{ctexset} 原有的行距选项\opt{linespread}失效。各行距既可在导言区全局设置也可正文中设置对后面生效,行距的意义为
\end{function}
\begin{optdesc}
@@ -184,7 +185,6 @@
\item[mathspread] 数学环境行距。
\item[capspread] 图表代码标题行距。
\item[fnspread] 脚注行距。
- \item[fnsep] 脚注与脚注线间的距离,需带有长度单位。
\end{optdesc}
\subsection{其它字体}
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
\subsection{习题}
\begin{function}[added = 2021-01-05,updated = 2021-02-08]{exercise}
- \begin{syntax}
+\begin{syntax}
\tn{begin}\marg{exercise}\oarg{颜色名}\oarg{编号}\oarg{标题}
\tn{item} <习题内容>
\tn{end}\marg{exercise}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.cls
index d0d8ae2c1e..7f1d5d1255 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.cls
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
%% https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
-\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/02/08}{1.23a}{}
+\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/02/09}{1.23b}{}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_define:nn {nx}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n {v}
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@
\RequirePackage
{
xcolor,
- pdfpages,footmisc,
- setspace,zhlineskip,
- amsthm,thmtools,cases,
+ pdfpages,
+ footmisc,setspace,
+ amsmath,amsthm,thmtools,cases,
chemformula,chemfig,siunitx,ulem,
microtype,
geometry,marginnote,
@@ -688,22 +688,19 @@
\tl_new:N \l__math_spread_tl
\tl_new:N \l__cap_spread_tl
\tl_new:N \l__foot_spread_tl
-\tl_new:N \l__foot_fnsep_tl
\__ctex_define:nn {spread}
{
linespread .fp_set:N = \l__line_spread_fp,
linespread .initial:n = 1.3,
tabspread .fp_set:N = \l__tab_spread_fp,
- tabspread .initial:n = 1,
+ tabspread .initial:n = 1.05,
mathspread .tl_set:N = \l__math_spread_tl,
- mathspread .initial:n = 1,
+ mathspread .initial:n = 1.05,
capspread .tl_set:N = \l__cap_spread_tl,
capspread .initial:n = 1,
fnspread .tl_set:N = \l__foot_spread_tl,
- fnspread .initial:n = 1,
- fnsep .tl_set:N = \l__foot_fnsep_tl,
- fnsep .initial:n = 0ex
+ fnspread .initial:n = 1
}
\skip_set:Nn \parskip{0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
@@ -877,8 +874,51 @@
}
\allowdisplaybreaks[4]
\cs_gset:Npn \ULthickness{.75pt}
-\SetMathEnvironmentSinglespace{\l__math_spread_tl}
\skip_set:Nn \jot{4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
+\cs_new:Npn \l__math_restore:n #1
+ {
+ \AtBeginEnvironment{#1}
+ {\linespread{\l__math_spread_tl}\selectfont\ignorespaces}
+ }
+\l__math_restore:n {array}
+\l__math_restore:n {matrix}
+\l__math_restore:n {pmatrix}
+\l__math_restore:n {bmatrix}
+\l__math_restore:n {Bmatrix}
+\l__math_restore:n {vmatrix}
+\l__math_restore:n {Vmatrix}
+\l__math_restore:n {cases}
+\l__math_restore:n {aligned}
+\l__math_restore:n {alignedat}
+\l__math_restore:n {gathered}
+\__patch_cmd:Nnn \start@gather
+ {\collect@body}
+ {\linespread{\l__math_spread_tl}\selectfont\collect@body}
+\__patch_cmd:Nnn \start@align
+ {\collect@body}
+ {\linespread{\l__math_spread_tl}\selectfont\collect@body}
+\__patch_cmd:Nnn \start@multline
+ {\collect@body}
+ {\linespread{\l__math_spread_tl}\selectfont\collect@body}
+\__patch_cmd:Nnn \gather@split
+ {\spread@equation}
+ {\linespread{\l__math_spread_tl}\selectfont\spread@equation}
+\l__math_restore:n {matrix*}
+\l__math_restore:n {pmatrix*}
+\l__math_restore:n {bmatrix*}
+\l__math_restore:n {Bmatrix*}
+\l__math_restore:n {vmatrix*}
+\l__math_restore:n {Vmatrix*}
+\l__math_restore:n {cases*}
+\l__math_restore:n {dcases}
+\l__math_restore:n {dcases*}
+\l__math_restore:n {rcases}
+\l__math_restore:n {rcases*}
+\l__math_restore:n {drcases}
+\l__math_restore:n {drcases*}
+\l__math_restore:n {multlined}
+\l__math_restore:n {lgathered}
+\l__math_restore:n {rgathered}
\ctex_after_end_preamble:n
{
\skip_set:Nn \abovedisplayskip{5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
@@ -1097,7 +1137,11 @@
\ctex_at_end_preamble:n
{
\skip_set:Nn \footnotemargin{0.5\ccwd}
- \skip_set:Nn \footnotesep{\l__foot_fnsep_tl}
+ \group_begin:
+ \footnotesize
+ \exp_args:Nx \linespread{\tl_use:N \l__foot_spread_tl}\selectfont
+ \skip_gset:Nn \footnotesep{\ht\strutbox}
+ \group_end:
\cs_gset:Npn \hangfootparskip{0ex}
\cs_gset:Npn \footnoterule
{
@@ -1120,10 +1164,10 @@
}
}
\__patch_cmd:Nnn \@footnotetext
- {\def\baselinestretch{\ZhLS@footlinespread}\reset@font}
+ {\reset@font}
{\def\baselinestretch{\l__foot_spread_tl}\l__foot_font_tl}
\__patch_cmd:Nnn \@mpfootnotetext
- {\def\baselinestretch{\ZhLS@footlinespread}\reset@font}
+ {\reset@font}
{\def\baselinestretch{\l__foot_spread_tl}\l__foot_font_tl}
\__patch_cmd:Nnn \@makefnmark
{\normalfont}{\l__foot_font_tl}
@@ -1249,7 +1293,7 @@
\clist_map_function:nN
{
{none, 000000,000000,000000},
- {seaside, 13abae,004986,a40000},
+ {seaside, 1381b2,004986,a40000},
{energy, f39800,00a0e9,893895},
{cyberpunk, 005982,eb6877,a4005b}
}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt
index b784bc129e..130150509b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+2021-02-08 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle
+ * moved definitions for \G accent to an extra file
+ puenc-extra.def, which can be loaded manually
+ * moved the loading of puenc.def so that it can be suppressed
+ with pdflatex
+ * correct the hspace command in pdfstringdef, so that it
+ accepts some calc syntax.
+
2021-02-07 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle
* renamed the manual to hyperref-doc
* moved the license of the documentation into the file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md
index fb1c2ac9fd..6a76499935 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# README for hyperref bundle
-Version 2021-02-07 v7.00h
+Version 2021-02-08 v7.00i
## INTRODUCTION
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf
index f610fbc67d..185b68c3a7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html
index 7b4ce3d361..7b919801b2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span
class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br />
<div class="date" ><span
-class="ec-lmr-12">2021-02-07 v7.00h</span></div>
+class="ec-lmr-12">2021-02-08 v7.00i</span></div>
</div>
<h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
@@ -122,69 +122,71 @@ href="#x1-450005.25" id="QQ2-1-45">Default driver setting</a></span>
href="#x1-460005.26" id="QQ2-1-46">Backref entries</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.27 <a
href="#x1-470005.27" id="QQ2-1-47">\phantomsection</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.28 <a
+href="#x1-480005.28" id="QQ2-1-48">puenc encoding and puenc-extra.def</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6 <a
-href="#x1-480006" id="QQ2-1-48">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span>
+href="#x1-490006" id="QQ2-1-49">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >7 <a
-href="#x1-490007" id="QQ2-1-49">PDF and HTML forms</a></span>
+href="#x1-500007" id="QQ2-1-50">PDF and HTML forms</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a
-href="#x1-500007.1" id="QQ2-1-50">Forms environment parameters</a></span>
+href="#x1-510007.1" id="QQ2-1-51">Forms environment parameters</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.2 <a
-href="#x1-510007.2" id="QQ2-1-51">Forms optional parameters</a></span>
+href="#x1-520007.2" id="QQ2-1-52">Forms optional parameters</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8 <a
-href="#x1-520008" id="QQ2-1-52">Defining a new driver</a></span>
+href="#x1-530008" id="QQ2-1-53">Defining a new driver</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9 <a
-href="#x1-530009" id="QQ2-1-53">Special support for other packages</a></span>
+href="#x1-540009" id="QQ2-1-54">Special support for other packages</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >9.1 <a
-href="#x1-540009.1" id="QQ2-1-54">Package Compatibility</a></span>
+href="#x1-550009.1" id="QQ2-1-55">Package Compatibility</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10 <a
-href="#x1-9800010" id="QQ2-1-98">Limitations</a></span>
+href="#x1-9900010" id="QQ2-1-99">Limitations</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >10.1 <a
-href="#x1-9900010.1" id="QQ2-1-99">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span>
+href="#x1-10000010.1" id="QQ2-1-100">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >10.2 <a
-href="#x1-10000010.2" id="QQ2-1-100">Links across pages</a></span>
+href="#x1-10100010.2" id="QQ2-1-101">Links across pages</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >10.3 <a
-href="#x1-10100010.3" id="QQ2-1-101">Footnotes</a></span>
+href="#x1-10200010.3" id="QQ2-1-102">Footnotes</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11 <a
-href="#x1-10200011" id="QQ2-1-102">Hints</a></span>
+href="#x1-10300011" id="QQ2-1-103">Hints</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.1 <a
-href="#x1-10300011.1" id="QQ2-1-103">Spaces in option values</a></span>
+href="#x1-10400011.1" id="QQ2-1-104">Spaces in option values</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.2 <a
-href="#x1-10400011.2" id="QQ2-1-104">Index with makeindex</a></span>
+href="#x1-10500011.2" id="QQ2-1-105">Index with makeindex</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.3 <a
-href="#x1-10500011.3" id="QQ2-1-105">Warning <span
+href="#x1-10600011.3" id="QQ2-1-106">Warning <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown &#x003C;foobar&#x003E; defaults to 0"</span></a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.4 <a
-href="#x1-10600011.4" id="QQ2-1-106">Link anchors in figures</a></span>
+href="#x1-10700011.4" id="QQ2-1-107">Link anchors in figures</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.5 <a
-href="#x1-10700011.5" id="QQ2-1-107">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span>
+href="#x1-10800011.5" id="QQ2-1-108">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.6 <a
-href="#x1-10800011.6" id="QQ2-1-108">Footnotes</a></span>
+href="#x1-10900011.6" id="QQ2-1-109">Footnotes</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.7 <a
-href="#x1-10900011.7" id="QQ2-1-109">Subordinate counters</a></span>
+href="#x1-11000011.7" id="QQ2-1-110">Subordinate counters</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >12 <a
-href="#x1-11000012" id="QQ2-1-110">History and acknowledgments</a></span>
+href="#x1-11100012" id="QQ2-1-111">History and acknowledgments</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13 <a
-href="#x1-11100013" id="QQ2-1-111">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span>
+href="#x1-11200013" id="QQ2-1-112">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1 <a
-href="#x1-11300013.1" id="QQ2-1-113">Applicability and definitions</a></span>
+href="#x1-11400013.1" id="QQ2-1-114">Applicability and definitions</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.2 <a
-href="#x1-11400013.2" id="QQ2-1-114">Verbatim copying</a></span>
+href="#x1-11500013.2" id="QQ2-1-115">Verbatim copying</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.3 <a
-href="#x1-11500013.3" id="QQ2-1-115">Copying in quantity</a></span>
+href="#x1-11600013.3" id="QQ2-1-116">Copying in quantity</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.4 <a
-href="#x1-11600013.4" id="QQ2-1-116">Modifications</a></span>
+href="#x1-11700013.4" id="QQ2-1-117">Modifications</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.5 <a
-href="#x1-11700013.5" id="QQ2-1-117">Combining documents</a></span>
+href="#x1-11800013.5" id="QQ2-1-118">Combining documents</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.6 <a
-href="#x1-11800013.6" id="QQ2-1-118">Collections of documents</a></span>
+href="#x1-11900013.6" id="QQ2-1-119">Collections of documents</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.7 <a
-href="#x1-11900013.7" id="QQ2-1-119">Aggregation with independent works</a></span>
+href="#x1-12000013.7" id="QQ2-1-120">Aggregation with independent works</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.8 <a
-href="#x1-12000013.8" id="QQ2-1-120">Translation</a></span>
+href="#x1-12100013.8" id="QQ2-1-121">Translation</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.9 <a
-href="#x1-12100013.9" id="QQ2-1-121">Termination</a></span>
+href="#x1-12200013.9" id="QQ2-1-122">Termination</a></span>
<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.10 <a
-href="#x1-12200013.10" id="QQ2-1-122">Future revisions of this license</a></span>
+href="#x1-12300013.10" id="QQ2-1-123">Future revisions of this license</a></span>
</div>
@@ -2138,7 +2140,7 @@ class="td01"> </td></tr>
is not the same as TeX&#8217;s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span>
that is explained on page <a
-href="#x1-190004.3">46<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX&#x00A0;works by supplying default values for <span
+href="#x1-190004.3">47<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX&#x00A0;works by supplying default values for <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span>(horizontal <span
class="lmsy-10">&#x00D7;</span>
vertical <span
@@ -3354,8 +3356,10 @@ class="td11"> <span
class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-3"
class="td10">
<!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with
- version 2021-02-07 v7.00h set by default to
- true for all engines. </td>
+ version v7.00g set by default to true for all
+ engines. It will load a number of definitions in
+ puenc.def. It can be set to false for pdflatex,
+ but this is not recommended. </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-1"
class="td01"><span
@@ -3486,6 +3490,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link
type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, &#x2026;
+
+
<!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular"
@@ -3499,8 +3505,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
<!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Write <span
class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink.
-
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink.
<!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular"
@@ -3646,6 +3651,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
<!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen
+
anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index,
bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -5049,12 +5055,36 @@ set.
<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" >
<!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index
page, not to a location before this page.
-<!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2222--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.28 </span> <a
+ id="x1-480005.28"></a>puenc encoding and puenc-extra.def</h4>
+<!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span>option loads for the bookmarks <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc.def </span>which contains quite a lot definitions of
+commands for the bookmarks. As <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span>is now true for all engines, this file is now also loaded with
+pdflatex. Some of the definitions in <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc.def </span>clash with other uses. To reduce the impact <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses
+two strategies.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block
+ if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CYRDZE </span>is defined, greek if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textBeta </span>is defined, and hebrew if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hebdalet </span>is defined.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Other commands are moved to an extra file <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-extra.def </span>which is not loaded
+ automatically, but can be loaded in the preamble if needed. Currently this file contains all
+ definitions for the accent <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\G</span>.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
- id="x1-480006"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3>
-<!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided
+ id="x1-490006"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3>
+<!--l. 2243--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided
in the appropriate drivers:
-<!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col
@@ -5068,22 +5098,24 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span
class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists
the option names you can use&#8212;comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will
show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange.
<a
- id="x1-48001r13"></a> <!--l. 2236--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-41" class="longtable"
+ id="x1-49001r13"></a> <!--l. 2254--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-41" class="longtable"
><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col
id="TBL-41-1"><col
id="TBL-41-2"></colgroup>
+
+
<tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-1"
class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >Open,
+ <!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" >Open,
Close,
Scan,
Save,
@@ -5097,7 +5129,7 @@ class="td10">
class="td01">File<span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage,
+ <!--l. 2255--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage,
ImportNotes,
AcroForm:ImportFDF </td>
</tr><tr
@@ -5105,27 +5137,25 @@ class="td10">
class="td01">File<span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2238--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes,
+ <!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes,
AcroForm:ExportFDF </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-1"
class="td01">File<span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo,
+ <!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo,
OpenInfo,
FontsInfo,
SecurityInfo,
Weblink:Base,
AutoIndex:DocInfo </td>
-
-
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-1"
class="td01">File<span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs,
+ <!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs,
NotePrefs,
FullScreenPrefs,
Weblink:Prefs,
@@ -5137,7 +5167,7 @@ class="td10">
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-1"
class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >Undo,
+ <!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >Undo,
Cut,
Copy,
Paste,
@@ -5153,19 +5183,21 @@ class="td10">
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-1"
class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td>
+ <!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-1"
class="td01">Edit<span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate,
+ <!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate,
AcroForm:TabOrder </td>
+
+
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-1"
class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages,
+ <!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages,
AcroForm:Actions,
CropPages,
RotatePages,
@@ -5177,13 +5209,11 @@ class="td10">
SetBookmarkDest,
CreateAllThumbs,
DeleteAllThumbs </td>
-
-
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-1"
class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize,
+ <!--l. 2268--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize,
FitVisible,
FitWidth,
FitPage,
@@ -5207,7 +5237,7 @@ class="td10">
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-1"
class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" >Hand,
+ <!--l. 2271--><p class="noindent" >Hand,
ZoomIn,
ZoomOut,
SelectText,
@@ -5222,12 +5252,14 @@ class="td10">
FindAgain,
FindNextNote,
CreateNotesFile </td>
+
+
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-1"
class="td01">Tools<span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query,
+ <!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query,
AcroSrch:Indexes,
AcroSrch:Results,
AcroSrch:Assist,
@@ -5235,13 +5267,11 @@ class="td10">
AcroSrch:PrevHit,
AcroSrch:NextHit,
AcroSrch:NextDoc </td>
-
-
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-1"
class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar,
+ <!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar,
ShowHideMenuBar,
ShowHideClipboard,
Cascade,
@@ -5252,7 +5282,7 @@ class="td10">
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-1"
class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide,
+ <!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide,
HelpTutorial,
HelpExchange,
HelpScan,
@@ -5267,7 +5297,7 @@ class="td10">
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-1"
class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-2"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" >About </td>
+ <!--l. 2280--><p class="noindent" >About </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-16-1"
class="td01"> </td>
@@ -5282,13 +5312,13 @@ class="td01"> </td>
class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-2"
class="td10"></td></tr>
</table></div>
-<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2283--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
- id="x1-490007"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3>
-<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span
+ id="x1-500007"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3>
+<!--l. 2284--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment (only one per file).
-<!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields:
-<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2286--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields:
+<!--l. 2288--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col
@@ -5302,7 +5332,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2292--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col
@@ -5316,7 +5346,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-44" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col
@@ -5332,7 +5364,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2300--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col
@@ -5346,9 +5378,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
+<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col
@@ -5362,7 +5392,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2290--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col
@@ -5376,8 +5406,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by:
-<!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2312--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by:
+<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col
@@ -5391,7 +5421,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col
@@ -5405,7 +5435,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2303--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2321--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col
@@ -5419,9 +5449,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2
-<!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by:
-<!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2325--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2
+<!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by:
+<!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col
@@ -5435,7 +5465,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2332--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col
@@ -5449,7 +5479,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2335--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col
@@ -5463,7 +5493,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2338--><p class="noindent" >
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col
@@ -5477,7 +5507,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
</tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col
@@ -5488,7 +5520,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class
class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2328--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2346--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;#2{\hbox</span><span
@@ -5497,7 +5529,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;#1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the l
to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros.
-<!--l. 2332--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros:
+<!--l. 2350--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
@@ -5513,12 +5545,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros.
\def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip}
\def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2345--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2363--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-500007.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4>
+ id="x1-510007.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4>
<a
- id="x1-50001r14"></a> <!--l. 2351--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-56" class="longtable"
+ id="x1-51001r14"></a> <!--l. 2369--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-56" class="longtable"
><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col
id="TBL-56-1"><col
@@ -5531,7 +5563,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-
class="td11"> <span
class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-3"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span
+ <!--l. 2369--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span
class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button
is included in the form </td>
</tr><tr
@@ -5541,7 +5573,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a
class="td11"> <span
class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-3"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding
+ <!--l. 2370--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding
is usual, and <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td>
</tr><tr
@@ -5551,7 +5583,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-al
class="td11"> <span
class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-3"
class="td10">
- <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span
+ <!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or
<span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td>
@@ -5573,15 +5605,15 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id=
class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-3"
class="td10"></td></tr>
</table></div>
-<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2375--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-510007.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4>
-<!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e.&#x00A0;<span
+ id="x1-520007.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4>
+<!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e.&#x00A0;<span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span>
<span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>)
<a
- id="x1-51001r15"></a> <!--l. 2363--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-57" class="longtable"
+ id="x1-52001r15"></a> <!--l. 2381--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-57" class="longtable"
><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col
id="TBL-57-1"><col
@@ -6033,29 +6065,29 @@ class="td01"> </td>
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-63-1"
class="td01"> </td></tr>
</table></div>
-<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2440--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
- id="x1-520008"></a>Defining a new driver</h3>
-<!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros:
-<!--l. 2426--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-530008"></a>Defining a new driver</h3>
+<!--l. 2441--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros:
+<!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2428--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@link</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2430--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkfile</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2450--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkurl</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorstart</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorend</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2438--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkstart</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2440--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2458--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows
+<!--l. 2461--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
@@ -6068,11 +6100,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span>
\let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo
\let\hyper@linkend\@empty
</pre>
-<!--l. 2453--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2471--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2473--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
- id="x1-530009"></a>Special support for other packages</h3>
-<!--l. 2457--><p class="noindent" >Package <span
+ id="x1-540009"></a>Special support for other packages</h3>
+<!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" >Package <span
class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for
conflict, such as
<ul class="itemize1">
@@ -6095,7 +6127,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false </span>for these packages
to work.
</li>
<li class="itemize">Packages that do anything serious with the index.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2477--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 2495--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially
well with it. These are <span
class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span
@@ -6103,17 +6135,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span
<span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively.
-<!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-540009.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4>
-<!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available:
-<!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > Note: hyperref loads package <span
+ id="x1-550009.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4>
+<!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available:
+<!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" > Note: hyperref loads package <span
class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>at <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>. Sometimes this is too late, thus this
package must be loaded earlier.
-<!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-550009.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5>
+ id="x1-560009.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
@@ -6121,11 +6153,11 @@ package must be loaded earlier.
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}%&#x00A0;eg.
</pre>
-<!--l. 2500--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2518--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-560009.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5>
-<!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be
+ id="x1-570009.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5>
+<!--l. 2522--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be
spacing problems (eqnarray isn&#8217;t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for
equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that
package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use
@@ -6137,22 +6169,22 @@ gather:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\equation\gather
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\endequation\endgather
</pre>
-<!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2533--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-570009.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5>
-<!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order:
+ id="x1-580009.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5>
+<!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{amsrefs}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2524--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2542--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2544--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-580009.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5>
-<!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error,
+ id="x1-590009.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5>
+<!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error,
thus the resulting package order is then:
@@ -6161,16 +6193,16 @@ thus the resulting package order is then:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepacakge{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{arydshln}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2536--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2554--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-590009.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5>
-<!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Pter
+ id="x1-600009.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5>
+<!--l. 2558--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Pter
Szab, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/.
-<!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-600009.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5>
-<!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" >Babel&#8217;s spanish.ldf redefines &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-610009.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5>
+<!--l. 2565--><p class="noindent" >Babel&#8217;s spanish.ldf redefines &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>&#8217; to support &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>&#8217;. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -6178,10 +6210,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>&#8217; is supported. If
&#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>&#8217; is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead.
-<!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-610009.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5>
-<!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >Workaround:
+ id="x1-620009.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5>
+<!--l. 2574--><p class="noindent" >Workaround:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
@@ -6200,16 +6232,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be use
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\nobibliography{database}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\endgroup
</pre>
-<!--l. 2573--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2591--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.8 </span> <a
- id="x1-620009.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5>
-<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package &#8216;bigfoot&#8217;. And package &#8216;bigfoot&#8217; does not support hyperref&#8217;s footnotes
+ id="x1-630009.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5>
+<!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package &#8216;bigfoot&#8217;. And package &#8216;bigfoot&#8217; does not support hyperref&#8217;s footnotes
and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false).
-<!--l. 2582--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2600--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.9 </span> <a
- id="x1-630009.1.9"></a>chappg</h5>
-<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >Package &#8216;chappg&#8217; uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-640009.1.9"></a>chappg</h5>
+<!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" >Package &#8216;chappg&#8217; uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by &#8216;hyperref&#8217;. The package order is
therefore:
@@ -6218,11 +6250,11 @@ therefore:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{chappg}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2590--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2608--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2610--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.10 </span> <a
- id="x1-640009.1.10"></a>cite</h5>
-<!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround
+ id="x1-650009.1.10"></a>cite</h5>
+<!--l. 2612--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround
via:
@@ -6233,14 +6265,14 @@ via:
&#x00A0;\usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2604--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2606--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal -
+<!--l. 2622--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2624--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal -
although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many
people).
-<!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.11 </span> <a
- id="x1-650009.1.11"></a>count1to</h5>
-<!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Package &#8216;count1to&#8217; adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-660009.1.11"></a>count1to</h5>
+<!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent" >Package &#8216;count1to&#8217; adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse &#8216;hyperref&#8217;. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;...&#x003E;</span></span></span>
has to be fixed:
@@ -6256,27 +6288,27 @@ has to be fixed:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2625--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2643--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.12 </span> <a
- id="x1-660009.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5>
-<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before:
+ id="x1-670009.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5>
+<!--l. 2647--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{dblaccnt}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2633--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span
+<!--l. 2651--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span
class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>.
-<!--l. 2637--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2655--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.13 </span> <a
- id="x1-670009.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5>
-<!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks.
-<!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="x1-680009.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5>
+<!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks.
+<!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.14 </span> <a
- id="x1-680009.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5>
-<!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-690009.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5>
+<!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded
before):
@@ -6285,46 +6317,46 @@ before):
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{ellipsis}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2666--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2668--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.15 </span> <a
- id="x1-690009.1.15"></a>float</h5>
+ id="x1-700009.1.15"></a>float</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
&#x00A0;\usepackage{float}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2654--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2672--><p class="nopar" >
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object.
</li>
<li class="itemize">Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.16 </span> <a
- id="x1-700009.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5>
-<!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
-<!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="x1-710009.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5>
+<!--l. 2680--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
+<!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.17 </span> <a
- id="x1-710009.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5>
-<!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-720009.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5>
+<!--l. 2683--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it
uses package &#8216;atbegshi&#8217; instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of &#8216;foils.cls&#8217; regarding hyperref
is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX
2.1.4b.
-<!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.18 </span> <a
- id="x1-720009.1.18"></a>footnote</h5>
-<!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref&#8217;s footnote support by using option
+ id="x1-730009.1.18"></a>footnote</h5>
+<!--l. 2693--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref&#8217;s footnote support by using option
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2697--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.19 </span> <a
- id="x1-730009.1.19"></a>geometry</h5>
-<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >Driver &#8216;dvipdfm&#8217; and program &#8216;dvipdfm&#8217; might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size
+ id="x1-740009.1.19"></a>geometry</h5>
+<!--l. 2699--><p class="noindent" >Driver &#8216;dvipdfm&#8217; and program &#8216;dvipdfm&#8217; might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size
Then prefer the program &#8216;dvipdfmx&#8217; or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of
geometry to an earlier location:
@@ -6357,36 +6389,36 @@ geometry to an earlier location:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;]{geometry}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2731--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2733--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.20 </span> <a
- id="x1-740009.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5>
-<!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >version <span
+ id="x1-750009.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5>
+<!--l. 2735--><p class="noindent" >version <span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog)
-<!--l. 2720--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2738--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.21 </span> <a
- id="x1-750009.1.21"></a>index</h5>
-<!--l. 2722--><p class="noindent" >version <span
+ id="x1-760009.1.21"></a>index</h5>
+<!--l. 2740--><p class="noindent" >version <span
class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)
-<!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.22 </span> <a
- id="x1-760009.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5>
-<!--l. 2727--><p class="noindent" >Compatible.
-<!--l. 2730--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="x1-770009.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5>
+<!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" >Compatible.
+<!--l. 2748--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.23 </span> <a
- id="x1-770009.1.23"></a>linguex</h5>
+ id="x1-780009.1.23"></a>linguex</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{linguex}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2734--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2736--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2754--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.24 </span> <a
- id="x1-780009.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5>
+ id="x1-790009.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
@@ -6394,54 +6426,54 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{ltabptch}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2741--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2759--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.25 </span> <a
- id="x1-790009.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5>
-<!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
-<!--l. 2749--><p class="indent" > Both &#8216;mathenv&#8217; and &#8216;hyperref&#8217; messes around with environment &#8216;eqnarray&#8217;. You can load &#8216;mathenv&#8217;
+ id="x1-800009.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5>
+<!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
+<!--l. 2767--><p class="indent" > Both &#8216;mathenv&#8217; and &#8216;hyperref&#8217; messes around with environment &#8216;eqnarray&#8217;. You can load &#8216;mathenv&#8217;
after &#8216;hyperref&#8217; to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment &#8216;eqnarray&#8217;
properly, for example.
-<!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.26 </span> <a
- id="x1-800009.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5>
-<!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead.
-<!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="x1-810009.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5>
+<!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead.
+<!--l. 2781--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.27 </span> <a
- id="x1-810009.1.27"></a>multind</h5>
+ id="x1-820009.1.27"></a>multind</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
&#x00A0;\usepackage{multind}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2767--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2785--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2787--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.28 </span> <a
- id="x1-820009.1.28"></a>natbib</h5>
+ id="x1-830009.1.28"></a>natbib</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
&#x00A0;\usepackage{natbib}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2773--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2791--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2793--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.29 </span> <a
- id="x1-830009.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5>
-<!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers:
+ id="x1-840009.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5>
+<!--l. 2794--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip,&#x00A0;\hyperpage{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2779--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2797--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.30 </span> <a
- id="x1-840009.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5>
-<!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead.
-<!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work:
+ id="x1-850009.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5>
+<!--l. 2801--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead.
+<!--l. 2805--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
@@ -6451,22 +6483,22 @@ properly, for example.
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;But&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;mapping&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;equation&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;anchor&#x00A0;name
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;available&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;general.
</pre>
-<!--l. 2794--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2812--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2814--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.31 </span> <a
- id="x1-850009.1.31"></a>parskip</h5>
+ id="x1-860009.1.31"></a>parskip</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
&#x00A0;\usepackage{parskip}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20]
</pre>
-<!--l. 2800--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > Both packages want to redefine <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2818--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2821--><p class="indent" > Both packages want to redefine <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.32 </span> <a
- id="x1-860009.1.32"></a>prettyref</h5>
+ id="x1-870009.1.32"></a>prettyref</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
@@ -6489,20 +6521,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
%%%&#x00A0;example&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;prettyref&#x00A0;%%%
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;
</pre>
-<!--l. 2825--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2828--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2843--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2846--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.33 </span> <a
- id="x1-870009.1.33"></a>setspace</h5>
+ id="x1-880009.1.33"></a>setspace</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
&#x00A0;\usepackage{setspace}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2832--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2850--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.34 </span> <a
- id="x1-880009.1.34"></a>sidecap</h5>
+ id="x1-890009.1.34"></a>sidecap</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
@@ -6511,10 +6543,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{sidecap}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2840--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2858--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2860--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.35 </span> <a
- id="x1-890009.1.35"></a>subfigure</h5>
+ id="x1-900009.1.35"></a>subfigure</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
@@ -6536,10 +6568,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{subfigure}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;vice&#x00A0;versa?
</pre>
-<!--l. 2861--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2863--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2879--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2881--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.36 </span> <a
- id="x1-900009.1.36"></a>titleref</h5>
+ id="x1-910009.1.36"></a>titleref</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
@@ -6547,24 +6579,24 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{titleref}%&#x00A0;without&#x00A0;usetoc
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2870--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2888--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.37 </span> <a
- id="x1-910009.1.37"></a>tabularx</h5>
-<!--l. 2872--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment &#8216;tabularx&#8217;, because they uses the optional
+ id="x1-920009.1.37"></a>tabularx</h5>
+<!--l. 2890--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment &#8216;tabularx&#8217;, because they uses the optional
argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section &#8216;Limitations&#8217;. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had
disabled footnotes entirely by &#8216;hyperfootnotes=false&#8217;.
-<!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.38 </span> <a
- id="x1-920009.1.38"></a>titlesec</h5>
-<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ id="x1-930009.1.38"></a>titlesec</h5>
+<!--l. 2898--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with
unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones).
-<!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.39 </span> <a
- id="x1-930009.1.39"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5>
-<!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a
+ id="x1-940009.1.39"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5>
+<!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a
macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call
non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span
class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers
@@ -6580,14 +6612,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}%&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\PrerenderUnicodePage{1}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut&#x00A0;example:&#x00A0;^^c3^^b6}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2900--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the
+<!--l. 2918--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the
characters directly.
-<!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.40 </span> <a
- id="x1-940009.1.40"></a>varioref</h5>
-<!--l. 2906--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is
+ id="x1-950009.1.40"></a>varioref</h5>
+<!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is
now unsupported.
-<!--l. 2910--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading
+<!--l. 2928--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading
order:
@@ -6596,10 +6628,10 @@ order:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{varioref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2916--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2919--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for
+<!--l. 2934--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2937--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for
varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref.
-<!--l. 2925--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported:
+<!--l. 2943--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported:
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -6607,11 +6639,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2932--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2950--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.41 </span> <a
- id="x1-950009.1.41"></a>verse</h5>
-<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref.
-<!--l. 2936--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified):
+ id="x1-960009.1.41"></a>verse</h5>
+<!--l. 2952--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref.
+<!--l. 2954--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified):
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
@@ -6656,10 +6688,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2980--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2998--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.42 </span> <a
- id="x1-960009.1.42"></a>vietnam</h5>
+ id="x1-970009.1.42"></a>vietnam</h5>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
@@ -6668,20 +6700,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{vietnam}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2988--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3006--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3008--><p class="noindent" >
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.43 </span> <a
- id="x1-970009.1.43"></a>XeTeX</h5>
-<!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-980009.1.43"></a>XeTeX</h5>
+<!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always
treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the
printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding.
-<!--l. 2998--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a
+<!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a
number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning
-<!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3020--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;convert</span><span
@@ -6689,20 +6721,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;input</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;string</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;UTF16...</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed.
+<!--l. 3022--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed.
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used.
-<!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3028--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a
- id="x1-9800010"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="x1-9900010"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="hyperref-doc6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-98001f5"></a> </h3>
+ id="x1-99001f5"></a> </h3>
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-9900010.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4>
-<!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other
+ id="x1-10000010.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4>
+<!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other
drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone.
-<!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" > Workarounds:
+<!--l. 3035--><p class="indent" > Workarounds:
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option
<span
@@ -6718,25 +6750,25 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>.
class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping,
e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and
viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced.
- <!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are &#8220;optimized&#8221; by TeX, thus there are missing break
+ <!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are &#8220;optimized&#8221; by TeX, thus there are missing break
points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread &#8220;hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2&#8221; in
comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul>
-<!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-10000010.2"></a>Links across pages</h4>
-<!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems:
+ id="x1-10100010.2"></a>Links across pages</h4>
+<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems:
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">Some driver doesn&#8217;t support them at all (see above).
</li>
<li class="itemize">The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error
message can occur sometimes.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-10100010.3"></a>Footnotes</h4>
-<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-10200010.3"></a>Footnotes</h4>
+<!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>,
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between
@@ -6752,14 +6784,14 @@ Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <s
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a
- id="x1-10200011"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="x1-10300011"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="hyperref-doc7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-102001f6"></a> </h3>
+ id="x1-103001f6"></a> </h3>
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-10300011.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4>
-<!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-10400011.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4>
+<!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -6769,37 +6801,37 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[pdfborder=0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1]{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3068--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets
+<!--l. 3086--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;pdfborder=001
</pre>
-<!--l. 3072--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used:
+<!--l. 3090--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[pdfborder={0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1}]{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3077--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3095--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{pdfborder=0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3081--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3099--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without
space stripping in the value part.
-<!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX&#8217;s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the
+<!--l. 3105--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX&#8217;s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the
packages <span
class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span
class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span
class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span
class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>).
-<!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-10400011.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4>
+ id="x1-10500011.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation
@@ -6827,7 +6859,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;...
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\index{Some&#x00A0;example|main}
</pre>
- <!--l. 3116--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3134--><p class="nopar" >
</li>
<li class="itemize">Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false.
</li>
@@ -6838,7 +6870,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of &#8220;?&#8221;:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref}
</pre>
- <!--l. 3123--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3141--><p class="nopar" >
</li>
<li class="itemize">Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case,
@@ -6860,12 +6892,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless o
encap_suffix&#x00A0;"}"
%%%&#x00A0;cut&#x00A0;%%%&#x00A0;hyperindex.ist&#x00A0;%%%&#x00A0;cut&#x00A0;%%%
</pre>
- <!--l. 3139--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
-<!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 3157--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-10500011.3"></a>Warning <span
+ id="x1-10600011.3"></a>Warning <span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown &#x003C;foobar&#x003E; defaults to 0"</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it:
+<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
@@ -6873,32 +6905,32 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown &#x003C;foobar&#x003E; defaults
\providecommand*{\toclevel@&#x003C;foobar&#x003E;}{0}
\makeatother
</pre>
-<!--l. 3149--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3167--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3169--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-10600011.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4>
-<!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding
+ id="x1-10700011.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4>
+<!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding
anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps
to a figure. In this case, try package <span
class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the
problem.
-<!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-10700011.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4>
+ id="x1-10800011.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4>
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3165--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters:
-<!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3183--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters:
+<!--l. 3187--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg:
-<!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt
-<!--l. 3175--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3189--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg:
+<!--l. 3191--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt
+<!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):
@@ -6907,9 +6939,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;0227;LATIN&#x00A0;SMALL&#x00A0;LETTER&#x00A0;A&#x00A0;WITH&#x00A0;DOT&#x00A0;ABOVE;...
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1EA1;LATIN&#x00A0;SMALL&#x00A0;LETTER&#x00A0;A&#x00A0;WITH&#x00A0;DOT&#x00A0;BELOW;...
</pre>
-<!--l. 3179--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code:
-<!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a
+<!--l. 3197--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3199--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code:
+<!--l. 3201--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a
backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)
@@ -6917,9 +6949,9 @@ backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;0227&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\002\047
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1EA1&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\036\241
</pre>
-<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref:
-<!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3208--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref:
+<!--l. 3212--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal
numbers):
@@ -6928,8 +6960,8 @@ numbers):
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\002\047&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\9002\047
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\036\241&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\9036\241
</pre>
-<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3203--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3219--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3221--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:
@@ -6938,8 +6970,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\9002\047&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\82\047
</pre>
-<!--l. 3209--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3211--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX:
+<!--l. 3227--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX:
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
@@ -6951,11 +6983,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:
\end{document}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;
</pre>
-<!--l. 3220--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3238--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3240--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-10800011.6"></a>Footnotes</h4>
-<!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="x1-10900011.6"></a>Footnotes</h4>
+<!--l. 3242--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>
out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -7013,12 +7045,12 @@ C%
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3278--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3296--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-10900011.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4>
-<!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For
+ id="x1-11000011.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4>
+<!--l. 3300--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For
example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an
optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -7027,13 +7059,13 @@ another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span cla
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span>
of package amsmath is caught by hyperref.
-<!--l. 3292--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old
+<!--l. 3310--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old
meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref&#8217;s additions. Then the companion counter macro
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;counter&#x003E;</span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after
hyperref is loaded.
-<!--l. 3298--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:
@@ -7041,14 +7073,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3302--><p class="nopar" > Solution a)
+<!--l. 3320--><p class="nopar" > Solution a)
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3307--><p class="nopar" > Solution b)
+<!--l. 3325--><p class="nopar" > Solution b)
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
@@ -7056,11 +7088,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3313--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3315--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3331--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3333--><p class="noindent" >
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a
- id="x1-11000012"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3>
-<!--l. 3317--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span
+ id="x1-11100012"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3>
+<!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span
class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span
class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are
Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span
@@ -7073,12 +7105,12 @@ Carlisle, T.&#x00A0;V.&#x00A0;Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, t
get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point
in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they
found.
-<!--l. 3330--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has
+<!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has
made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX&#x00A0;are entirely due to him! The
investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a
good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into
PDF.
-<!--l. 3338--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span
+<!--l. 3356--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span
class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span
class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers.
Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span
@@ -7092,14 +7124,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with
<span
class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one
day.
-<!--l. 3347--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T.&#x00A0;V.&#x00A0;Raman, for encouragement, support and
+<!--l. 3365--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T.&#x00A0;V.&#x00A0;Raman, for encouragement, support and
ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span
class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights;
D.&#x00A0;P.&#x00A0;Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans
Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span
class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>.
-<!--l. 3353--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost.
-<!--l. 3356--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span
+<!--l. 3371--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost.
+<!--l. 3374--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span
class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support,
frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span
class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit
@@ -7108,62 +7140,62 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a
- id="x1-11100013"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3>
-<!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002
-<!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span
+ id="x1-11200013"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3>
+<!--l. 3414--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002
+<!--l. 3417--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span
class="ts1-lmr10-"></span>&#x00A0;2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br
class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br
class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is
not allowed.
-<!--l. 3405--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3423--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-11200013"></a>Preamble</h4>
-<!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document
+ id="x1-11300013"></a>Preamble</h4>
+<!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document
&#8220;free&#8221; in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with
or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for
the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.
-<!--l. 3415--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of &#8220;copyleft&#8221;, which means that derivative works of the document must
+<!--l. 3433--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of &#8220;copyleft&#8221;, which means that derivative works of the document must
themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a
copyleft license designed for free software.
-<!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software
+<!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software
needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same
freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can
be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or
reference.
-<!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3447--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-11300013.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4>
-<!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by
+ id="x1-11400013.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4>
+<!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by
the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a
notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under
the conditions stated herein. The &#8220;Document&#8221;, below, refers to any such manual or work.
Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as &#8220;you&#8221;. You accept the license
if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright
law.
-<!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Modified Version&#8221; of the Document means any work containing the Document or a
+<!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Modified Version&#8221; of the Document means any work containing the Document or a
portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.
-<!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Secondary Section&#8221; is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals
+<!--l. 3464--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Secondary Section&#8221; is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals
exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document&#8217;s overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
(Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with
related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
-<!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Invariant Sections&#8221; are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
+<!--l. 3475--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Invariant Sections&#8221; are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section
does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The
Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections
then there are none.
-<!--l. 3465--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Cover Texts&#8221; are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or
+<!--l. 3483--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Cover Texts&#8221; are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or
Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25
words.
-<!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Transparent&#8221; copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format
+<!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Transparent&#8221; copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format
whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or
(for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
@@ -7172,7 +7204,7 @@ otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been a
discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not
Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not &#8220;Transparent&#8221; is called
&#8220;Opaque&#8221;.
-<!--l. 3483--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo
+<!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo
input format, LaTeX&#x00A0;input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include
@@ -7180,41 +7212,41 @@ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word process
or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes
only.
-<!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Title Page&#8221; means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are
+<!--l. 3512--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Title Page&#8221; means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are
needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, &#8220;Title Page&#8221; means the text near the
most prominent appearance of the work&#8217;s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the
text.
-<!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > A section &#8220;Entitled XYZ&#8221; means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely
+<!--l. 3519--><p class="indent" > A section &#8220;Entitled XYZ&#8221; means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely
XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language.
(Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;,
&#8220;Dedications&#8221;, &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;, or &#8220;History&#8221;.) To &#8220;Preserve the Title&#8221; of such a section when you
modify the Document means that it remains a section &#8220;Entitled XYZ&#8221; according to this
definition.
-<!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this
+<!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this
License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by
reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication
that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this
License.
-<!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3535--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-11400013.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4>
-<!--l. 3520--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially,
+ id="x1-11500013.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4>
+<!--l. 3538--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially,
provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the
Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the
copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.
If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
section&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>.
-<!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display
+href="#x1-11600013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>.
+<!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display
copies.
-<!--l. 3535--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-11500013.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4>
-<!--l. 3538--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document,
+ id="x1-11600013.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4>
+<!--l. 3556--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document,
numbering more than 100, and the Document&#8217;s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front
cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly
@@ -7223,10 +7255,10 @@ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on
addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of
the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
respects.
-<!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones
+<!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones
listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
-<!--l. 3556--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must
+<!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must
either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access
to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
@@ -7235,162 +7267,162 @@ begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent
remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you
distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
public.
-<!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before
+<!--l. 3587--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before
redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version
of the Document.
-<!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3592--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-11600013.4"></a>Modifications</h4>
-<!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11400013.2">13.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a>
+ id="x1-11700013.4"></a>Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 3595--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11500013.2">13.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a>
and <a
-href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+href="#x1-11600013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the
Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified
Version:
-<!--l. 3586--><p class="indent" >
+<!--l. 3604--><p class="indent" >
<ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116002x1">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document,
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117002x1">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document,
and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History
section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original
publisher of that version gives permission.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116004x2">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117004x2">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship
of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal
authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they
release you from this requirement.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116006x3">State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117006x3">State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116008x4">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117008x4">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116010x5">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117010x5">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright
notices.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116012x6">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117012x6">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission
to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
Addendum below.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116014x7">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117014x7">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts
given in the Document&#8217;s license notice.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116016x8">Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117016x8">Include an unaltered copy of this License.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116018x9">Preserve the section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221;, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117018x9">Preserve the section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221;, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at
least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title
Page. If there is no section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221; in the Document, create one stating the title,
year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116020x10">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117020x10">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document
for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the &#8220;History&#8221; section. You
may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the
Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116022x11">For any section Entitled &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221; or &#8220;Dedications&#8221;, Preserve the Title of the
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117022x11">For any section Entitled &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221; or &#8220;Dedications&#8221;, Preserve the Title of the
section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116024x12">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117024x12">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their
titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116026x13">Delete any section Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;. Such a section may not be included in the
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117026x13">Delete any section Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;. Such a section may not be included in the
Modified Version.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116028x14">Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221; or to conflict in title with
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117028x14">Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221; or to conflict in title with
any Invariant Section.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116030x15">Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-117030x15">Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 3637--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary
+<!--l. 3655--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary
Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or
all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in
the Modified Version&#8217;s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section
titles.
-<!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of
+<!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of
your Modified Version by various parties&#8211;for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
-<!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as
+<!--l. 3668--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as
a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any
one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you
may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old
one.
-<!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their
+<!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their
names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-<!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3683--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-11700013.5"></a>Combining documents</h4>
-<!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms
+ id="x1-11800013.5"></a>Combining documents</h4>
+<!--l. 3686--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms
defined in section&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of
+href="#x1-11700013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of
the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant
Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty
Disclaimers.
-<!--l. 3676--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant
+<!--l. 3694--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant
Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in
parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license
notice of the combined work.
-<!--l. 3685--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled &#8220;History&#8221; in the various original
+<!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled &#8220;History&#8221; in the various original
documents, forming one section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221;; likewise combine any sections Entitled
&#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;, and any sections Entitled &#8220;Dedications&#8221;. You must delete all sections Entitled
&#8220;Endorsements&#8221;.
-<!--l. 3692--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3710--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-11800013.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4>
-<!--l. 3695--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License,
+ id="x1-11900013.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4>
+<!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License,
and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is
included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each
of the documents in all other respects.
-<!--l. 3701--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this
+<!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this
License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License
in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-<!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-11900013.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4>
-<!--l. 3710--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or
+ id="x1-12000013.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4>
+<!--l. 3728--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or
works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an &#8220;aggregate&#8221; if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation&#8217;s users beyond what
the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the
Document.
-<!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if
+<!--l. 3737--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11600013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if
the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document&#8217;s Cover Texts may be placed
on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the
Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
-<!--l. 3728--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3746--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.8 </span> <a
- id="x1-12000013.8"></a>Translation</h4>
-<!--l. 3731--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document
+ id="x1-12100013.8"></a>Translation</h4>
+<!--l. 3749--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document
under the terms of section&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+href="#x1-11700013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant
Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of
this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers,
@@ -7398,26 +7430,26 @@ provided that you also include the original English version of this License and
versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation
and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
prevail.
-<!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;, &#8220;Dedications&#8221;, or &#8220;History&#8221;, the
+<!--l. 3763--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;, &#8220;Dedications&#8221;, or &#8220;History&#8221;, the
requirement (section&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-11300013.1">13.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual
+href="#x1-11700013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11400013.1">13.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual
title.
-<!--l. 3752--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.9 </span> <a
- id="x1-12100013.9"></a>Termination</h4>
-<!--l. 3755--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under
+ id="x1-12200013.9"></a>Termination</h4>
+<!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under
this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain
in full compliance.
-<!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.10 </span> <a
- id="x1-12200013.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4>
-<!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation
+ id="x1-12300013.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4>
+<!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-<!--l. 3773--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a
+<!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a
particular numbered version of this License &#8220;or any later version&#8221; applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
@@ -7425,26 +7457,26 @@ number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draf
Foundation.
-<!--l. 3783--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" >
<h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-12300013.10"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4>
-<!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and
+ id="x1-12400013.10"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4>
+<!--l. 3803--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and
put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
-<!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" >
+<!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" >
<blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 3790--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span
+ <!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span
class="ts1-lmr10-"></span>&#x00A0;YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the
license is included in the section entitled &#8220;GNU Free Documentation License&#8221;.</blockquote>
-<!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the &#8220;with...Texts.&#8221;
+<!--l. 3817--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the &#8220;with...Texts.&#8221;
line with this:
-<!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and
+<!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and
with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-<!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge
+<!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge
those two alternatives to suit the situation.
-<!--l. 3809--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these
+<!--l. 3827--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these
examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf
index d25eb36501..846efed006 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex
index f1e1895645..1fe069afbf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
}
\makeatother
\title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}}
-\date{2021-02-07 v7.00h}
+\date{2021-02-08 v7.00i}
\begin{document}
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ plainpages & boolean & false & Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic
raiselinks & boolean & true & In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as
simply the base line of contained text; this options forces \verb|\special| commands to
reflect the real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) \\
-breaklinks & boolean & both & This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn't do anything sensible---it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
+breaklinks & boolean & both & This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn't do anything sensible---it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
checks the state of the boolean.\\
pageanchor & boolean & true & Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this
is turned off, \verb|\printindex| will not contain
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ runcolor & \textit{filecolor} & color of `run' links\\
setpagesize & \textit{true} & set page size by special driver commands \\
tex4ht & & use \textsf{\TeX4ht} backend \\
textures & & use \textsf{Textures} backend \\
-unicode & \textit{true} & Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version 2021-02-07 v7.00h set by default to true for all engines. \\
+unicode & \textit{true} & Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version v7.00g set by default to true for all engines. It will load a number of definitions in puenc.def. It can be set to false for pdflatex, but this is not recommended.\\
urlbordercolor & \textit{0 1 1} & color of border around URL links \\
urlcolor & \textit{magenta} & color of URL links \\
verbose & \textit{false} & be chatty \\
@@ -2219,6 +2219,24 @@ Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the
index points to the start of the index page, not to a location
before this page.
+\subsection{puenc encoding and puenc-extra.def}
+
+The \texttt{unicode} option loads for the bookmarks \texttt{puenc.def} which contains
+quite a lot definitions of commands for the bookmarks.
+As \texttt{unicode} is now true for all engines, this file is now also loaded
+with pdflatex. Some of the definitions in \texttt{puenc.def} clash with other uses.
+To reduce the impact \xpackage{hyperref} uses two strategies.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item A number of command are only defined conditionally:
+The commands for the cyrillic block if \cs{CYRDZE} is defined,
+greek if \cs{textBeta} is defined, and hebrew if \cs{hebdalet} is defined.
+
+\item Other commands are moved to an extra file \texttt{puenc-extra.def}
+which is not loaded automatically, but can be loaded in the preamble if needed.
+Currently this file contains all definitions for the accent \cs{G}.
+\end{itemize}
+
\section{Acrobat-specific behavior}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf
index fd5f236b7c..5d20fbfe3d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.css b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea1c3e45c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.css
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+
+/* start css.sty */
+.ec-lmr-17{font-size:170%;}
+.ec-lmss-17{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;}
+.ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{font-size:80%; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.lmsy7-{font-size:70%;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}
+p.indent{text-indent:0;}
+p + p{margin-top:1em;}
+p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
+div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
+a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
+@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
+.Canvas { position:relative; }
+img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
+li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
+li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
+.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
+.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
+.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
+div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
+.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
+td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
+.centerline {text-align:center;}
+.rightline {text-align:right;}
+pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
+.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.fbox {display:table}
+div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.minipage{width:100%;}
+div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
+div.center div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
+.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
+.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
+.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
+.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
+span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
+span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
+.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
+.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
+div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+div.float img {text-align:center;}
+div.figure img {text-align:center;}
+.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
+.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
+.reversemarginpar{float:left;}
+table.equation {width:100%;}
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
+td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
+td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
+table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
+div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
+span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
+img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
+.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
+.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
+.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
+div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
+div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
+.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
+div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
+div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
+div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
+div.author{white-space: nowrap;}
+div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+div.abstract {width:100%;}
+.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
+.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.longtable{text-align:center;}
+table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX span.HoLogo-a{position:relative;top:-.5ex;margin-left:-.36em;margin-right:-.15em;font-size:85%;}
+span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;margin-left:-.1667em;margin-right:-.125em;}
+a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;}
+span.HoLogo-XeTeX span.HoLogo-TeX{margin-left:-.15em;}
+span.HoLogo-Xe span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;left-margin:-.1em;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-2{padding-left:.15em;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.35ex;text-decoration:none;}
+/* end css.sty */
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e743ee9640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.html
@@ -0,0 +1,7468 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title>Hypertext marks in LATEX: a manual for hyperref</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="maketitle">
+
+
+
+
+
+<h2 class="titleHead">Hypertext marks in <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: a manual for hyperref</h2>
+ <div class="author" ><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">Sebastian Rahtz (deceased)</span><br class="and" /><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">Heiko Oberdiek (inactive)</span><br class="and" /><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">The LaTeX3 Project (</span><a
+href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br />
+<div class="date" ><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">2021-02-04 v7.00g</span></div>
+ </div>
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
+ <div class="tableofcontents">
+ &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1 <a
+href="#x1-20001" id="QQ2-1-2">Introduction</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2 <a
+href="#x1-30002" id="QQ2-1-3">Implicit behavior</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3 <a
+href="#x1-40003" id="QQ2-1-4">Package options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.1 <a
+href="#x1-50003.1" id="QQ2-1-5">General options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.2 <a
+href="#x1-60003.2" id="QQ2-1-6">Options for destination names</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.3 <a
+href="#x1-70003.3" id="QQ2-1-7">Configuration options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.4 <a
+href="#x1-80003.4" id="QQ2-1-8">Backend drivers</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.5 <a
+href="#x1-90003.5" id="QQ2-1-9">Extension options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.6 <a
+href="#x1-100003.6" id="QQ2-1-10">PDF-specific display options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.7 <a
+href="#x1-110003.7" id="QQ2-1-11">PDF display and information options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.8 <a
+href="#x1-120003.8" id="QQ2-1-12">Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.9 <a
+href="#x1-130003.9" id="QQ2-1-13">Big alphabetical list</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4 <a
+href="#x1-140004" id="QQ2-1-14">Additional user macros</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.1 <a
+href="#x1-150004.1" id="QQ2-1-15">Bookmark macros</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.2 <a
+href="#x1-180004.2" id="QQ2-1-18">Pagelabels</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.3 <a
+href="#x1-190004.3" id="QQ2-1-19">Utility macros</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5 <a
+href="#x1-200005" id="QQ2-1-20">New Features</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.1 <a
+href="#x1-210005.1" id="QQ2-1-21">Option &#8216;pdflinkmargin&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.2 <a
+href="#x1-220005.2" id="QQ2-1-22">Field option &#8216;calculatesortkey&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.3 <a
+href="#x1-230005.3" id="QQ2-1-23">Option &#8216;localanchorname&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.4 <a
+href="#x1-240005.4" id="QQ2-1-24">Option &#8216;customdriver&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.5 <a
+href="#x1-250005.5" id="QQ2-1-25">Option &#8216;psdextra&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.6 <a
+href="#x1-260005.6" id="QQ2-1-26">\XeTeXLinkBox</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.7 <a
+href="#x1-270005.7" id="QQ2-1-27">\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.8 <a
+href="#x1-280005.8" id="QQ2-1-28">\unichar</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.9 <a
+href="#x1-290005.9" id="QQ2-1-29">\ifpdfstringunicode</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.10 <a
+href="#x1-300005.10" id="QQ2-1-30">Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.11 <a
+href="#x1-310005.11" id="QQ2-1-31">Experimental option &#8216;ocgcolorlinks&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.12 <a
+href="#x1-320005.12" id="QQ2-1-32">Option &#8216;pdfa&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.13 <a
+href="#x1-330005.13" id="QQ2-1-33">Option &#8216;linktoc&#8217; added</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.14 <a
+href="#x1-340005.14" id="QQ2-1-34">Option &#8216;pdfnewwindow&#8217; changed</a></span>
+
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.15 <a
+href="#x1-350005.15" id="QQ2-1-35">Flag options for PDF forms</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.16 <a
+href="#x1-360005.16" id="QQ2-1-36">Option &#8216;pdfversion&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.17 <a
+href="#x1-370005.17" id="QQ2-1-37">Field option &#8216;name&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.18 <a
+href="#x1-380005.18" id="QQ2-1-38">Option &#8216;pdfencoding&#8217;</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.19 <a
+href="#x1-390005.19" id="QQ2-1-39">Color options/package hycolor</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.20 <a
+href="#x1-400005.20" id="QQ2-1-40">Option pdfusetitle</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.21 <a
+href="#x1-410005.21" id="QQ2-1-41">Starred form of \autoref</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.22 <a
+href="#x1-420005.22" id="QQ2-1-42">Link border style</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.23 <a
+href="#x1-430005.23" id="QQ2-1-43">Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.24 <a
+href="#x1-440005.24" id="QQ2-1-44">Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.25 <a
+href="#x1-450005.25" id="QQ2-1-45">Default driver setting</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.26 <a
+href="#x1-460005.26" id="QQ2-1-46">Backref entries</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.27 <a
+href="#x1-470005.27" id="QQ2-1-47">\phantomsection</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6 <a
+href="#x1-480006" id="QQ2-1-48">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >7 <a
+href="#x1-490007" id="QQ2-1-49">PDF and HTML forms</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a
+href="#x1-500007.1" id="QQ2-1-50">Forms environment parameters</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.2 <a
+href="#x1-510007.2" id="QQ2-1-51">Forms optional parameters</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8 <a
+href="#x1-520008" id="QQ2-1-52">Defining a new driver</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9 <a
+href="#x1-530009" id="QQ2-1-53">Special support for other packages</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >9.1 <a
+href="#x1-540009.1" id="QQ2-1-54">Package Compatibility</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10 <a
+href="#x1-9800010" id="QQ2-1-98">Limitations</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >10.1 <a
+href="#x1-9900010.1" id="QQ2-1-99">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >10.2 <a
+href="#x1-10000010.2" id="QQ2-1-100">Links across pages</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >10.3 <a
+href="#x1-10100010.3" id="QQ2-1-101">Footnotes</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11 <a
+href="#x1-10200011" id="QQ2-1-102">Hints</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.1 <a
+href="#x1-10300011.1" id="QQ2-1-103">Spaces in option values</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.2 <a
+href="#x1-10400011.2" id="QQ2-1-104">Index with makeindex</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.3 <a
+href="#x1-10500011.3" id="QQ2-1-105">Warning <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown &#x003C;foobar&#x003E; defaults to 0"</span></a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.4 <a
+href="#x1-10600011.4" id="QQ2-1-106">Link anchors in figures</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.5 <a
+href="#x1-10700011.5" id="QQ2-1-107">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.6 <a
+href="#x1-10800011.6" id="QQ2-1-108">Footnotes</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >11.7 <a
+href="#x1-10900011.7" id="QQ2-1-109">Subordinate counters</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >12 <a
+href="#x1-11000012" id="QQ2-1-110">History and acknowledgments</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13 <a
+href="#x1-11100013" id="QQ2-1-111">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1 <a
+href="#x1-11300013.1" id="QQ2-1-113">Applicability and definitions</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.2 <a
+href="#x1-11400013.2" id="QQ2-1-114">Verbatim copying</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.3 <a
+href="#x1-11500013.3" id="QQ2-1-115">Copying in quantity</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.4 <a
+href="#x1-11600013.4" id="QQ2-1-116">Modifications</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.5 <a
+href="#x1-11700013.5" id="QQ2-1-117">Combining documents</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.6 <a
+href="#x1-11800013.6" id="QQ2-1-118">Collections of documents</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.7 <a
+href="#x1-11900013.7" id="QQ2-1-119">Aggregation with independent works</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.8 <a
+href="#x1-12000013.8" id="QQ2-1-120">Translation</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.9 <a
+href="#x1-12100013.9" id="QQ2-1-121">Termination</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.10 <a
+href="#x1-12200013.10" id="QQ2-1-122">Future revisions of this license</a></span>
+ </div>
+
+
+<!--l. 190--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-20001"></a>Introduction</h3>
+<!--l. 192--><p class="noindent" >The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> project, described at
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex/</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="manual2.html#fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-2001f1"></a> .
+It extends the functionality of all the <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> cross-referencing commands (including the table of
+contents, bibliographies etc) to produce <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links;
+it also provides new commands to allow the user to write <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">ad hoc </span>hypertext links, including those to
+external documents and URLs.
+<!--l. 200--><p class="indent" > The package is currently maintained at <a
+href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/</span></a> and issues should be
+reported there.
+<!--l. 203--><p class="indent" > This manual provides a brief overview of the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package. For more details, you should read the
+additional documentation distributed with the package, as well as the complete documentation by
+processing <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span>. You should also read the chapter on <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>in <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">The </span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">L</span><span class="HoLogo-a"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">A</span></span><span class="HoLogo-TeX"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Web Companion</span>,
+where you will find additional examples.
+<!--l. 210--><p class="indent" > The Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> specification<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="manual3.html#fn2x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-2002f2"></a>
+says that conformant viewers/translators must recognize the following set of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>constructs:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">href:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:&#x003C;a</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;href</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;"href_string"&#x003E;</span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">name:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:&#x003C;a</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;"name_string"&#x003E;</span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">end:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:&#x003C;/a&#x003E;</span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">image:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:&#x003C;img</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;src</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;"href_string"&#x003E;</span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">base_name:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:&#x003C;base</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;href</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;"href_string"&#x003E;</span></span></span></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 222--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">end </span>commands are used to do the basic hypertext operations of establishing links
+between sections of documents. The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">image </span>command is intended (as with current HTML
+viewers) to place an image of arbitrary graphical format on the page in the current location.
+The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">base_name </span>command is be used to communicate to the DVI viewer the full (URL)
+location of the current document so that files specified by relative URLs may be retrieved
+correctly.
+<!--l. 231--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span>commands must be paired with an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">end </span>command later in the TeX&#x00A0;file&#8212;the
+TeX&#x00A0;commands between the two ends of a pair form an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>in the document. In the case of an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href</span>
+command, the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>is to be highlighted in the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">DVI viewer</span>, and when clicked on will cause the scene to
+shift to the destination specified by <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href_string</span>. The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>associated with a name command represents
+a possible location to which other hypertext links may refer, either as local references (of
+the form <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">href="#name_string"</span></span></span> with the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name_string </span>identical to the one in the name
+command) or as part of a URL (of the form <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL#name_string</span>). Here <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href_string </span>is a valid URL
+or local identifier, while <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name_string </span>could be any string at all: the only caveat is that &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">"</span></span></span>&#8217;
+characters should be escaped with a backslash (<span
+class="lmsy-10">\</span>), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause
+problems.
+
+
+<!--l. 247--><p class="indent" > However, the drivers intended to produce <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>PDF use literal PostScript or PDF <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span>
+commands. The commands are defined in configuration files for different drivers, selected by package
+options; at present, the following drivers are supported:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">hypertex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">DVI processors conforming to the HyperTeX&#x00A0;guidelines (i.e.&#x00A0;<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>(with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">-z</span>
+ option), <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">OzTeX</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span>)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvips</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipsone</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">ps2pdf</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">a special case of output suitable for processing by earlier versions of Ghostscript&#8217;s PDF
+ writer; this is basically the same as that for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>, but a few variations remained before
+ version 5.21
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">tex4ht</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdftex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">pdfTeX, Hn Th Thnh&#8217;s TeX variant that writes PDF directly
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">luatex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">luaTeX, Unicode TeX variant that writes PDF directly
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipdfm</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for Mark Wicks&#8217; DVI to PDF driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipdfmx</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx</span>, a successor of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dviwindo</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that Y&amp;Y&#8217;s Windows previewer interprets as hypertext
+ jumps within the previewer
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">vtex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that MicroPress&#8217; HTML and PDF-producing TeX&#x00A0;variants
+ interpret as hypertext jumps within the previewer
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">textures</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>interprets as hypertext jumps within the
+ previewer
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for XeTeX</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 273--><p class="indent" > Output from <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>must be processed using Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF
+file.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="manual4.html#fn3x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-2003f3"></a>
+The result is generally preferable to that produced by using the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>driver, and then
+processing with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips -z</span>, but the DVI file is not portable. The main advantage of using the
+HyperTeX&#x00A0;<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>commands is that you can also use the document in hypertext DVI viewers, such as
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>.
+
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">driverfallback</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">If a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected, then use the driver option, given as
+ value to this option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback=dvipdfm</span></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 291--><p class="noindent" >Autodetected drivers (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xetex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vtex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vtexpdfmark</span>) are recognized from within TeX&#x00A0;and
+ therefore cannot be given as value to option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. However a DVI driver program is run
+ after the TeX&#x00A0;run is finished. Thus it cannot be detected at TeX&#x00A0;macro level. Then package
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses the driver, given by <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If the driver is already specified or can be
+ autodetected, then option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback </span>is ignored.</dd></dl>
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-30002"></a>Implicit behavior</h3>
+<!--l. 304--><p class="noindent" >This package can be used with more or less any normal LaTeX&#x00A0;document by specifying in the document
+preamble
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 309--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > Make sure it comes <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">last </span>of your loaded packages, to give it a fighting chance of not being over-written,
+since its job is to redefine many LaTeX&#x00A0;commands. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references work
+correctly as hypertext. For example, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section </span>commands will produce a bookmark and a link, whereas
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section* </span>commands will only show links when paired with a corresponding <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span>
+command.
+<!--l. 319--><p class="indent" > In addition, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span>option (see below) attempts to make items in the index by hyperlinked
+back to the text, and the option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span>inserts extra &#8216;back&#8217; links into the bibliography for each entry.
+Other options control the appearance of links, and give extra control over PDF output. For example,
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks</span>, as its name well implies, colors the links instead of using boxes; this is the option used in this
+document.
+<!--l. 328--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-40003"></a>Package options</h3>
+<!--l. 330--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>are set using a single &#8216;key=value&#8217; scheme (using the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">keyval</span>
+package) with the key <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Hyp</span>. The options can be set either in the optional argument to the
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>command, or using the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>macro. When the package is loaded, a file
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide
+basis.
+<!--l. 338--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode</span>) can only be used as package options, and not
+in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> as the option settings are processed as the package is read.
+<!--l. 342--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">a site-wide <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a
+ PDF display default:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+ \hypersetup{backref,
+ pdfpagemode=FullScreen,
+ colorlinks=true}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 352--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+ \documentclass[dvips]{article}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 359--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">File-specific options in the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>commands, which override the ones set in
+ <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+ \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}
+ \hypersetup{pdftitle={A&#x00A0;Perfect&#x00A0;Day}}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 367--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 370--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, &#x2026;) should be set after the
+package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX&#x00A0;expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LaTeX&#x00A0;strips
+spaces in options. Especially option &#8216;pdfborder&#8217; requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if
+given as package option. They are not necessary in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+\usepackage[pdfborder={0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0}]{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{pdfborder=0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 382--><p class="indent" > Package &#8216;kvoptions-patch&#8217; patches LaTeX&#x00A0;to make it aware of key value options and to prevent
+premature value expansions.
+<!--l. 385--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>, only in
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[...]{hyperref}</span></span></span>, before first use, etc.
+<!--l. 389--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value
+true if used. These are the ones classed as &#8216;boolean&#8217;. The values true and false can always be specified,
+however.
+<!--l. 393--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-50003.1"></a>General options</h4>
+<!--l. 395--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size.
+<a
+ id="x1-5001r1"></a> <!--l. 399--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-2" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
+id="TBL-2-1"><col
+id="TBL-2-2"><col
+id="TBL-2-3"><col
+id="TBL-2-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-4"
+class="td11"> all hypertext options are turned off </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-4"
+class="td11"> all hypertext options are turned on </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-4"
+class="td11"> extra diagnostic messages are printed in </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-4"
+class="td11"> the log file </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-4"
+class="td11"> same as debug </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-4"
+class="td11"> redefines LaTeX&#x00A0;internals </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-4"
+class="td11"> sets page size by special driver commands </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-4"
+class="td11"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-60003.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4>
+<!--l. 410--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a
+page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for
+example.
+<!--l. 415--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are
+used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated
+by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 421--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.4</span></span></span></blockquote>
+<!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">\autoref</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name.
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">\hyperpage</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>) must not
+ be turned off.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 432--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share
+the same name. The counter value <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\the&#x003C;counter&#x003E; </span>is not always unique for the counter. For example,
+table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their
+number. Therefore <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>has introduced <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;counter&#x003E; </span>that allows a unique counter value without
+messing up with the appearance of the counter number. For example, the number of the
+second table in the third chapter might be printed as <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">2</span>, the result of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thetable</span>. But the
+destination name <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 </span>is unique because it has used <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHtable </span>that gives <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">2.4</span></span></span> in this
+case.
+<!--l. 445--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;counter&#x003E;</span>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, &#x2026;) are
+provided. And after <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;counter&#x003E;</span>
+automatically, if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newcounter</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">amsmath </span>are
+used.
+<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;counter&#x003E;</span>. If option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span>is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of
+the counter value. In case of page anchors the absolute page anchor is used. With option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span>the
+page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage </span>for index links is affected and might
+not work properly.
+<!--l. 459--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, &#x2026;) or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span>is
+used, then the dummy counter name <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>and an artificial unique number is used.
+<!--l. 464--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash,
+because both documents might contain <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.1 </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">page.1</span>. Also <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>sets anchor with name
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Doc-Start </span>at the begin of the document. This can be resolved by redefining <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span>.
+Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>calls this macro each time, it uses a destination name. The macro must be expandable
+and expects the destination name as only argument. As example, the macro is redefined to add a prefix
+to all destination names:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 477--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 479--><p class="noindent" >In document <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA </span>the destination name <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.2 </span>becomes <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA-chapter.2</span>.
+<!--l. 482--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or
+changed them), for example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 487--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is
+very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually
+deep hidden in the internals. The first name of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>after the anchor setting seems a good
+approximation:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{Introduction}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\label{intro}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 498--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 500--><p class="noindent" >Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>checks for each <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the
+destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the
+anchor setting, the new name is recorded in the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.aux </span>file and used in the subsequent <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>
+run. The renaming is done by a redefinition of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span>. That leaves the old
+destination names intact (e.g., they are needed for <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span>). This redefinition is also available as
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace</span>, thus that an own redefinition can use it. The following example also adds a
+prefix for <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">all </span>destination names:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 515--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 517--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>is more complicate, because
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace </span>needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an
+expandable string test (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstrcmp </span>of pdf<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\strcmp </span>of <span class="HoLogo-XeTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>, package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftexcmds </span>also supports
+Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>):
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+\usepackage{pdftexcmds}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcase\pdf@strcmp{#1}{\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}}&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\jobname-#1%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 535--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 538--><p class="indent" > With option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet
+renamed:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestRename{</span></span></span><span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x27E8;</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">destination</span><span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x27E9;</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x27E8;</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">newname</span><span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x27E9;</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span></blockquote>
+<!--l. 544--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span>.
+<a
+ id="x1-6001r2"></a> <!--l. 548--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
+id="TBL-3-1"><col
+id="TBL-3-2"><col
+id="TBL-3-3"><col
+id="TBL-3-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-4"
+class="td11"> destinations are named by first <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-4"
+class="td11"> after anchor creation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-4"
+class="td11"> use guessable names for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-4"
+class="td11"> use LaTeX-computed names for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-4"
+class="td11"> Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic form </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-4"
+class="td11"> of the page number, rather than the formatted form. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-4"
+class="td11"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-70003.3"></a>Configuration options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-7001r3"></a> <!--l. 559--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col
+id="TBL-4-1"><col
+id="TBL-4-2"><col
+id="TBL-4-3"><col
+id="TBL-4-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally
+ calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained
+ text; this options forces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands to reflect the
+ real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">both </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver,
+ in all other cases it doesn&#8217;t do anything sensible&#8212;it neither
+ allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
+ checks the state of the boolean. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 564--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor
+ at the top left corner. If this is turned off, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span> will
+ not contain valid hyperlinks. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-4"
+class="td11"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 570--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks</span></span></span>: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can
+be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be
+wrong and displaced.
+<!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-80003.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4>
+<!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order:
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8002x1">Autodetection, some TeX&#x00A0;processors can be detected at TeX&#x00A0;macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX,
+ VTeX).
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8004x2">Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If this option is set, its value is taken as driver option.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8006x3">Macro <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver</span>. The macro takes a driver file name (without file extension).
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8008x4">Package default is <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex</span>.</li></ol>
+<!--l. 588--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex.cfg </span>that define <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver </span>with <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hdvips</span>. This
+is recommended because driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>provides much more features than <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>for PDF
+generation.
+<a
+ id="x1-8009r4"></a> <!--l. 594--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col
+id="TBL-5-1"><col
+id="TBL-5-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 595--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 600--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the HyperTeX-compliant drivers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">latex2html</span>. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 604--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 605--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 606--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript&#8217;s PDF writer,
+ otherwise identical to <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-14-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-15-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 610--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-16-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress&#8217; <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected
+ automatically. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtexpdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-17-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>&#8217;s PostScript backend. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-18-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 614--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX&#x00A0;(using backend for dvipdfm). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-20-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-22-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-22-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 618--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>, you may need to redefine the macro <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\wwwbrowser </span>(the default is
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">C:\netscape\netscape</span></span></span>) to tell <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>what program to launch. Thus, users of Internet Explorer might
+add something like this to hyperref.cfg:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+\renewcommand{\wwwbrowser}{C:\string\Program\space
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Internet\string\iexplore.exe}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 627--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 629--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-90003.5"></a>Extension options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-9001r5"></a> <!--l. 631--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col
+id="TBL-6-1"><col
+id="TBL-6-2"><col
+id="TBL-6-3"><col
+id="TBL-6-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvi</span>) which will be
+ appended to file links created if you use the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span>
+ package. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" > </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" >Adds &#8216;backlink&#8217; text to the end of each item in the
+ bibliography, as a list of section numbers. This can
+ only work properly <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">if </span>there is a blank line after each
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bibitem</span></span></span>. Supported values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">slide</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">none</span></span></span>, or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">false</span></span></span>. If no value is given, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span> is taken
+ as default. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 638--><p class="noindent" >Adds &#8216;backlink&#8217; text to the end of each item in the
+ bibliography, as a list of page numbers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 640--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page
+ numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on
+ unique page anchors (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>, &#x2026;) <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchors</span></span></span>
+ and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span>. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 643--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the
+ footnote text. Easily broken &#x2026; </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 645--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 646--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>), page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>), both (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">all</span></span></span>)
+ or nothing (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">none</span></span></span>) be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 647--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF
+ and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over
+ multiple lines into PDF links to the same target </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 650--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors
+ chosen depend on the the type of link. At present
+ the only types of link distinguished are citations,
+ page references, URLs, local file references, and other
+ links. Unlike colored boxes, the colored text remains
+ when printing. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 655--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 656--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 662--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field
+ options). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-23-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-24-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-25-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-26-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-27-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 667--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard
+LaTeX&#x00A0;<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">color </span>package.
+<!--l. 670--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-100003.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-10001r6"></a> <!--l. 672--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col
+id="TBL-7-1"><col
+id="TBL-7-2"><col
+id="TBL-7-3"><col
+id="TBL-7-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 672--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a
+ manner similar to the table of contents, requiring
+ two passes of LaTeX. Some postprocessing of
+ the bookmark file (file extension <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>) may
+ be needed to translate LaTeX&#x00A0;codes, since
+ bookmarks must be written in PDFEncoding. To
+ aid this process, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not rewritten
+ by LaTeX&#x00A0;if it is edited to contain a line
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let\WriteBookmarks\relax</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 678--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them
+ with all the subtrees expanded. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2"
+class="td11"> parameter </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" >level (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen</span>) to which bookmarks are open</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 681--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include
+ section numbers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 682--><p class="noindent" >to specify which &#8216;toc&#8217; file to mimic </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK
+ bookmarks. Package <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> supports both
+ normal and preprocessed mode of the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">CJK</span>
+ package; during the creation of bookmarks,
+ it simply replaces CJK&#8217;s macros with special
+ versions which expand to the corresponding
+ character codes. Note that without the &#8216;unicode&#8217;
+ option of hyperref you get PDF files which
+ actually violate the PDF specification because
+ non-Unicode character codes are used &#8211; some PDF
+ readers localized for CJK languages (most notably
+ Acroread itself) support this. Also note that
+ option &#8216;CJKbookmarks&#8217; cannot be used together
+ with option &#8216;unicode&#8217;.
+ <!--l. 696--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to
+ translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for
+ portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding
+ should be used. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is
+ for inverse (the default); the other possibilities
+ are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset
+ highlighting). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 703--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 704--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 705--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around &#8216;run&#8217; links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 708--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 709--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box
+ with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks
+ option resets it to produce no border. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 713--><p class="noindent" >Note that the color of link borders can be specified <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB
+color. You cannot use colors defined in TeX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true. Especially with
+the help of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xcolor </span>the usual color specifications of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">(x)color </span>can be used. For further
+
+
+information see description of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hycolor</span>.
+<!--l. 720--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">jobname</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>. The files is not processed by
+LaTeX&#x00A0;so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid
+for this, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not overwritten on the next TeX&#x00A0;run if it is edited to contain the
+line
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+</pre>
+<!--l. 727--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 729--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-110003.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-11001r7"></a> <!--l. 731--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col
+id="TBL-8-1"><col
+id="TBL-8-2"><col
+id="TBL-8-3"><col
+id="TBL-8-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in
+ Acrobat; the possibilities are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseThumbs</span></span></span> (show thumbnails), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>
+ (show bookmarks), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FullScreen</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> (PDF
+ 1.5), and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseAttachments</span></span></span> (PDF 1.6). If no
+ mode if explicitly chosen, but the bookmarks
+ option is set, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span> is used. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 739--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 739--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">addtopdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 741--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 741--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document
+ information Creator field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry.
+ Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">False</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span></span></span>.
+ An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >key
+ value
+ list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document
+ information. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF &#8216;view&#8217; for each link </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is
+ opened. An empty value means, the entry is
+ not set. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >n
+ n
+ n
+ n </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This
+ should be a set of four numbers </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center
+ of the screen </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">L2R</span></span></span> (left to
+ right) and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in
+ title bar </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print
+ dialog. Possible vatues are: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Simplex</span></span></span> (print
+ single-sided), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipShortEdge</span></span></span> (duplex
+ and flip on the short edge of the sheet),
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipLongEdge</span></span></span> (duplex and flip on the
+ long edge of the sheet) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer&#8217;s menu bar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a
+ new window </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode.
+ Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseThumbs</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values:
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft</span></span></span>, and
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values
+ are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade</span></span></span>.
+ The default according to the PDF&#x00A0;Reference
+ is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, which simply replaces the old page with
+ the new one. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select
+ input paper tray in print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF&#x00A0;Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF&#x00A0;Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 793--><p class="noindent" >n
+ n
+ (n
+ n)* </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option
+ /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6);
+ valid values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">None</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">AppDefault</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF&#x00A0;Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF&#x00A0;Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-40-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-41-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-42-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-43-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which
+is not the same as TeX&#8217;s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span>
+that is explained on page <a
+href="#x1-190004.3">46<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX&#x00A0;works by supplying default values for <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span>(horizontal <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x00D7;</span>
+vertical <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x00D7; </span>zoom) and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH</span>. However, drivers using <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span>do not supply defaults, so
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>passes in a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible defaults.
+The following are possible values for the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>
+parameters.
+<a
+ id="x1-11002r8"></a> <!--l. 826--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col
+id="TBL-9-1"><col
+id="TBL-9-2"><col
+id="TBL-9-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left top zoom </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one
+ is null, the source link value is used. <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">null null</span>
+ <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">null </span>will give the same values as the current
+ page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitR </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left bottom right top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four
+ coordinates to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitB </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to
+ the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to
+ the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 837--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span>can be one of the following values.
+<a
+ id="x1-11003r9"></a> <!--l. 840--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col
+id="TBL-10-1"><col
+id="TBL-10-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 840--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to
+ the left. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to
+ the right. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF
+ 1.5). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF
+ 1.5). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 848--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span>can be one of the following values, where <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/Di </span>stands for direction of
+motion in degrees, generally in 90<sup><span
+class="lmsy7-">&#x2218;</span></sup>&#x00A0;steps, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/Dm </span>is a horizontal (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/H</span>) or vertical (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/V</span>) dimension
+(e.g.&#x00A0;<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds /Dm /V</span>), and <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/M </span>is for motion, either in (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/I</span>) or out (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/O</span>).
+<a
+ id="x1-11004r10"></a> <!--l. 856--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-11-1g"><col
+id="TBL-11-1"><col
+id="TBL-11-2"><col
+id="TBL-11-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-2"
+class="td11"> /Dm </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep
+ in the same direction to reveal the new page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-2"
+class="td11"> /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 859--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal
+ the new page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the
+ screen. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-2"
+class="td11"> /Dm /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 861--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 862--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new
+ page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 863--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-2"
+class="td11"> /Di /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 864--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the
+ direction specified by /Di, to or from a location that is
+ offscreen except when /Di is None. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page
+ slides in, pushing the old page out in the direction
+ specified by /Di. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction
+ specified by /Di, covering the old page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction
+ specified by /Di, uncovering the new page in the
+ direction specified by /Di. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 875--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old
+ one. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-13-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-14-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-15-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-120003.8"></a>Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></h4>
+<!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject</span>, &#x2026;. Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span>provides an alternative
+interface. It takes a key value list. The key names are the names that appear in the PDF information
+dictionary directly. Known keys such as <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Title</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Subject</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Trapped </span>and other are mapped to options
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">subject</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">trapped</span>, &#x2026;Unknown keys are added to the information dictionary. Their values are text
+strings (see PDF specification). Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+\hypersetup{
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;pdfinfo={
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Title={My&#x00A0;Title},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Subject={My&#x00A0;Subject},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;NewKey={Foobar},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;...
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 900--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-130003.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4>
+<!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>, arranged alphabetically.
+<a
+ id="x1-13001r11"></a> <!--l. 909--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-12-1g"><col
+id="TBL-12-1"><col
+id="TBL-12-2"><col
+id="TBL-12-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field
+ options) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 912--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 913--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >to specify which &#8216;toc&#8217; file to mimic </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 921--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >color links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" >(<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 925--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as
+ verbose </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 926--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>
+ after the anchor creation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 928--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 933--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">dvi </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX&#x00A0;internals </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX2HTML </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-42-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 950--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC,
+ LOF and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-48-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >(<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks)</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center
+ of the screen </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">LaTeX with </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">hyperref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" > </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in
+ title bar </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-63-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-64-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-65-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-66-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document
+ information </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-67-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-68-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-69-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-70-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer&#8217;s menu bar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-71-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-72-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-73-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-74-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-75-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-76-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-77-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-78-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-79-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-80-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-81-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-82-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-83-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-84-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-84-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-85-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-86-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-87-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-88-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-89-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 998--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-90-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-91-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-92-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-93-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-94-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry.
+ Possible values are <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">False </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span>.
+ An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-95-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >PDF &#8216;view&#8217; when on link traversal </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-96-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-97-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-98-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-99-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-100-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ps2pdf </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-101-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string
+ commands </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-102-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-103-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >color of border around &#8216;run&#8217; links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-104-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >color of &#8216;run&#8217; links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-105-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-105-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-106-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-107-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-108-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1018--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>backend </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-109-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with
+ version 2021-02-04 v7.00g set by default to
+ true for all engines. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-111-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-112-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-113-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-114-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">XeTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-115-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-115-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-116-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-116-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-117-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-117-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-118-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-118-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-119-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-119-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-140004"></a>Additional user macros</h3>
+<!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are
+provided:
+<!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-13" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-13-1g"><col
+id="TBL-13-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">options</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]</span></span></span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made a hyperlink to the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span>; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is
+defined). The special characters # and &#x02DC; do <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is
+used in the argument of another command).
+<!--l. 1041--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the hyperref options <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow</span>
+and the following key value options:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">page</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">ismap</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">true</span></span></span>, the URL should appended by the coordinates as query
+ parameters by the PDF viewer.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/Next</span></span></span> of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1054--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-14-1g"><col
+id="TBL-14-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-14-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-14-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1058--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link
+type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, &#x2026;
+<!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-15-1g"><col
+id="TBL-15-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-15-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-15-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Write <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink.
+
+<!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-16-1g"><col
+id="TBL-16-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-16-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-16-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperbaseurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >A base <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write
+portable documents.
+<!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-17-1g"><col
+id="TBL-17-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-17-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-17-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperimage</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">imageURL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor.
+<!--l. 1084--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being
+ignored completely.
+<!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-18-1g"><col
+id="TBL-18-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-18-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-18-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperdef</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">category</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span>
+<!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col
+id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-19-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-19-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">category</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span>
+<!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col
+id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-20-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-20-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked.
+<!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col
+id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-21-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-21-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col
+id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-22-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-22-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor
+<span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name of a hypertext object defined somewhere by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>,
+and the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page.
+<!--l. 1121--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link,
+making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL.
+<!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col
+id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-23-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-23-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen
+anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index,
+bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is set.
+Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+\cleardoublepage
+\phantomsection
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+\printindex
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1142--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page,
+not to a location before this page.
+<!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col
+id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-24-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-24-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference.
+This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g.&#x00A0;&#8216;section 2&#8217; instead of merely the number
+&#8216;2&#8217;).
+<!--l. 1158--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the
+macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document
+classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the
+author&#8217;s practice.
+<!--l. 1166--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>.
+<a
+ id="x1-14001r12"></a> <!--l. 1171--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-25" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col
+id="TBL-25-1"><col
+id="TBL-25-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >Table </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >Part </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-7-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >item </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-8-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-9-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >section </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-10-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-11-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-12-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-13-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-14-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-15-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-16-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >page </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-17-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-18-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-20-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-21-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 1189--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\addto\extrasngerman{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}%
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1196--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span>
+chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem </span>if a lemma shares a counter with theorems. Then package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">aliascnt </span>provides a method to
+generate a simulated second counter that allows the differentiation between theorems and
+lemmas:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{aliascnt}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+
+\newaliascnt{lemma}{theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{Lemma}
+\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
+
+\providecommand*{\lemmaautorefname}{Lemma}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+We&#x00A0;will&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;\autoref{a}&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;prove&#x00A0;\autoref{b}.
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{a}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Nobody&#x00A0;knows.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{b}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Nobody&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;right.
+\end{theorem}.
+
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1234--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col
+id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-26-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-26-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autopageref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span>
+is checked before <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>.
+<!--l. 1246--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a
+link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>):
+<!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col
+id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-27-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-27-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-28" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col
+id="TBL-28-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >
+
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col
+id="TBL-29-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col
+id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-30-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-30-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autopageref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1266--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+\hyperref[other]{that&#x00A0;nice&#x00A0;section&#x00A0;(\ref*{other})&#x00A0;we&#x00A0;read&#x00A0;before}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1269--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1271--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this
+ourselves with <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>.
+<!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col
+id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-31-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-31-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">macroname</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1278--><p class="indent" > <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not
+rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them
+local:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Switching to PD1 or PU encoding
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Defining the &#8220;octal sequence commands&#8221; (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&amp;</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">National glyphs (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\glossary</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\discretionary</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">LaTeX&#8217;s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in
+the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek&#8217;s EuroTeX&#x00A0;paper distributed with
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
+<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col
+id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-32-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-32-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>&#x2026;<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1301--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don&#8217;t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we
+can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything.
+This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front
+matter.
+
+
+<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-150004.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4>
+<!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-160004.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5>
+<!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set
+manually.
+<!--l. 1314--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col
+id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-33-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-33-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">level</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span>text<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the
+internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>).
+<!--l. 1321--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col
+id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-34-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-34-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\currentpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1324--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level.
+<!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col
+id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-35-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-35-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased
+by one.
+<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col
+id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-36-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-36-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\belowpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1335--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current
+bookmark level has not changed.
+<!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>&#8217;s bookmark organization by a new algorithm:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Usually only one LaTeX&#x00A0;run is needed.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, &#x2026;).</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package.
+<!--l. 1348--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-170004.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5>
+<!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can
+contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as
+is.
+
+
+<!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col
+id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-37-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-37-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1358--><p class="indent" > For example,
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+\section{Pythagoras:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{$&#x00A0;a^2&#x00A0;+&#x00A0;b^2&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;c^2&#x00A0;$}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;a\texttwosuperior\&#x00A0;+&#x00A0;b\texttwosuperior\&#x00A0;=
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;c\texttwosuperior
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+\section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red}&#x00A0;Mars}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1367--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to
+perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\pdfstringdefPreHook
+\expandafter{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\pdfstringdefPreHook
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1379--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1381--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds
+its argument to the definition of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(&#8216;@&#8217; can here be used as letter in command
+names):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let~\textasciitilde
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\textcolor\@gobble
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1392--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-180004.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4>
+<!--l. 1395--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col
+id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-38-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-38-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1399--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific
+page, for example
+<!--l. 1402--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be
+taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use
+too.
+<!--l. 1407--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-190004.3"></a>Utility macros</h4>
+<!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col
+id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-39-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-39-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX&#x00A0;dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number
+without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span></span></span>.
+Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+\hypersetup{
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;pdfstartview={FitBH&#x00A0;\hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;-\headheight-\headsep}
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1425--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner.
+<!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span
+class="lmmi-10">&#x03B5;</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should
+automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span
+class="lmmi-10">&#x03B5;</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source
+documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations.
+<!--l. 1435--><p class="indent" > Also <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>,
+because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded
+and an undefined control sequence error would arise.
+<!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-200005"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="manual5.html#fn4x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-20001f4"></a> </h3>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-210005.1"></a>Option &#8216;pdflinkmargin&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" >Option &#8216;pdflinkmargin&#8217; is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this.
+Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers.
+<!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" >
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">The link area also depends on the surrounding box.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Settings have local effect.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all
+ links on the page.</li></ul>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Settings have global effect.</li></ul>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect.
+ The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;g</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;#1}</span></span></span> (with
+ the unit removed).</li></ul>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Unsupported.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-220005.2"></a>Field option &#8216;calculatesortkey&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1479--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values
+depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order
+can be specified with option &#8216;calculatesortkey&#8217;. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the
+calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in
+document order.
+<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option &#8216;calculatesortkey&#8217; is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX.
+<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-230005.3"></a>Option &#8216;localanchorname&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1495--><p class="noindent" >When an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current
+anchor name.
+<!--l. 1499--><p class="indent" > For example:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{Foobar}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{equation}\end{equation}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\label{sec:foobar}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1504--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to &#8216;sec:foobar&#8217; jumps to the
+equation before. With option &#8216;localanchorname&#8217; the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the
+environment and the reference &#8216;sec:foobar&#8217; jumps to the section title.
+<!--l. 1512--><p class="indent" > Option &#8216;localanchorname&#8217; is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor
+name is not available as expected.
+<!--l. 1517--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-240005.4"></a>Option &#8216;customdriver&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >The value of option &#8216;customdriver&#8217; is the name of an external driver file without extension &#8216;.def&#8217;. The file
+must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of &#8216;hyperref&#8217;,
+otherwise a warning is given.
+<!--l. 1524--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and
+quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver
+part.
+<!--l. 1529--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-250005.5"></a>Option &#8216;psdextra&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX&#8217;s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF
+information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS,
+therefore they are defined with prefix &#8216;text&#8217; (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textnotin</span></span></span>, ...). They can be mapped to short
+names during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that they are many hundreds macros
+that need to be redefined for each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or disabled
+as option &#8216;psdextra&#8217;. On default the option is turned off (set to &#8216;false&#8217;). Turning the option
+on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-260005.6"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4>
+<!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only
+at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link
+annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and
+upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.
+<!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" > Example:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;xelatex
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{Hello&#x00A0;World}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newpage
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\label{sec:hello}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hyperref[sec:hello]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-270005.7"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+&#x00A0;\IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1577--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values &#8216;true&#8217; or &#8216;false&#8217;, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span>
+calls YES, otherwise NO.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+&#x00A0;\IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1584--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is
+executed.
+<!--l. 1590--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option &#8216;stoppedearly&#8217; is available. It is enabled if
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end hyperref prematurely.
+<!--l. 1595--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-280005.8"></a>\unichar</h4>
+<!--l. 1597--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name
+and syntax is inherited from package &#8216;ucs&#8217;. However it is defined independently for use in
+hyperref&#8217;s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do
+this).
+<!--l. 1605--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING
+FACE):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\unichar{"263A}%&#x00A0;hexadecimal&#x00A0;notation
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\unichar{9786}%&#x00A0;decimal&#x00A0;notation
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1610--><p class="nopar" > &#8216;"&#8217; must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\unichar{\string"263A}%&#x00A0;converts&#x00A0;&#8216;"&#8217;&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;&#8216;"&#8217;&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;catcode&#x00A0;12&#x00A0;(other)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1615--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\unichar{\dq&#x00A0;263A}%&#x00A0;\dq&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;double&#x00A0;quote&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;catcode&#x00A0;12&#x00A0;(other)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1619--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-290005.9"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4>
+<!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the
+information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings &#8216;PDFDocEncoding&#8217; (8-bit encoding)
+and &#8216;Unicode&#8217; (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs
+by a representation for the PDF string. However <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> does not distinguish the two encodings.
+This gap closes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed in the second argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and
+takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters
+available in PDFDocEncoding.
+<!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Han The Thanh. Correctly
+written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class &#8216;tugboat.cls&#8217;
+defines a macro for the typesetted name:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\Thanh{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;H\&#8216;an~%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Th\^e\llap{\raise&#x00A0;0.5ex\hbox{\&#8217;{}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;~Th\&#8216;anh%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1648--><p class="nopar" > It&#8217;s not entirely correct, the second accent over the &#8216;e&#8217; is not an acute, but a hook. However standard
+LaTeX does not provide such an accent.
+<!--l. 1653--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already
+supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because
+the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def
+misses support for them. But we can provide it using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. The character in question
+is:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;U+1EC3&#x00A0;LATIN&#x00A0;SMALL&#x00A0;LETTER&#x00A0;E&#x00A0;WITH&#x00A0;CIRCUMFLEX&#x00A0;AND&#x00A0;HOOK&#x00A0;ABOVE
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1662--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\Thanh{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;H\&#8216;an~%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise&#x00A0;0.5ex\hbox{\&#8217;{}}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;~Th\&#8216;anh%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1671--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could
+provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\Thanh{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;H\&#8216;an~%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Th\^e\llap{\raise&#x00A0;0.5ex\hbox{\&#8217;{}}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;~Th\&#8216;anh%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifpdfstringunicode{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;H\&#8216;an&#x00A0;Th\unichar{"1EC3}&#x00A0;Th\&#8216;anh%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Han&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;Thanh%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1689--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1691--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-300005.10"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4>
+<!--l. 1693--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14&#x00A0;v6.78f.
+<!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After
+processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma
+lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;delim_r&#x00A0;"--"
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;delim_n&#x00A0;",&#x00A0;"
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1704--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for
+Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;delim_n,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;suffix_2p,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;suffix_3p,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;suffix_mp</span></span></span> needs
+markup that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> can detect and knows that this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span> serves as this markup. Put the customized code for these keys inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>,
+e.g.:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;suffix_2p&#x00A0;"\\nohyperpage{f.}"
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;suffix_3p&#x00A0;"\\nohyperpage{ff.}"
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space &#8220;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,&#8221; or &#8220;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>&#8221; should be put before the first f inside
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.)
+<!--l. 1721--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-310005.11"></a>Experimental option &#8216;ocgcolorlinks&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option
+&#8216;ocgcolorlinks&#8217; uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5.
+<!--l. 1727--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn&#8217;t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2
+package. Check its documentation for details how to use it.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 &#8220;Making
+ Graphical Content Optional&#8221;: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are
+ still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and
+ dvipdfmx.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1745--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-320005.12"></a>Option &#8216;pdfa&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1747--><p class="noindent" >The new option &#8216;pdfa&#8217; tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the
+result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren&#8217;t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata,
+fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...).
+<!--l. 1754--><p class="indent" > Currently, option &#8216;pdfa&#8217; sets and disables the following items:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3].
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3].
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Disabled: Launch action (<a
+href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1].
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1].
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Many things are disabled in PDF formulars:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize">JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1]
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2]
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Push button (because of JavaScript)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default &#8216;false&#8217; (Because of this,
+ hyperref&#8217;s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul>
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option &#8216;pdfa&#8217; is &#8216;false&#8217;. It influences the loading of the package and
+cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>).
+<!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.13 </span> <a
+ id="x1-330005.13"></a>Option &#8216;linktoc&#8217; added</h4>
+<!--l. 1782--><p class="noindent" >The new option &#8216;linktoc&#8217; allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into
+a link:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">&#8216;linktoc=none&#8217; (no links)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">&#8216;linktoc=section&#8217; (default behaviour, same as &#8216;linktocpage=false&#8217;)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">&#8216;linktoc=page&#8217; (same as &#8216;linktocpage=true&#8217;)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">&#8216;linktoc=all&#8217; (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1791--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.14 </span> <a
+ id="x1-340005.14"></a>Option &#8216;pdfnewwindow&#8217; changed</h4>
+<!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=true <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>/NewWindow true
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=false <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>(absent)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">unused pdfnewwindow <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>(absent)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1799--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=true <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>/NewWindow true
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=false <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>/NewWindow false
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow= <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>(absent)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">unused pdfnewwindow <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192; </span>(absent)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to &#8216;false&#8217; and an absent entry. In the former case the
+new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user
+preference.
+<!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.15 </span> <a
+ id="x1-350005.15"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4>
+<!--l. 1817--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is
+the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7):
+<!--l. 1821--><p class="indent" > <a
+href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a>
+<!--l. 1823--><p class="indent" > <a
+href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a>
+<!--l. 1825--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608):
+ <!--l. 1830--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 1 Invisible
+ <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2)
+ <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2)
+ <br />4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3)
+ <br />5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3)
+ <br />6 NoView (PDF 1.3)
+ <br />[7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70
+ <br />8 Locked (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5)
+ <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676):
+ <!--l. 1844--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 1 ReadOnly
+ <br />2 Required
+ <br />3 NoExport</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686):
+ <!--l. 1851--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only)
+
+ <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear)
+ <br />17 Pushbutton
+ <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691):
+ <!--l. 1859--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 13 Multiline
+ <br />14 Password
+ <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />25 Comb (PDF 1.5)
+ <br />26 RichText (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693):
+ <!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box)
+ <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set)
+ <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers
+ <br />22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set)
+ <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704):
+ <!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use &#8216;noexport&#8217; (table 8.70) instead
+ <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields
+ <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option &#8216;export&#8217;
+ <br />4 GetMethod
+ <br />5 SubmitCoordinates
+ <br />[6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option &#8216;export&#8217;
+ <br />7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />[9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option &#8216;export&#8217;
+ <br />10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > New option &#8216;export&#8217; sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or
+lowercase):
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">FDF
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">HTML
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">XFDF
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1906--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.16 </span> <a
+ id="x1-360005.16"></a>Option &#8216;pdfversion&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1908--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies &#8216;hyperref&#8217; about the intended PDF version. Currently this is
+used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7).
+<!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect
+higher PDF versions.
+<!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1922--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>1.10a and &#x003C; 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span>
+ pdfTeX <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry &#8216;V
+ 2&#8217;.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry
+ &#8216;V 4&#8217;.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in &#8216;ps2pdf12&#8217;, &#8216;ps2pdf13&#8217;, &#8216;ps2pdf14&#8217;).</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1937--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>1.10a).
+Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus &#8216;hyperref&#8217; tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this
+version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features.
+<!--l. 1944--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.17 </span> <a
+ id="x1-370005.17"></a>Field option &#8216;name&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1946--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Layouted label.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">As name in HTML structures.</li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 1952--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option
+&#8216;name&#8217; is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should
+consist of letters only.
+<!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.18 </span> <a
+ id="x1-380005.18"></a>Option &#8216;pdfencoding&#8217;</h4>
+<!--l. 1961--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary:
+PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these
+encodings:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported
+ characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters,
+ surrogates need four bytes.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside
+ ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is normally no suited
+ for the unicode engines.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1974--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.19 </span> <a
+ id="x1-390005.19"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4>
+<!--l. 1979--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package &#8216;hycolor&#8217;.
+<!--l. 1982--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.20 </span> <a
+ id="x1-400005.20"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4>
+<!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor
+from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class
+amsart).
+<!--l. 1990--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.21 </span> <a
+ id="x1-410005.21"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4>
+<!--l. 1992--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1995--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.22 </span> <a
+ id="x1-420005.22"></a>Link border style</h4>
+<!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by
+option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;1}</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > Some remarks:
+
+
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don&#8217;t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero,
+ thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed boxes, eg.:
+ pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for &#8220;border style&#8221;, eg. Table 8.13
+ &#8220;Entries in a border style dictionary&#8221; (specification for version 1.6)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option
+ colorlinks is enabled.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself:
+ <!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >Some support:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize">AR7/Linux: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">xpdf 3.00: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 2029--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize">AR5/Linux
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">ghostscript 8.50</li></ul>
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.23 </span> <a
+ id="x1-430005.23"></a>Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4>
+<!--l. 2038--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts
+globally and distinguishes three cases:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>.
+ This is the compatible behaviour and the default.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=&#x003C;number&#x003E;</span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the
+ bookmarks are set to this number.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=&#x003C;name&#x003E;</span></span></span> The &#x003C;name&#x003E; is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must
+ not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref uses
+ the value of macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@&#x003C;name&#x003E;</span></span></span>. Examples:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph}
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4}&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;before
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{bookmarksdepth}&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;counter&#x00A0;"tocdepth"&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;used
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2057--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.24 </span> <a
+ id="x1-440005.24"></a>Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4>
+<!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in
+parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need
+escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12&#x00A0;v6.75a the PS/PDF driver
+should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially
+regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would
+be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the
+code.
+<!--l. 2074--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility
+ behaviour, therefore this is the default.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the
+ logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as
+ JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2087--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.25 </span> <a
+ id="x1-450005.25"></a>Default driver setting</h4>
+<!--l. 2089--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable
+driver. Thus it loads <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hpdftex</span>, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the
+corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX&#8217;s working modes. Unhappily many driver programs run
+after the TeX compiler, so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this
+case driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>is loaded that supports the HyperTeX features that are recognized by
+xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration file
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2102--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref.
+<!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > See also the new option &#8216;driverfallback&#8217;.
+<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.26 </span> <a
+ id="x1-460005.26"></a>Backref entries</h4>
+<!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article}
+
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref}
+
+%&#x00A0;Some&#x00A0;language&#x00A0;options&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;detected&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;backref.
+%&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;affects&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;following&#x00A0;macros:
+%&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\backrefpagesname
+%&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\backrefsectionsname
+%&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\backrefsep
+%&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\backreftwosep
+%&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\backreflastsep
+
+\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;interface
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#1:&#x00A0;backref&#x00A0;list
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;We&#x00A0;want&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;alternative&#x00A0;interface,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;therefore&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;definition&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;empty&#x00A0;here.
+}
+\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;alternative&#x00A0;interface
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#1:&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;distinct&#x00A0;back&#x00A0;references
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#2:&#x00A0;backref&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;distinct&#x00A0;entries
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#3:&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;back&#x00A0;references&#x00A0;including&#x00A0;duplicates
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#4:&#x00A0;backref&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;including&#x00A0;duplicates
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\par
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3&#x00A0;citation(s)&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;#1&#x00A0;page(s):&#x00A0;#2,\par
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum#1=1&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum#3=1&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;citation&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;page&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3&#x00A0;citations&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;page&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3&#x00A0;citations&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;#1&#x00A0;pages&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2,\par
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum#3=1&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;citation&#x00A0;located&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;page&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3&#x00A0;citations&#x00A0;located&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;pages&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#4.\par
+}
+
+%&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;distinct&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;can&#x00A0;be&#x00A0;further&#x00A0;refined:
+\renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{%
+
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#1:&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;original&#x00A0;backref&#x00A0;entry
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;#2:&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;count&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;citations&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;entry,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;case&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;duplicates&#x00A0;greater&#x00A0;than&#x00A0;one
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum#2&#x003E;1&#x00A0;%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;~(#2)%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{Hello}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cite{ref1,&#x00A0;ref2,&#x00A0;ref3,&#x00A0;ref4}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{World}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cite{ref1,&#x00A0;ref3}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newpage
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{Next&#x00A0;section}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cite{ref1}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newpage
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section{Last&#x00A0;section}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cite{ref1,&#x00A0;ref2}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newpage
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\bibitem{ref1}&#x00A0;Dummy&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;one.
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\bibitem{ref2}&#x00A0;Dummy&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;two.
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\bibitem{ref3}&#x00A0;Dummy&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;three.
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\bibitem{ref4}&#x00A0;Dummy&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;four.
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2202--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.27 </span> <a
+ id="x1-470005.27"></a>\phantomsection</h4>
+<!--l. 2206--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things
+(index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is
+set.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cleardoublepage
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\phantomsection
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\printindex
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index
+page, not to a location before this page.
+<!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-480006"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3>
+<!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided
+in the appropriate drivers:
+<!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col
+id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-40-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Acrobatmenu</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists
+the option names you can use&#8212;comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will
+show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange.
+<a
+ id="x1-48001r13"></a> <!--l. 2236--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-41" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col
+id="TBL-41-1"><col
+id="TBL-41-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-1"
+class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >Open,
+ Close,
+ Scan,
+ Save,
+ SaveAs,
+ Optimizer:SaveAsOpt,
+ Print,
+ PageSetup,
+ Quit </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage,
+ ImportNotes,
+ AcroForm:ImportFDF </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2238--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes,
+ AcroForm:ExportFDF </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo,
+ OpenInfo,
+ FontsInfo,
+ SecurityInfo,
+ Weblink:Base,
+ AutoIndex:DocInfo </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs,
+ NotePrefs,
+ FullScreenPrefs,
+ Weblink:Prefs,
+ AcroSearch:Preferences(Windows)
+ or,
+ AcroSearch:Prefs(Mac),
+ Cpt:Capture </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-1"
+class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >Undo,
+ Cut,
+ Copy,
+ Paste,
+ Clear,
+ SelectAll,
+ Ole:CopyFile,
+ TouchUp:TextAttributes,
+ TouchUp:FitTextToSelection,
+ TouchUp:ShowLineMarkers,
+ TouchUp:ShowCaptureSuspects,
+ TouchUp:FindSuspect, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-1"
+class="td01">Edit<span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate,
+ AcroForm:TabOrder </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-1"
+class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages,
+ AcroForm:Actions,
+ CropPages,
+ RotatePages,
+ InsertPages,
+ ExtractPages,
+ ReplacePages,
+ DeletePages,
+ NewBookmark,
+ SetBookmarkDest,
+ CreateAllThumbs,
+ DeleteAllThumbs </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-1"
+class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize,
+ FitVisible,
+ FitWidth,
+ FitPage,
+ ZoomTo,
+ FullScreen,
+ FirstPage,
+ PrevPage,
+ NextPage,
+ LastPage,
+ GoToPage,
+ GoBack,
+ GoForward,
+ SinglePage,
+ OneColumn,
+ TwoColumns,
+ ArticleThreads,
+ PageOnly,
+ ShowBookmarks,
+ ShowThumbs </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-1"
+class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" >Hand,
+ ZoomIn,
+ ZoomOut,
+ SelectText,
+ SelectGraphics,
+ Note,
+ Link,
+ Thread,
+ AcroForm:Tool,
+ Acro_Movie:MoviePlayer,
+ TouchUp:TextTool,
+ Find,
+ FindAgain,
+ FindNextNote,
+ CreateNotesFile </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-1"
+class="td01">Tools<span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2192;</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query,
+ AcroSrch:Indexes,
+ AcroSrch:Results,
+ AcroSrch:Assist,
+ AcroSrch:PrevDoc,
+ AcroSrch:PrevHit,
+ AcroSrch:NextHit,
+ AcroSrch:NextDoc </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-1"
+class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar,
+ ShowHideMenuBar,
+ ShowHideClipboard,
+ Cascade,
+ TileHorizontal,
+ TileVertical,
+ CloseAll </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-1"
+class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide,
+ HelpTutorial,
+ HelpExchange,
+ HelpScan,
+ HelpCapture,
+ HelpPDFWriter,
+ HelpDistiller,
+ HelpSearch,
+ HelpCatalog,
+ HelpReader,
+ Weblink:Home </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-1"
+class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" >About </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-17-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-18-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-490007"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3>
+<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment (only one per file).
+<!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields:
+<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col
+id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-42-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-42-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col
+id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-43-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-43-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-44" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col
+id="TBL-44-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ChoiceMenu</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col
+id="TBL-45-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PushButton</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col
+id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-46-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-46-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2290--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col
+id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-47-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-47-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by:
+<!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col
+id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-48-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-48-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutTextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col
+id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-49-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-49-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutChoiceField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2303--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col
+id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-50-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-50-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutCheckField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2
+<!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by:
+<!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col
+id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-51-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-51-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeRadioField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col
+id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-52-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-52-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeCheckField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col
+id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-53-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-53-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeTextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col
+id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-54-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-54-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeChoiceField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col
+id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-55-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2328--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;#2{\hbox</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;#1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the last, which defaults
+to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros.
+<!--l. 2332--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+\def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{12pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofReset{12pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofReset{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofText{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2345--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-500007.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-50001r14"></a> <!--l. 2351--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-56" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col
+id="TBL-56-1"><col
+id="TBL-56-2"><col
+id="TBL-56-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button
+ is included in the form </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding
+ is usual, and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or
+ <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-4-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-5-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-6-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-7-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-510007.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4>
+<!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e.&#x00A0;<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span>
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>)
+<a
+ id="x1-51001r15"></a> <!--l. 2363--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-57" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col
+id="TBL-57-1"><col
+id="TBL-57-2"><col
+id="TBL-57-3"><col
+id="TBL-57-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">accesskey </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-2"
+class="td11"> key </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-4"
+class="td10"> (as per HTML) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">align </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-4"
+class="td10"> alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-4"
+class="td10"> 1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">altname </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-4"
+class="td10"> alternative name, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-4"
+class="td10"> the name shown in the user interface </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backgroundcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-4"
+class="td10"> color of box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-4"
+class="td10"> color of border </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bordersep </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-4"
+class="td10"> box border gap </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">borderwidth </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-4"
+class="td10"> width of box border, the value is a dimension </td>
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-4"
+class="td10"> or a number with default unit bp </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">calculate </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to calculate the value of the field</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">charsize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-2"
+class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-4"
+class="td10"> font size of field text </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">checkboxsymbol </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-2"
+class="td11"> char </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">4 (</span><span
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">) </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-4"
+class="td10"> symbol used for check boxes (ZapfDingbats), </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-4"
+class="td10"> the value is a character or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ding</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">number</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span>, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-4"
+class="td10"> see package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pifont </span>from bundle <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">checked </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-4"
+class="td10"> whether option selected by default </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">color </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-4"
+class="td10"> color of text in box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">combo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-4"
+class="td10"> choice list is &#8216;combo&#8217; style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">default </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-4"
+class="td10"> default value </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">disabled </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-4"
+class="td10"> field disabled </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">format </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to format the field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">height </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-2"
+class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-4"
+class="td10"> height of field box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidden </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-4"
+class="td10"> field hidden </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">keystroke </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to control the keystrokes on entry</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">mappingname </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-4"
+class="td10"> the mapping name to be used when exporting </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-4"
+class="td10"> the field data </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">maxlen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-4"
+class="td10"> number of characters allowed in text field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menulength </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">4 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-4"
+class="td10"> number of elements shown in list </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">multiline </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-4"
+class="td10"> whether text box is multiline </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-4"
+class="td10"> name of field (defaults to label) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onblur </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onchange </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onclick </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ondblclick </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onfocus </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeydown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeypress </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeyup </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmousedown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmousemove </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-42-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseout </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseup </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onselect </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">password </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-4"
+class="td10"> text field is &#8216;password&#8217; style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-48-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">popdown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-4"
+class="td10"> choice list is &#8216;popdown&#8217; style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">radio </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-4"
+class="td10"> choice list is &#8216;radio&#8217; style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">radiosymbol </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-2"
+class="td11"> char </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">H (</span><span
+class="pzdr-">&#x2605;</span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">) </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-4"
+class="td10"> symbol used for radio fields (ZapfDingbats),</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-4"
+class="td10"> the value is a character or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ding</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">number</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span>, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-4"
+class="td10"> see package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pifont </span>from bundle <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">readonly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-4"
+class="td10"> field is readonly </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">rotation </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-4"
+class="td10"> rotation of the widget annotation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-4"
+class="td10"> (degree, counterclockwise, multiple of 90) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">tabkey </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-4"
+class="td10"> (as per HTML) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">validate </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to validate the entry </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">value </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-4"
+class="td10"> initial value </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">width </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-2"
+class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-4"
+class="td10"> width of field box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-60-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-61-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-62-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-63-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-520008"></a>Defining a new driver</h3>
+<!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros:
+<!--l. 2426--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2428--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@link</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2430--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkfile</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkurl</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorstart</span></span></span>
+
+
+<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorend</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2438--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkstart</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2440--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+\let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble
+\gdef\hyper@link##1##2##3{##3}%
+\def\hyper@linkurl##1##2{##1}%
+\def\hyper@linkfile##1##2##3{##1}%
+\let\hyper@anchorstart\@gobble
+\let\hyper@anchorend\@empty
+\let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo
+\let\hyper@linkend\@empty
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2453--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-530009"></a>Special support for other packages</h3>
+<!--l. 2457--><p class="noindent" >Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for
+conflict, such as
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is
+ supported. However, the recommended package is Patrick Daly&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package that has
+ specific <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks to allow reliable interaction. This package covers a very wide variety
+ of layouts and citation styles, all of which work with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Packages that typeset the contents of the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros, such as <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">showkeys</span>. Since the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package redefines these commands, you must set <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false </span>for these packages
+ to work.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Packages that do anything serious with the index.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2477--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially
+well with it. These are <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#8217;s normal
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively.
+<!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-540009.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4>
+<!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available:
+<!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > Note: hyperref loads package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>at <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>. Sometimes this is too late, thus this
+package must be loaded earlier.
+<!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-550009.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{float}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}%&#x00A0;eg.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2500--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-560009.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5>
+<!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be
+spacing problems (eqnarray isn&#8217;t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for
+equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that
+package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use
+gather:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{amsmath}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\equation\gather
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\endequation\endgather
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-570009.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5>
+<!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{amsrefs}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2524--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-580009.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5>
+<!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error,
+thus the resulting package order is then:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{longtable}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepacakge{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{arydshln}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2536--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-590009.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5>
+<!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Pter
+Szab, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/.
+<!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-600009.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5>
+<!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" >Babel&#8217;s spanish.ldf redefines &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>&#8217; to support &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>&#8217;. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only &#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>&#8217; is supported. If
+&#8216;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>&#8217; is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead.
+<!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-610009.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5>
+<!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >Workaround:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makeatletter
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\saved@bibitem\@bibitem
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makeatother
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{bibentry}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{document}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begingroup
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makeatletter
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\@bibitem\saved@bibitem
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\nobibliography{database}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\endgroup
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2573--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-620009.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5>
+<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package &#8216;bigfoot&#8217;. And package &#8216;bigfoot&#8217; does not support hyperref&#8217;s footnotes
+and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false).
+<!--l. 2582--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-630009.1.9"></a>chappg</h5>
+<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >Package &#8216;chappg&#8217; uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by &#8216;hyperref&#8217;. The package order is
+therefore:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{chappg}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2590--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-640009.1.10"></a>cite</h5>
+<!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround
+via:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+&#x00A0;\makeatletter
+&#x00A0;\def\NAT@parse{\typeout{This&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;fake&#x00A0;Natbib&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;fool&#x00A0;Hyperref.}}
+&#x00A0;\makeatother
+
+&#x00A0;\usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2604--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2606--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal -
+although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many
+people).
+<!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-650009.1.11"></a>count1to</h5>
+<!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Package &#8216;count1to&#8217; adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse &#8216;hyperref&#8217;. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;...&#x003E;</span></span></span>
+has to be fixed:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{count1to}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\AtBeginDocument{%&#x00A0;*after*&#x00A0;\usepackage{count1to}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2625--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-660009.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5>
+<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{dblaccnt}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2633--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>.
+<!--l. 2637--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.13 </span> <a
+ id="x1-670009.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5>
+<!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks.
+<!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.14 </span> <a
+ id="x1-680009.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5>
+<!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded
+before):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{ellipsis}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.15 </span> <a
+ id="x1-690009.1.15"></a>float</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{float}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2654--><p class="nopar" >
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.16 </span> <a
+ id="x1-700009.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5>
+<!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
+<!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.17 </span> <a
+ id="x1-710009.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5>
+<!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it
+uses package &#8216;atbegshi&#8217; instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of &#8216;foils.cls&#8217; regarding hyperref
+is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX
+2.1.4b.
+<!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.18 </span> <a
+ id="x1-720009.1.18"></a>footnote</h5>
+<!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref&#8217;s footnote support by using option
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.19 </span> <a
+ id="x1-730009.1.19"></a>geometry</h5>
+<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >Driver &#8216;dvipdfm&#8217; and program &#8216;dvipdfm&#8217; might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size
+Then prefer the program &#8216;dvipdfmx&#8217; or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of
+geometry to an earlier location:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}%&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;other&#x00A0;classes
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{atbegshi}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\AtBeginDocument{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;paperwidth=170mm,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;paperheight=240mm
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;]{geometry}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\AtBeginDocument{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;or
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}%&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;other&#x00A0;classes
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{atbegshi}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;paperwidth=170mm,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;paperheight=240mm
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;]{geometry}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.20 </span> <a
+ id="x1-740009.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5>
+<!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >version <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog)
+<!--l. 2720--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.21 </span> <a
+ id="x1-750009.1.21"></a>index</h5>
+<!--l. 2722--><p class="noindent" >version <span
+class="lmsy-10">&#x2265; </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)
+<!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.22 </span> <a
+ id="x1-760009.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5>
+<!--l. 2727--><p class="noindent" >Compatible.
+<!--l. 2730--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.23 </span> <a
+ id="x1-770009.1.23"></a>linguex</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{linguex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2734--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2736--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.24 </span> <a
+ id="x1-780009.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{longtable}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{ltabptch}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2741--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.25 </span> <a
+ id="x1-790009.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5>
+<!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
+<!--l. 2749--><p class="indent" > Both &#8216;mathenv&#8217; and &#8216;hyperref&#8217; messes around with environment &#8216;eqnarray&#8217;. You can load &#8216;mathenv&#8217;
+after &#8216;hyperref&#8217; to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment &#8216;eqnarray&#8217;
+properly, for example.
+<!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.26 </span> <a
+ id="x1-800009.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5>
+<!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the uptodate original package minitoc instead.
+<!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.27 </span> <a
+ id="x1-810009.1.27"></a>multind</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{multind}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2766--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.28 </span> <a
+ id="x1-820009.1.28"></a>natbib</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{natbib}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2772--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.29 </span> <a
+ id="x1-830009.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5>
+<!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip,&#x00A0;\hyperpage{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2778--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;But&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;mapping&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;equation&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;anchor&#x00A0;name
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;available&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;general.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2788--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.30 </span> <a
+ id="x1-840009.1.30"></a>parskip</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{parskip}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2794--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2797--><p class="indent" > Both packages want to redefine <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.31 </span> <a
+ id="x1-850009.1.31"></a>prettyref</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+%%%&#x00A0;example&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;prettyref&#x00A0;%%%
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{prettyref}
+\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+
+%\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}%&#x00A0;without&#x00A0;hyperref
+\newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}}
+
+\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;reference&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\prettyref{FIG:ONE}.
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newpage
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{figure}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\caption{This&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;my&#x00A0;figure}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\label{FIG:ONE}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{figure}
+\end{document}
+%%%&#x00A0;example&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;prettyref&#x00A0;%%%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.32 </span> <a
+ id="x1-860009.1.32"></a>ntheorem</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+&#x00A0;ntheorem-hyper.sty&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;old&#x00A0;patched&#x00A0;version&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ntheorem.sty.
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Newer&#x00A0;versions&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ntheorem&#x00A0;know&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;hyperref:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[hyperref]{ntheorem}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;But&#x00A0;there&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;still&#x00A0;unsolved&#x00A0;problems&#x00A0;(options&#x00A0;thref,&#x00A0;...).
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2828--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2830--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.33 </span> <a
+ id="x1-870009.1.33"></a>setspace</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{setspace}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.34 </span> <a
+ id="x1-880009.1.34"></a>sidecap</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+&#x00A0;Before&#x00A0;2002/05/24&#x00A0;v1.5h:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{nameref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{sidecap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2842--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2844--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.35 </span> <a
+ id="x1-890009.1.35"></a>subfigure</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+&#x00A0;1995/03/06&#x00A0;v2.0:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{subfigure}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;hypertexnames&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;false.
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;v2.1:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{nameref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{subfigure}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;or
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{subfigure}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;v2.1.2:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;please&#x00A0;update
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;v2.1.3:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{subfigure}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;vice&#x00A0;versa?
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2863--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2865--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.36 </span> <a
+ id="x1-900009.1.36"></a>titleref</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage{nameref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{titleref}%&#x00A0;without&#x00A0;usetoc
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2870--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2872--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.37 </span> <a
+ id="x1-910009.1.37"></a>tabularx</h5>
+<!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment &#8216;tabularx&#8217;, because they uses the optional
+argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section &#8216;Limitations&#8217;. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had
+disabled footnotes entirely by &#8216;hyperfootnotes=false&#8217;.
+<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.38 </span> <a
+ id="x1-920009.1.38"></a>titlesec</h5>
+<!--l. 2882--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with
+unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones).
+<!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.39 </span> <a
+ id="x1-930009.1.39"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5>
+<!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a
+macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call
+non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PrerenderUnicode</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{ucs}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}%&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;unicode
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}%&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\PrerenderUnicodePage{1}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut&#x00A0;example:&#x00A0;^^c3^^b6}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2902--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the
+characters directly.
+<!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.40 </span> <a
+ id="x1-940009.1.40"></a>varioref</h5>
+<!--l. 2908--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is
+now unsupported.
+<!--l. 2912--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading
+order:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{nameref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{varioref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2918--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2921--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for
+varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref.
+<!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.41 </span> <a
+ id="x1-950009.1.41"></a>verse</h5>
+<!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref.
+<!--l. 2938--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;order&#x00A0;does&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;matter
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{verse}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makeatletter
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;make&#x00A0;unique&#x00A0;poemline&#x00A0;anchors
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcounter{verse@env}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setcounter{verse@env}{0}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\org@verse\verse
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\verse{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{verse@env}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\org@verse
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse@env}.\thepoemline}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;add&#x00A0;anchor&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;before&#x00A0;\addcontentsline&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;\@vsptitle
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\org@vsptitle\@vsptitle
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\@vsptitle{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\phantomsection
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\org@vsptitle
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makeatother
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{document}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\poemtitle{Poem&#x00A0;1}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{verse}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;An&#x00A0;one-liner.
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{verse}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newpage
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\poemtitle{Poem&#x00A0;2}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{verse}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Another&#x00A0;one-liner.
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{verse}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2982--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.42 </span> <a
+ id="x1-960009.1.42"></a>vietnam</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;pd1enc.def&#x00A0;should&#x00A0;be&#x00A0;loaded&#x00A0;before&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;dblaccnt:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{vietnam}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2990--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.43 </span> <a
+ id="x1-970009.1.43"></a>XeTeX</h5>
+<!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always
+treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the
+printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding.
+<!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a
+number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning
+<!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;convert</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;input</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;string</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;UTF16...</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed.
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">&#x00A0;HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used.
+<!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-9800010"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="manual6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-98001f5"></a> </h3>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-9900010.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4>
+<!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other
+drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone.
+<!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" > Workarounds:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title
+ is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">&#8220;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>&#8221;s are caught by package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping,
+ e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and
+ viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced.
+ <!--l. 3033--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are &#8220;optimized&#8221; by TeX, thus there are missing break
+ points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread &#8220;hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2&#8221; in
+ comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10000010.2"></a>Links across pages</h4>
+<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Some driver doesn&#8217;t support them at all (see above).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error
+ message can occur sometimes.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10100010.3"></a>Footnotes</h4>
+<!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>,
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> is not as strong as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>. Therefore it is not clear in general
+which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> references which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking.
+Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10200011"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="manual7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-102001f6"></a> </h3>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10300011.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4>
+<!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[pdfborder=0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3070--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;pdfborder=001
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3074--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[pdfborder={0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1}]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3079--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\hypersetup{pdfborder=0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3083--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without
+space stripping in the value part.
+<!--l. 3089--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX&#8217;s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the
+packages <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>).
+<!--l. 3094--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10400011.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation
+ of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> uses the page anchors that
+ are set by hyperref at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used
+ in anchor names in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats are used (book class
+ with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\frontmatter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore
+ option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of
+ Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With
+ logical markup this situation can easily be solved:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{makeidx}
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makeindex
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref}
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;...
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\index{Some&#x00A0;example|main}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Other encap characters can be set by option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of &#8220;?&#8221;:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case,
+ hyperref&#8217;s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex=false</span></span></span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless of
+ setting of hyperindex.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+ %%%&#x00A0;cut&#x00A0;%%%&#x00A0;hyperindex.ist&#x00A0;%%%&#x00A0;cut&#x00A0;%%%
+ delim_0&#x00A0;",&#x00A0;\\hyperpage{"
+ delim_1&#x00A0;",&#x00A0;\\hyperpage{"
+ delim_2&#x00A0;",&#x00A0;\\hyperpage{"
+ delim_n&#x00A0;"},&#x00A0;\\hyperpage{"
+ delim_t&#x00A0;"}"
+ encap_prefix&#x00A0;"}\\"
+ encap_infix&#x00A0;"{\\hyperpage{"
+ encap_suffix&#x00A0;"}"
+ %%%&#x00A0;cut&#x00A0;%%%&#x00A0;hyperindex.ist&#x00A0;%%%&#x00A0;cut&#x00A0;%%%
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 3141--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10500011.3"></a>Warning <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown &#x003C;foobar&#x003E; defaults to 0"</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3146--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+\makeatletter
+\providecommand*{\toclevel@&#x003C;foobar&#x003E;}{0}
+\makeatother
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3151--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10600011.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4>
+<!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding
+anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps
+to a figure. In this case, try package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the
+problem.
+<!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10700011.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
+\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3167--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters:
+<!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg:
+<!--l. 3175--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt
+<!--l. 3177--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;0227;LATIN&#x00A0;SMALL&#x00A0;LETTER&#x00A0;A&#x00A0;WITH&#x00A0;DOT&#x00A0;ABOVE;...
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1EA1;LATIN&#x00A0;SMALL&#x00A0;LETTER&#x00A0;A&#x00A0;WITH&#x00A0;DOT&#x00A0;BELOW;...
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3181--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code:
+<!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a
+backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;0227&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\002\047
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1EA1&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\036\241
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3192--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref:
+<!--l. 3196--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal
+numbers):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\002\047&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\9002\047
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\036\241&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\9036\241
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3203--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3205--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\900&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;\80,&#x00A0;\901&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;\81,&#x00A0;\902&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;\82,&#x00A0;...
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\9002\047&#x00A0;-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\82\047
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3211--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3213--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241}
+
+\begin{document}
+\section{\={a},&#x00A0;\d{a},&#x00A0;\&#8217;{a},&#x00A0;\.{a}}
+\end{document}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3222--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10800011.6"></a>Footnotes</h4>
+<!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>
+out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>. Here you can either disable hyperref&#8217;s footnote support by
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span> or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\begin{document}
+Hello%
+\footnote{The&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;footnote}
+World%
+\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
+\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}%
+\footnotemark.
+\end{document}
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;or
+
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\makeatletter
+
+A%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnotemark
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\saved@Href@A\Hy@footnote@currentHref
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;remember&#x00A0;link&#x00A0;name
+B%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnotemark
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\saved@Href@B\Hy@footnote@currentHref
+b%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}%&#x00A0;generate&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;anchor
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnotemark
+C%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnotemark
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\saved@Href@C\Hy@footnote@currentHref
+
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtocounter{footnote}{-2}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@A
+\footnotetext{AAAA}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@B
+\footnotetext{BBBBB}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@C
+\footnotetext{CCCC}%
+
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3280--><p class="nopar" >
+
+<!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10900011.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4>
+<!--l. 3284--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For
+example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an
+optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to reset a counter in dependency to
+another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span>
+of package amsmath is caught by hyperref.
+<!--l. 3294--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old
+meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref&#8217;s additions. Then the companion counter macro
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH&#x003C;counter&#x003E;</span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after
+hyperref is loaded.
+<!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Solution a)
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3309--><p class="nopar" > Solution b)
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\usepackage{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3315--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3317--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11000012"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3>
+<!--l. 3319--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are
+Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>started as a simple port of their
+work to <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX2e"><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span><span class="HoLogo-2">2</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span
+class="lmmi-10">&#x03B5;</span></span></span> standards, but eventually I rewrote nearly everything, because I didn&#8217;t
+understand a lot of the original, and was only interested in getting it to work with <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>. I
+would like to thank Arthur Smith, Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Mark Doyle, Paul Ginsparg, David
+Carlisle, T.&#x00A0;V.&#x00A0;Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, thoughts and code to
+get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point
+in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they
+found.
+<!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has
+made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX&#x00A0;are entirely due to him! The
+investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a
+good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into
+PDF.
+<!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers.
+Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdf</span>, and Hn Th Thnh supplied all
+the information needed for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. Patrick Daly kindly updated his <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package to allow
+easy integration with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. Michael Mehlich&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one
+day.
+<!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T.&#x00A0;V.&#x00A0;Raman, for encouragement, support and
+ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights;
+D.&#x00A0;P.&#x00A0;Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans
+Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>.
+<!--l. 3355--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost.
+<!--l. 3358--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support,
+frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
+
+
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11100013"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3>
+<!--l. 6--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002
+<!--l. 9--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span
+class="ts1-lmr10-"></span>&#x00A0;2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br
+class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br
+class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is
+not allowed.
+<!--l. 15--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-11200013"></a>Preamble</h4>
+<!--l. 17--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document
+&#8220;free&#8221; in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with
+or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for
+the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+<!--l. 25--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of &#8220;copyleft&#8221;, which means that derivative works of the document must
+themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a
+copyleft license designed for free software.
+<!--l. 30--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software
+needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same
+freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can
+be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or
+reference.
+<!--l. 39--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11300013.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4>
+<!--l. 42--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by
+the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a
+notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under
+the conditions stated herein. The &#8220;Document&#8221;, below, refers to any such manual or work.
+Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as &#8220;you&#8221;. You accept the license
+if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright
+law.
+<!--l. 52--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Modified Version&#8221; of the Document means any work containing the Document or a
+portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.
+<!--l. 56--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Secondary Section&#8221; is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals
+exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document&#8217;s overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
+(Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with
+related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+<!--l. 67--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Invariant Sections&#8221; are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
+Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section
+does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The
+Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections
+then there are none.
+
+
+<!--l. 75--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Cover Texts&#8221; are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or
+Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25
+words.
+<!--l. 80--><p class="indent" > A &#8220;Transparent&#8221; copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format
+whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or
+(for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
+otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or
+discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not
+Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not &#8220;Transparent&#8221; is called
+&#8220;Opaque&#8221;.
+<!--l. 93--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo
+input format, LaTeX&#x00A0;input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include
+proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML
+or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes
+only.
+<!--l. 104--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Title Page&#8221; means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are
+needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, &#8220;Title Page&#8221; means the text near the
+most prominent appearance of the work&#8217;s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the
+text.
+<!--l. 111--><p class="indent" > A section &#8220;Entitled XYZ&#8221; means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely
+XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language.
+(Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;,
+&#8220;Dedications&#8221;, &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;, or &#8220;History&#8221;.) To &#8220;Preserve the Title&#8221; of such a section when you
+modify the Document means that it remains a section &#8220;Entitled XYZ&#8221; according to this
+definition.
+<!--l. 119--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this
+License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by
+reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication
+that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this
+License.
+<!--l. 127--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11400013.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4>
+<!--l. 130--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially,
+provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the
+Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the
+copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.
+If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
+section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>.
+<!--l. 141--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display
+copies.
+
+
+<!--l. 145--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11500013.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4>
+<!--l. 148--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document,
+numbering more than 100, and the Document&#8217;s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front
+cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly
+identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in
+addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of
+the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+respects.
+<!--l. 161--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones
+listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+<!--l. 166--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must
+either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access
+to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
+begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you
+distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+public.
+<!--l. 179--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before
+redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version
+of the Document.
+<!--l. 184--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11600013.4"></a>Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 187--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11400013.2">13.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a>
+and <a
+href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the
+Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified
+Version:
+<!--l. 196--><p class="indent" >
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116002x1">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document,
+ and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History
+ section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116004x2">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship
+ of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal
+ authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they
+ release you from this requirement.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116006x3">State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116008x4">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116010x5">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright
+ notices.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116012x6">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission
+ to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116014x7">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts
+ given in the Document&#8217;s license notice.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116016x8">Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116018x9">Preserve the section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221;, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at
+ least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title
+ Page. If there is no section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221; in the Document, create one stating the title,
+ year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116020x10">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
+ Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document
+ for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the &#8220;History&#8221; section. You
+ may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the
+ Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116022x11">For any section Entitled &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221; or &#8220;Dedications&#8221;, Preserve the Title of the
+ section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116024x12">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their
+ titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116026x13">Delete any section Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;. Such a section may not be included in the
+ Modified Version.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116028x14">Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221; or to conflict in title with
+ any Invariant Section.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116030x15">Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+ </li></ol>
+
+
+<!--l. 247--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary
+Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or
+all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in
+the Modified Version&#8217;s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section
+titles.
+<!--l. 254--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled &#8220;Endorsements&#8221;, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of
+your Modified Version by various parties&#8211;for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
+<!--l. 260--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as
+a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any
+one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you
+may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old
+one.
+<!--l. 270--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their
+names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+<!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11700013.5"></a>Combining documents</h4>
+<!--l. 278--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms
+defined in section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of
+the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant
+Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty
+Disclaimers.
+<!--l. 286--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant
+Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in
+parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license
+notice of the combined work.
+<!--l. 295--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled &#8220;History&#8221; in the various original
+documents, forming one section Entitled &#8220;History&#8221;; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+&#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;, and any sections Entitled &#8220;Dedications&#8221;. You must delete all sections Entitled
+&#8220;Endorsements&#8221;.
+<!--l. 302--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11800013.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4>
+<!--l. 305--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License,
+and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is
+included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each
+of the documents in all other respects.
+<!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this
+License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License
+in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+<!--l. 317--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11900013.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4>
+<!--l. 320--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or
+works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an &#8220;aggregate&#8221; if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation&#8217;s users beyond what
+the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the
+Document.
+<!--l. 329--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if
+the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document&#8217;s Cover Texts may be placed
+on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the
+Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+<!--l. 338--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-12000013.8"></a>Translation</h4>
+<!--l. 341--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document
+under the terms of section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant
+Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of
+this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers,
+provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original
+versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation
+and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+prevail.
+<!--l. 355--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled &#8220;Acknowledgements&#8221;, &#8220;Dedications&#8221;, or &#8220;History&#8221;, the
+requirement (section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-11300013.1">13.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+<!--l. 362--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-12100013.9"></a>Termination</h4>
+<!--l. 365--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under
+this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
+rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain
+in full compliance.
+<!--l. 374--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-12200013.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4>
+<!--l. 377--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation
+License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+<!--l. 383--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a
+particular numbered version of this License &#8220;or any later version&#8221; applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been
+published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+
+<!--l. 393--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-12300013.10"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4>
+<!--l. 395--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and
+put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
+<!--l. 399--><p class="indent" >
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 400--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span
+class="ts1-lmr10-"></span>&#x00A0;YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+ modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+ Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the
+ license is included in the section entitled &#8220;GNU Free Documentation License&#8221;.</blockquote>
+<!--l. 409--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the &#8220;with...Texts.&#8221;
+line with this:
+<!--l. 412--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and
+with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+<!--l. 415--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge
+those two alternatives to suit the situation.
+<!--l. 419--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these
+examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+
+
+
+
+</body></html>
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual2.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual2.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71af561e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual2.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <!--l. 193--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn1x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">Now: </span><a
+href="https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80">https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex</span></a></div>
+
+</body></html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual3.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual3.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00062b22f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual3.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <!--l. 211--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn2x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This is borrowed from an article by Arthur Smith.</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual4.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual4.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70dae2e346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual4.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <!--l. 276--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn3x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">Make sure you turn off the partial font downloading supported by </span><span
+class="ec-lmss-8">dvips </span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">and </span><span
+class="ec-lmss-8">dvipsone </span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">in favor of Distiller&#8217;s own</span>
+ <span
+class="ec-lmr-8">system.</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual5.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual5.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01434811f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual5.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn4x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual6.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual6.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eba4717509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual6.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn5x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual7.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual7.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17b42e0aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual7.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn6x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf
index 73a288882e..51ab4821f0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx
index 91f9abc006..021fb802d9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse
% Source File: hluatex.dtx
-% 2021-02-07 v7.00h
+% 2021-02-08 v7.00i
%
% Copyright
% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*luatex>
-%% 2021-02-07 v7.00h
+%% 2021-02-08 v7.00i
%% force unicode encoding, see issue #101
%% code mostly copied from hxetex.def
\HyPsd@LoadUnicode
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx
index 5ab411463a..f0deae0fbd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx
@@ -47,11 +47,12 @@
%<tex4htcfg>\ProvidesFile{htex4ht.cfg}
%<pd1enc>\ProvidesFile{pd1enc.def}
%<puenc>\ProvidesFile{puenc.def}
+%<puextra>\ProvidesFile{puencextra.def}
%<puvnenc>\ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def}
%<puarenc>\ProvidesFile{puarenc.def}
%<psdextra>\ProvidesFile{psdextra.def}
%<lang>\ProvidesFile{hyperref-langpatches.def}
-%<!none> [2021-02-07 v7.00h %
+%<!none> [2021-02-08 v7.00i %
%<package> Hypertext links for LaTeX]
%<nohyperref> Dummy hyperref (SR)]
%<driver> Hyperref documentation driver file]
@@ -87,6 +88,7 @@
%<tex4htcfg> Hyperref configuration file for TeX4ht]
%<pd1enc> Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)]
%<puenc> Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (HO)]
+%<puextra> Hyperref: PDF Unicode extra definition (HO)]
%<puvnenc> Hyperref: Additions to puenc.def for VnTeX]
%<puarenc> Hyperref: Additions to puenc.def for Arabi]
%<psdextra> Hyperref: Additions to PDF string support]
@@ -1229,15 +1231,17 @@
% Because the box shifting
% used in the \TeX{} logo does not work while writing to a file,
% the standard \TeX{} logos are redefined.
+% We use the direct PU code to avoid problems if
+% \cs{textepsilon} is not defined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\TeX{TeX}%
\def\LaTeX{La\TeX}%
\def\LaTeXe{%
\LaTeX2%
- \ifHy@unicode\textepsilon\else e\fi
+ \ifHy@unicode\83\265\else e\fi
}%
\def\eTeX{%
- \ifHy@unicode\textepsilon\else e\fi
+ \ifHy@unicode\83\265\else e\fi
-\TeX%
}%
\def\SliTeX{Sli\TeX}%
@@ -2811,7 +2815,7 @@
% \cs{HyPsd@hyspacetest} replaces the \cs{hspace} by a space, if
% the length is greater than zero.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\HyPsd@hspacetest#1{\ifdim#1>\z@\space\fi}
+\def\HyPsd@hspacetest#1{\ifdim\dimexpr#1\relax>\z@\space\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -4886,7 +4890,6 @@
% change 2020-08-14, use unicode by default:
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\HyPsd@pdfencoding\HyPsd@pdfencoding@unicode
-\HyPsd@LoadUnicode
\def\HyPsd@LoadStringEnc{%
\RequirePackage{stringenc}[2009/12/15]%
\let\HyPsd@LoadStringEnc\relax
@@ -6818,6 +6821,12 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% After processing options.
+% \subsection{Load unicode support}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@unicode
+ \HyPsd@LoadUnicode
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Package xspace support}
%
@@ -20964,8 +20973,10 @@
\DeclareTextCommand{\H}{PU}[1]{#1\83\013}% U+030B
% U+030C COMBINING CARON; caroncmb
\DeclareTextCommand{\v}{PU}[1]{#1\83\014}% U+030C
+%</puenc>
% U+030F COMBINING DOUBLE GRAVE ACCENT; dblgravecmb
-\DeclareTextCommand{\G}{PU}[1]{#1\83\017}% U+030F
+%<puextra>\DeclareTextCommand{\G}{PU}[1]{#1\83\017}% U+030F
+%<*puenc>
\ifx\CYRDZE\@undefined \else
\DeclareTextCommand{\C}{PU}[1]{#1\83\017}% U+030F
\fi
@@ -21016,7 +21027,9 @@
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{\@empty}{\textdotaccent}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{\@empty}{\textcedilla}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{\@empty}{\textasciibreve}%
-\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{\@empty}{\textdoublegrave}%
+%</puenc>
+%<puextra>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{\@empty}{\textdoublegrave}%
+%<*puenc>
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\@empty}{\textasciimacron}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{\@empty}{\texthungarumlaut}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{\@empty}{\textogonek}%
@@ -21045,7 +21058,9 @@
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{\ }{\textdotaccent}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{\ }{\textcedilla}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{\ }{\textasciibreve}%
-\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{\ }{\textdoublegrave}%
+%</puenc>
+%<puextra>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{\ }{\textdoublegrave}%
+%<*puenc>
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\ }{\textasciimacron}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{\ }{\texthungarumlaut}%
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{\ }{\textogonek}%
@@ -21841,6 +21856,8 @@
% U+01FF LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND ACUTE;
% *oslashacute, ostrokeacute
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\o}{\81\377}% U+01FF
+%</puenc>
+%<*puextra>
% U+0200 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; Adblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{A}{\82\000}% U+0200
% U+0201 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; adblgrave
@@ -21849,28 +21866,40 @@
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{E}{\82\004}% U+0204
% U+0205 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; edblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{e}{\82\005}% U+0205
+%</puextra>
+%<*puenc>
% U+0206 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH INVERTED BREVE; Einvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{E}{\82\006}% U+0206
% U+0207 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH INVERTED BREVE; einvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{e}{\82\007}% U+0207
+%</puenc>
+%<*puextra>
% U+0208 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; Idblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{I}{\82\010}% U+0208
% U+0209 LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; idblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{\i}{\82\011}% U+0209
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{i}{\82\011}% U+0209
+%</puextra>
+%<*puenc>
% U+020A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH INVERTED BREVE; Iinvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{I}{\82\012}% U+020A
% U+020B LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH INVERTED BREVE; iinvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{i}{\82\013}% U+020B
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{\i}{\82\013}% U+020B
+%</puenc>
+%<*puextra>
% U+020C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; Odblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{O}{\82\014}% U+020C
% U+020D LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; odblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{o}{\82\015}% U+020D
+%</puextra>
+%<*puenc>
% U+020E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH INVERTED BREVE; Oinvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{O}{\82\016}% U+020E
% U+020F LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH INVERTED BREVE; oinvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{o}{\82\017}% U+020F
+%</puenc>
+%<*puextra>
% U+0210 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; Rdblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{R}{\82\020}% U+0210
% U+0211 LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; rdblgrave
@@ -21879,6 +21908,8 @@
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{U}{\82\024}% U+0214
% U+0215 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE GRAVE; udblgrave
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\G}{PU}{u}{\82\025}% U+0215
+%</puextra>
+%<*puenc>
% U+0216 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH INVERTED BREVE; Uinvertedbreve
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textinvbreve}{PU}{U}{\82\026}% U+0216
% U+0217 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH INVERTED BREVE; uinvertedbreve
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins
index 43b531fba5..46aff3f9c3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins
@@ -83,6 +83,7 @@
\file{hxetex.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{xetex,pdfform,outlines}}
\file{pd1enc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{pd1enc}}
\file{puenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puenc}}
+ \file{puenc-extra.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puextra}}
\file{puvnenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puvnenc}}
\file{puarenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puarenc}}
\file{psdextra.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{psdextra}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/manifest.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/manifest.txt
index 3998d8c1d3..14c5d68c97 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/manifest.txt
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/manifest.txt
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ hxetex.def
Hyperref drivers.
pd1enc.def
puenc.def
+puenc-extra.def
puvnenc.def
puarenc.def
psdextra.def
@@ -83,4 +84,3 @@ paper.pdf
at EuroTeX'99.
slides.pdf
Slides for Heiko Oberdiek's talk at EuroTeX'99.
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty
index a18ca9dc41..b0578b0b5b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{xr-hyper}
- [2021-02-07 v7.00h eXternal References (DPC)]
+ [2021-02-08 v7.00i eXternal References (DPC)]
\def\externaldocument{\@testopt\XR@cite{}}
\let\externalcitedocument\externaldocument
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/README b/macros/luatex/optex/README
index 50d4f1d165..6c5ae30b5a 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/README
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/README
@@ -19,7 +19,14 @@ doc/ ... PDF version of the OpTeX documentation and sources.
History:
-<0.19> Jan. 2020
+<1.00> Feb. 2021
+ The OMLS (OpTeX Markup Language Standard) was developed. It helps to create
+ convertors from/to OpTeX documents and similar applications.
+ \pdfunidef re-imeplemted.
+ \thisoutline introduced.
+ \verbchar introduced instead \activettchar.
+ Bugs fixing.
+<0.19> Jan. 2021
emoji support as pkg/emoji.opm.
non-braakable places generated by luavlna, suported as pkg/vlna.opm.
\begblock...\endblock introduced.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/basic-macros.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/basic-macros.opm
index 3f0f7a5c24..4d465c3010 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/basic-macros.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/basic-macros.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \sdef {Basic macros for OpTeX <2021-01-08>} % loaded in format
+\_codedecl \sdef {Basic macros for OpTeX <2021-02-03>} % loaded in format
\_doc ------------------------------
\`\bgroup`, \`\egroup`, \`\empty`, \`\space`, \`\null` and \`\wlog`
@@ -12,31 +12,31 @@
\_def \_space { }
\_def \_null {\_hbox{}}
\_def \_wlog {\_immediate\_write-1 } % write on log file (only)
-
\_public \bgroup \egroup \empty \space \null \wlog ;
\_doc ------------------------------
- \`\ignoreit` ignores next token or `{<text>}`, \`\ignoresecond`
- uses first, ignores second parameter and \`\usesecond`
- ignores first, uses second parameter.
+ \`\ignoreit` ignores next token or `{<text>}`,
+ \`\useit``{<text>}` expands to `<text>` (removes outer braces),
+ \`\ignoresecond` uses first, ignores second parameter and
+ \`\usesecond` ignores first, uses second parameter.
\_cod ------------------------------
\_long\_def \_ignoreit #1{}
+\_long\_def \_useit #1{#1}
\_long\_def \_ignoresecond #1#2{#1}
\_long\_def \_usesecond #1#2{#2}
-
-\_public \ignoreit \ignoresecond \usesecond ;
+\_public \ignoreit \useit \ignoresecond \usesecond ;
\_doc ------------------------------
\`\bslash` is \"normal backslash" with category code 12.
- \`\nbb` and \`\pcent` are double backslash and normal~`%`,
- they should be used in Lua codes, for example.
+ \`\nbb` is double backslash
+ and \`\pcent` is normal~`%`.
+ They can be used in Lua codes, for example.
\_cod ------------------------------
\_edef \_bslash {\_csstring\\}
\_edef \_nbb {\_bslash\_bslash}
\_edef \_pcent{\_csstring\%}
-
\_public \bslash \nbb \pcent ;
\_doc ------------------------------
@@ -52,13 +52,12 @@
\_def \_sdef #1{\_ea\_def \_csname#1\_endcsname}
\_def \_sxdef #1{\_ea\_xdef \_csname#1\_endcsname}
\_def \_slet #1#2{\_ea\_let \_csname#1\_ea\_endcsname \_csname#2\_endcsname}
-
\_public \sdef \sxdef \slet ;
\_doc ------------------------------
\`\adef` `{<char>}{<body>}` puts the <char> as active character and defines it
as `{<body>}`. You can declare a macro with parameters too. For example
- `\adef @#1{...$1...}`.
+ `\adef @#1{...#1...}`.
\_cod ------------------------------
\_def \_adef #1{\_catcode`#1=13 \_begingroup \_lccode`\~=`#1\_lowercase{\_endgroup\_def~}}
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@
\_cod ------------------------------
\_def \_cs #1{\_csname#1\_endcsname}
-\_def \_trycs#1#2{\_ifcsname #1\_endcsname \_csname #1\_endcsname \_else #2\_fi}
+\_def \_trycs#1#2{\_ifcsname #1\_endcsname \_csname #1\_ea\_endcsname \_else #2\_fi}
\_public \cs \trycs ;
\_doc ------------------------------
@@ -83,6 +82,15 @@
\_long\_def \_addto #1#2{\_ea\_def\_ea#1\_ea{#1#2}}
\_public \addto ;
+ \_doc -----------------------------
+ \`\incr``<counter>` increases `<counter>` by one globally.
+ \`\decr``<counter>` decreases `<counter>` by one globally.
+ \_cod -----------------------------
+
+\_def\_incr #1{\_global\_advance#1by1 }
+\_def\_decr #1{\_global\_advance#1by-1 }
+\_public \incr \decr ;
+
\_doc ------------------------------
\`\opwarning` `{<text>}` prints warning on the terminal and to the log file.
\_cod ------------------------------
@@ -101,7 +109,6 @@
\_tracingparagraphs=1 \_tracingrestores=1 \_tracingscantokens=1
\_tracingifs=1 \_tracinggroups=1 \_tracingassigns=1 }
\_def\_tracingall{\_tracingonline=1 \_loggingall}
-
\_public \loggingall \tracingall ;
\_doc ------------------------------
@@ -116,6 +123,8 @@
\_endcode % -------------------------------------
+2021-02-03: \useit defined.
+2021-01-22: \trycs: \ea added in order to be able to use cs with parameters
2021-01-08: \opwarning format changed (secondly, hope that conclusively)
2020-10-12: \opwarning: line numbers added
2020-02-14: introduced
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/cite-bib.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/cite-bib.opm
index 6327877fbe..26a5b17bd4 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/cite-bib.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/cite-bib.opm
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
\_def\_nonumcitations{\_lastcitenum=0\_def\_sortcitesA{}\_def\_etalchar##1{$^{##1}$}%
\_def\_citelinkA##1{\_isdefined{_bim:##1}\_iftrue \_csname _bim:##1\_endcsname
- \_else ##1\_opwarning{\_noexpand\nonumcitations + empty bibmark. Maybe bad bib-style}\_fi}
+ \_else ##1\_opwarning{\_noexpand\nonumcitations + empty bibmark. Maybe bad bib-style}\_fi}%
}
\_def\_citelinkA{}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/doc.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/doc.opm
index 9c979e9849..ce571a9e81 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/doc.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/doc.opm
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
then use \code{\\_forwardlink\\`\\foo`}.
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_activettchar`
+\_verbchar`
\_def\`#1`{\_leavevmode\_edef\_tmp{\_csstring#1}\_iindex{\_tmp}%
\_ifcsname cs:\_tmp\_endcsname\_else \_dest[cs:\_tmp]\_fi
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/fonts-select.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/fonts-select.opm
index 69cf8909bc..9066d4fed5 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/fonts-select.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/fonts-select.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \fontfam {Fonts selection system <2020-12-12>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \fontfam {Fonts selection system <2020-01-27>} % preloaded in format
\_doc -----------------------------
\`\initunifonts` macro extends \LuaTeX's font capabalities,
@@ -19,10 +19,7 @@
\_def\_initunifonts {%
\directlua{%
require('luaotfload-main')
- print_bak = print
- print = function () end
luaotfload.main()
- print = print_bak % "print hack" until luaotfload will be corrected
}%
\_gdef\_rfskipatX ##1" ##2\_relax{"##1"}%
\_global\_let \_doresizefont=\_doresizeunifont
@@ -837,6 +834,7 @@ Luaotfload documentation for more information.
\endinput
+2021-01-27 lua hack (print function) removed because luaotfload 3.17 removes bug.
2020-12-12 \_modlist added, doc improved
2020-04-18 \_tryloadfamslocal introduced
\_fontdecl -> \_famdecl with different concept
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/hyperlinks.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/hyperlinks.opm
index 6e123596c2..5fc8a32233 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/hyperlinks.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/hyperlinks.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \ulink {Hyperlinks <2020-04-22>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \ulink {Hyperlinks <2021-01-27>} % preloaded in format
\_doc ----------------------------
\`\dest``[<type>:<spec>]` creates a destination of internal links. The
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
\_let\_dest=\_destactive \_let\_link=\_linkactive
\_def\_ilink[##1]##2{\_link[##1]{\_localcolor#1}{##2}}%
\_def\_ulink[##1]##2{\_urlactive[url:##1]{\_localcolor#2}{##2}}%
- \_public \dest \ilink \ulink ;%
+ \_public \dest \ilink \ulink \link ;%
}
\_public \hyperlinks ;
@@ -152,5 +152,6 @@ of internal links are created at the same destination place:
\_endinput
+2021-01-27 \public \link added to \hyperlinks, bug fixed.
2020-04-22 \| in \url: bug fixed
2020-03-15 introduced \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/if-macros.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/if-macros.opm
index 0e7e401558..462e496017 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/if-macros.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/if-macros.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \newif {Special if-macros, is-macros and loops <2020-05-22>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \newif {Special if-macros, is-macros and loops <2021-02-03>} % preloaded in format
\_doc ----------------------------
\secc Classical \code{\\newif}
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
\_cod ----------------------------
\_long\_def \_loop #1\_repeat{\_def\_body{#1}\_iterate}
-\_def \loop #1\repeat{\_def\_body{#1}\_iterate}
+\_long\_def \loop #1\repeat{\_def\_body{#1}\_iterate}
\_let \_repeat=\_fi % this makes \loop...\if...\repeat skippable
\_let \repeat=\_fi
\_def \_iterate {\_body \_ea \_iterate \_fi}
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
\_def\_testparam#1#2#3\_iftrue{\_ifx###1\_empty\_ea\_finbody\_else}
\_def\_finbody#1\_finbody{}
-\_def\foreach #1\do#2#{\_isempty{#2}\_iftrue
+\_long\_def\foreach #1\do#2#{\_isempty{#2}\_iftrue
\_afterfi{\_foreachA{#1}{##1}}\_else\_afterfi{\_foreachA{#1}{#2}}\_fi}
\_doc -----------------------------
@@ -147,15 +147,18 @@
\_sxdef{_frnum:\_the\_forlevel\_ea}{\_the\_frnum}%
\_global\_slet{_fbody:\_the\_forlevel}{_fbody}%
\_fi
- \_global\_advance\_forlevel by1
+ \_incr\_forlevel
}}
\_def\_getforstack{\_immediateassigned{%
- \_global\_advance\_forlevel by-1
+ \_decr\_forlevel
\_ifnum\_forlevel>0
\_global\_slet{_fbody}{_fbody:\_the\_forlevel}%
\_global\_frnum=\_cs{_frnum:\_the\_forlevel}\_space
\_fi
}}
+\_ifx\_immediateassignment\_undefined % for compatibility with older LuaTeX
+ \_let\_immediateassigned=\_useit \_let\_immediateassignment=\_empty
+\_fi
\_doc ----------------------------
User can define own expandable \"foreach" macro by
@@ -301,6 +304,7 @@
\_endcode
+2021-02-03 public version of \loop and \foreach are \long
2020-05-22 \foreach, \fornum: all settings are global, independent on TeX group
2020-05-06 \isnextchar: \let\tmp=#1 -> \let\tmp= #1 (bug fix, #1 should be space)
2020-05-02 \newif bug fix
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/languages.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/languages.opm
index 52b52f775e..ff9373b720 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/languages.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/languages.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \_mtext {Languages <2020-12-05>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \_mtext {Languages <2021-01-21>} % preloaded in format
\_doc -----------------------------
Only four words are generated by \OpTeX/ macros: \"Chapter",
@@ -110,17 +110,20 @@
itself by \code{\\"{`"`}"}. This is the reason why the sub-verbatim mode is
used when the first character is \code{\{} in the parameter.\nl
The `\"` is defined as `\_qqA\_qqB<lqq><rqq>` and `\'` as `\_qqA\_qqC<lq><rq>`.
- The \`\_qqA``\_qqB<clqq><crqq>` runs \`\_qqB``<lqq><rqq><text>"`.
+ The \`\_qqA``\_qqB<clqq><crqq>` runs \`\_qqB``<lqq><rqq><text>"`.\nl
+ The \`\_regquotes``\""<L><R>` does `\def\"#1"{<L>#1<R>}` for outlines but the `"`
+ separator is active (because `"` and `'` are active in \^`\pdfunidef`).
\_cod -----------------------------
\_def \_quoteschars #1#2#3#4{\_def\_altquotes{\_quoteschars#3#4#1#2}\_public\altquotes;%
\_protected\_def \"{\_qqA\_qqB#1#2}\_protected\_def \'{\_qqA\_qqC#3#4}%
- \_regmacro{}{}{\_def \"##1"{#1##1#2}\_def \'##1'{#3##1#4}}}
+ \_regmacro{}{}{\_regquotes\""#1#2\_regquotes\''#3#4}}
\_def\_qqA#1#2#3{\_bgroup\_setverb \_catcode`\ =10
\_isnextchar\_bgroup{\_catcode`\{=1 \_catcode`\}=2 #1#2#3}{#1#2#3}}
\_long\_def\_qqB#1#2#3"{\_egroup#1\_scantextokens{#3}#2}
\_long\_def\_qqC#1#2#3'{\_egroup#1\_scantextokens{#3}#2}
+\_def\_regquotes#1#2#3#4{\_bgroup \_lccode`~=`#2\_lowercase{\_egroup \_def#1##1~}{#3##1#4}}
\_doc -----------------------------
Sometimes should be usable to leave the markup `"such"` or `'such'` i.e.~without
@@ -128,20 +131,10 @@
by the \`\activequotes` macro and leave quotes without the first backslash.
First, declare `\<iso-code>quotes`, then \^`\altquotes` (if needed) and finally
\^`\activequotes`.
-
- \`\_resetaquotes` redefines expandable version of `\"<text>"` and `\'<text>'`
- used in outlines in order to the delimiter is {\em active} character. We
- are testing if \^`\quoteschars` were used now because the error in outlines
- can be more confusing.
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_def\_activequotes{\_adef"{\"}\_adef'{\'}\_resetaquotes}
-
-\_bgroup \_catcode`,=13 \_lccode`\~=`\" \_lccode`\,=`\' \_lowercase{\_egroup
- \_def\_resetaquotes{%
- \_bgroup \_the\_regoul \_edef\_tmp{\"?"}\_egroup % test if \quoteschar were used
- \_regmacro{}{}{\_edef\"##1~{\"##1"}\_edef\'##1,{\'##1'}}}
-}
+\_def\_activequotes{\_let\_actqq=\"\_adef"{\_actqq}\_let\_actq=\'\_adef'{\_actq}%
+ \_regmacro{}{}{\_adef"{\"}\_adef'{\'}}}
\_public \quoteschars \activequotes \enquotes \csquotes \skquotes \frquotes \plquotes
\esquotes \grquotes \ruquotes \itquotes \dequotes ;
@@ -189,6 +182,7 @@
\_endcode % -------------------------------------
+2021-01-21 more robust quotes in outlines
2020-12-05 bib phrases moved here
2020-04-29 Obrazek -> Abbildung: bug fixed
2020-03-15 introduced
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/makeindex.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/makeindex.opm
index 22b09e396b..8c58f7085c 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/makeindex.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/makeindex.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \makeindex {Makeindex and sorting <2020-04-26>} % loaded in format
+\_codedecl \makeindex {Makeindex and sorting <2021-02-01>} % loaded in format
\_doc -----------------------------
\^`\makeindex` implements sorting algorithm at \TeX/ macro-language level.
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
The characters declared in `\_ignoredchars` are ignored in the first pass
without additional condition. All characters are taken into account in
- second pass: ASCII characters with code $\lq65$ are sorted first if they
+ second pass: ASCII characters with code $\string<65$ are sorted first if they
are not mentioned in the `\_sortingdata<iso-code>` macro.
Others not mentioned characters have undefined behavior during sorting.
\_cod -----------------------------
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
\_def \_act ##1{\_ifx##1\_relax \_else
\_ifx##1,\_else \_advance\_tmpnum by1 \_lccode`##1=\_tmpnum \_fi
\_ea\_act \_fi}%
- \_tmpnum=65 \_ea\_act \_sortingdata \_relax
+ \_tmpnum=64 \_ea\_act \_sortingdata \_relax
}
\_doc -----------------------------
@@ -401,8 +401,8 @@
All other variants of indexing macros expand internally to `\iindex`.
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_def\_iindex#1{\_isempty{#1}\_iffalse\_openref{\def~{ }%
- \edef\_act{\_noexpand\_wref\_noexpand\_Xindex{{#1}{\_iitypesaved}}}\_act}\_fi}
+\_def\_iindex#1{\_isempty{#1}\_iffalse
+ \_openref{\_def~{ }\_ewref\_Xindex{{#1}{\_iitypesaved}}}\_fi}
\_public \iindex ;
\_doc -----------------------------
@@ -457,5 +457,6 @@
\_endcode % -------------------------------------
+2021-02-01 secodary sorting: start from code 65
2020-04-21 \isempty \iffalse ... \fi added to \iindex
2020-03-26 introduced
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/maketoc.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/maketoc.opm
index 84e699d67d..8dfd821640 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/maketoc.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/maketoc.opm
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \maketoc {Macros for maketoc <2020-03-12>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \maketoc {Macros for maketoc <2020-02-09>} % preloaded in format
\_doc ------------------------------------
- \`\_Xtoc` `{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}<title>` (in `.ref` file) reads the
- specified data and appends them to the \`\_toclist` as
- \^`\_tocline``{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}{<title>}{<gpageno>}{<pageno>}`
+ \`\_Xtoc` `{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}{<o-title>}<title>` (in `.ref` file) reads
+ given data and appends them to the \`\_toclist` as
+ \^`\_tocline``{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}{<o-title>}{<title>}{<gpageno>}{<pageno>}`
where:
\begitems
* `<level>`: 0 reserved, 1: chapter, 2: section, 3: subsection
* `<type>`: the type of the level, i.e. chap, sec, secc
* `<number>`: the number of the chapter/section/subsection in the format 1.2.3
+ * `<o-title>`: outlines title, if differs from `<title>`.
* `<title>`: the title text
* `<gpageno>`: the page number numbered from 1 independently of pagination
* `<pageno>`: the page number used in the pagination
@@ -25,13 +26,13 @@
\_def\_toclist{}
\_newifi \_ifischap \_ischapfalse
-\_def\_Xtoc#1#2#3{\_ifnum#1=0 \_ischaptrue\_fi
- \_addto\_toclist{\_tocline{#1}{#2}{#3}}\_scantoeol\_XtocA}
+\_def\_Xtoc#1#2#3#4{\_ifnum#1=0 \_ischaptrue\_fi
+ \_addto\_toclist{\_tocline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\_scantoeol\_XtocA}
\_def\_XtocA#1{\_addto\_toclist{{#1}}\_ea\_addto\_ea\_toclist\_ea{\_currpage}}
\_doc ------------------------------------
- \`\_tocline``{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}{<title>}{<gpageno>}{<pageno>}` prints
- the record to the table of contents. It opens group, reduces `\_leftskip`,
+ \`\_tocline``{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}{<o-title>}{<title>}{<gpageno>}{<pageno>}`
+ prints the record to the table of contents. It opens group, reduces `\_leftskip`,
`\_rightskip`, runs the \^`\everytocline` (user can customise the design of TOC
here) and runs `\_tocl:<level> {<number>}{<title>}{<pageno>}` macro.
This macro starts with vertical mode,
@@ -53,15 +54,15 @@
\_cod ------------------------------------
\_newcount \_tocrefnum
-\_def\_tocline#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\_def\_tocline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
\_advance\_tocrefnum by1
\_bgroup
\_leftskip=\_iindent \_rightskip=2\_iindent
\_ifischap \_advance\_leftskip by \_iindent \_fi
- \_def\_pgn{\_ilink[pg:#5]}%
+ \_def\_pgn{\_ilink[pg:#6]}%
\_the\_everytocline
\_ifcsname _tocl:#1\_endcsname
- \_cs{_tocl:#1}{#3}{\_scantextokens{#4}}{#6}\_par
+ \_cs{_tocl:#1}{#3}{\_scantextokens{#5}}{#7}\_par
\_fi
\_egroup
}
@@ -96,6 +97,29 @@
\_def\_tocpar{\_nobreak \_hskip-2\_iindent\_null \_par}
\_doc -----------------------------------
+ If you want a special formating of TOC with adding more
+ special lines (no generated as titles from `\chap`, `\sec`, `\secc`), you
+ can define `\addtotoc{<level>}{<type>}{<number>}{<o-title>}{<title>}` macro:
+ \begtt
+ \def\addtotoc#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \incr\_tocrefnum
+ \_dest[toc:\_the\_tocrefnum]%
+ \_ewref\_Xtoc{{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}#5}%
+ }
+ \endtt
+ and you can declare special lines (or something else)
+ as an unused level (10 in the following example):
+ \begtt
+ \sdef{_tocl:10}#1#2#3{\medskip\hbox{\Blue #2}\medskip}
+ \endtt
+ Now, users can add a blue line into TOC by
+ \begtt \catcode`\<=13
+ \addtotoc{10}{blue-line}{}{\relax}{<blue text to be added in the TOC>}
+ \endtt
+ anywhere in the document. Note that `\relax` in the fourth parameter
+ means that outline will be not generated. And second parameter
+ `blue-line` is only a comment (unused in macros).
+
\`\maketoc` prints warning if TOC data is empty, else it creates TOC by
running \^`\_toclist`
\_cod ----------------------------------
@@ -124,6 +148,7 @@
\_endcode
+2021-02-09 \thisoutline implemented
2020-04-23 \_tocpar introduced (incompatible change)
2020-04-22 \_pg -> \_pgn (incompatible change)
-2020-03-12 introduced \ No newline at end of file
+2020-03-12 introduced
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-macros.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-macros.opm
index a087d31c68..6d5278d5c2 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-macros.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-macros.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \sin {Math macros plus mathchardefs <2020-06-13>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \sin {Math macros plus mathchardefs <2021-02-04>} % preloaded in format
\_doc -----------------------------
The category code of the character `_` remains as the letter (11) and the mathocode
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
\_cod -----------------------------
\_protected\_def\_matrix#1{\_null\_thinsk
- \_edef\_stylenum{\_the\_numexpr\_mathstyle/2\_relax}%
+ \_edef\_tmpa{\_the\_numexpr \_mathstyle/4\_relax}% 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2
\_vcenter{\_matrixbaselines\_math
\_ialign{\_the\_lmfil$\_matrixstyle##$\_hfil&&\_quad\_the\_lmfil$\_matrixstyle##$\_hfil\_crcr
\_mathstrut\_crcr\_noalign{\_kern-\_baselineskip}
@@ -602,22 +602,22 @@
\_def\_matrixbaselines{\_normalbaselines \_def\_matrixstyle{}%
\_let\_matrixbaselines=\_relax % \matrix inside matrix does not change size again
- \_ifcase\_stylenum \_or \_matrixscriptbaselines \_or \_matrixscriptbaselines
+ \_ifcase\_tmpa \_or
+ \_baselineskip=.7\_baselineskip \_def\_quad {\_hskip.7em\_relax}%
+ \_let\_matrixstyle=\_scriptstyle
\_or
- \_baselineskip=.5\_baselineskip
- \_def\_quad {\_hskip.5em\_relax}%
+ \_baselineskip=.5\_baselineskip \_def\_quad {\_hskip.5em\_relax}%
\_let\_matrixstyle=\_scriptscriptstyle
\_fi
}
-\_def\_matrixscriptbaselines{\_baselineskip=.7\_baselineskip
- \_def\_quad {\_hskip.7em\_relax}\_let\_matrixstyle=\_scriptstyle
-}
\_protected\_def\_pmatrix#1{\_left(\_matrix{#1}\_right)}
\_public \matrix \pmatrix ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The \`\cases` and `\bordermatrix` macros are identical from plain \TeX/.
+ The \`\cases` and \`\bordermatrix` macros are almost identical as in plain \TeX/.
+ You can simply re-define `\bordermatrix` with other delimiters
+ using the common \`\_bordermatrixwithdelims` macro.
\_cod -----------------------------
\_protected\_long\_def\_cases#1{\_left\{\_thinsk\_vcenter{\_normalbaselines\_math
@@ -625,13 +625,14 @@
\_newdimen\_ptrenwd
\_ptrenwd=8.75pt % width of the big left (
-\_protected\_def\_bordermatrix#1{\_begingroup \_math
- \_setbox0=\_vbox{\_bordermatrixA #1\_stopbmatrix}%
+\_protected\_def\_bordermatrix{\_bordermatrixwithdelims()}
+\_def\_bordermatrixwithdelims#1#2#3{\_begingroup \_math
+ \_setbox0=\_vbox{\_bordermatrixA #3\_stopbmatrix}%
\_setbox2=\_vbox{\_unvcopy0 \_global\_setbox1=\_lastbox}%
\_setbox2=\_hbox{\_unhbox1 \_unskip\_global\_setbox1=\_lastbox}%
- \_setbox2=\_hbox{$\_kern\_wd1 \_kern-\_ptrenwd\_left(\_kern-\_wd1
+ \_setbox2=\_hbox{$\_kern\_wd1 \_kern-\_ptrenwd\_left#1\_kern-\_wd1
\_global\_setbox1=\_vbox{\_box1 \_kern.2em}%
- \_vcenter{\_kern-\_ht1 \_unvbox0 \_kern-\_baselineskip}\_thinsk\_right)$}%
+ \_vcenter{\_kern-\_ht1 \_unvbox0 \_kern-\_baselineskip}\_thinsk\_right#2$}%
\_null\_thicksk\_vbox{\_kern\_ht1 \_box2}\_endgroup}
\_def\_bordermatrixA #1\cr#2\_stopbmatrix{%
\_ialign{$##$\_hfil\_kern.2em\_kern\_ptrenwd&\_thinspace\_hfil$##$\_hfil
@@ -1054,7 +1055,10 @@
\_endcode %---------------------------------------------------
-2020=12-17 \box0->\hbox{\box0} in \_finphant and \_finsmash, see https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/574997/
+2021-02-04 \_bordermatrixwithdelims introduced.
+2021-01-23 better expession for math styles in \matrix
+2021-01-22 bad use of \_stylenum in \matrix + bad value (bug fix: \_stylenum->\_mtstylenum)
+2020-12-17 \box0->\hbox{\box0} in \_finphant and \_finsmash, see https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/574997/
2020-06-14 \borermatrix, \cases corrected
2020-06-13 \adots introduced, \matrix smaller in T mode too.
2020-06-03 \notin corrected
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-preload.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-preload.opm
index 7f6aaa6fdb..0ec9abae2f 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-preload.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-preload.opm
@@ -134,28 +134,34 @@
These parameters are given in the \`\ptmunit` unit, it is set to
1\`\ptunit` and it is set to 1\,pt by default.
\nl
- \`\_corrmsizes` should be used in the \^`\normalmath` and \^`\boldmath`
- macros if you need a size correction when a selected math family is
- loaded. It is similar to ex-height correction but for math fonts.
+ \`\_corrmsize` `<factor><space>` can be used just before
+ `\_loadmathfamily` or `\_setmathfamily`.
+ The `<factor>` is decimal number, it denotes
+ scale-factor \"size of loaded math font in `\textstyle` : size of text font".
+ You can use it in `\_normalmath` or `\_boldmath` macros if you want to do a
+ corrections (for example due to different ex-height in text and math
+ font). The `\_corrmsize` is applied only to one following
+ `\_loadmathfamily` or `\_setmathfamily`. If it is missing
+ then the `<factor>` is 1 for such math family (i.e.\ no size corrections).
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_def\_corrmsizes{\_ptmunit=1\_ptunit\_relax} % for corrections of sizes in diferent fomts
+\_def\_corrmsize#1 {\_ptmunit=#1\_ptunit} % for corrections of sizes in diferent fonts
-\_def\_loadmathfamily #1 #2 {\_chardef\_tmp#1\_corrmsizes
+\_def\_loadmathfamily #1 #2 {%
\_edef\_optsizesave{\_the\_optsize}%
\_optsize=\_sizemtext \_font\_mF=\_whichtfm{#2} at\_optsize \_textfont#1=\_mF
\_optsize=\_sizemscript \_font\_mF=\_whichtfm{#2} at\_optsize \_scriptfont#1=\_mF
\_optsize=\_sizemsscript \_font\_mF=\_whichtfm{#2} at\_optsize \_scriptscriptfont#1=\_mF
- \_optsize=\_optsizesave \_relax
+ \_optsize=\_optsizesave \_ptmunit=\_ptunit
}
-\_def\_setmathfamily #1 #2{\_let\_mF=#2\_chardef\_tmp#1\_corrmsizes
+\_def\_setmathfamily #1 #2{\_let\_mF=#2%
\_edef\_optsizesave{\_the\_optsize}%
\_optsize=\_sizemtext \_fontlet#2=#2 at\_optsize \_textfont#1=#2%
\_optsize=\_sizemscript \_fontlet#2=#2 at\_optsize \_scriptfont#1=#2%
\_optsize=\_sizemsscript \_fontlet#2=#2 at\_optsize \_scriptscriptfont#1=#2%
- \_optsize=\_optsizesave \_let#2=\_mF
+ \_optsize=\_optsizesave \_ptmunit=\_ptunit \_let#2=\_mF
}
-\_def\_setmathsizes[#1/#2/#3]{%
+\_def\_setmathsizes[#1/#2/#3]{\_ptmunit=\_ptunit
\_def\_sizemtext{#1\_ptmunit}\_def\_sizemscript{#2\_ptmunit}%
\_def\_sizemsscript{#3\_ptmunit}%
}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-unicode.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-unicode.opm
index f857deb175..680da012d6 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-unicode.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/math-unicode.opm
@@ -118,7 +118,9 @@
If the math family 1 is loaded then the family 2 and 3 are set by the same
font because \TeX/ needs to read dimension information about generating
math formulae from these three math families. All information needed by
- \TeX/ is collected in single Unicode-math font.
+ \TeX/ is collected in single Unicode-math font.\nl
+ The \^`\_corrmsize` `<factor><space>` can be used just before
+ `\_loadumathfamily`, see section~\ref[math-preload] for more information.
\_cod -----------------------------
\_def\_umathname#1#2{"#1:\_mfontfeatures#2"}
@@ -132,7 +134,7 @@
\_ifnum#1=1 \_scriptfont2=\_mF \_scriptfont3=\_mF \_fi
\_optsize=\_sizemsscript \_font\_mF=\_umathname{#2}{+ssty=1;#3} at\_optsize\_scriptscriptfont#1=\_mF
\_ifnum#1=1 \_scriptscriptfont2=\_mF \_scriptscriptfont3=\_mF \_fi
- \_optsize=\_optsizesave \_relax
+ \_optsize=\_optsizesave \_ptmunit=\_ptunit
}
\_doc -----------------------------
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/more-macros.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/more-macros.opm
index 406139b16f..d5ce88c1a6 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/more-macros.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/more-macros.opm
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
The \`\catcode` primitive is redefined here. Why?
There is very common cases like \code{\\catcode`}`<something>`
or `\catcode"<number>` but these characters
- \code{\`} or \code{"} can be set as active (typically by `\activettchar` macro).
+ \code{\`} or \code{"} can be set as active (typically by `\verbchar` macro).
Nothing problematic happens if re-defined `\catcode` is used in this case.
If you really need primitive `\catcode` then you can use `\_catcode`.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/optex.ini b/macros/luatex/optex/base/optex.ini
index 9a4aeace8e..3826ccf0e1 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/optex.ini
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/optex.ini
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
% OpTeX version
-\def\optexversion{Beta 0.19 Jan.2021}
+\def\optexversion{1.00 Feb.2021}
\def\fmtname{OpTeX}
% Engine testing:
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/others.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/others.opm
index d96edc4dba..6ff15d4332 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/others.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/others.opm
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
\_def\_lipsumload{{%
\_setbox0=\_vbox{\_tmpnum=0 % vertical mode during \input lipsum.ltd.tex
\_def\ProvidesFile##1[##2]{}%
- \_def\NewLipsumPar{\_advance\_tmpnum by1 \_sxdef{_lip:\_the\_tmpnum}}%
+ \_def\NewLipsumPar{\_incr\_tmpnum \_sxdef{_lip:\_the\_tmpnum}}%
\_opinput {lipsum.ltd.tex}%
\_global\_let\_lipsumload=\_empty
}}}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/outlines.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/outlines.opm
index d1082f9580..ad05c97edc 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/outlines.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/outlines.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \outlines {PDF outlines <2020-03-12>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \outlines {PDF outlines <2021-02-09>} % preloaded in format
\_def\_outlines#1{\_pdfcatalog{/PageMode/UseOutlines}\_openref
\_ifx\_toclist\_empty
@@ -16,13 +16,15 @@
\_toclist}% create outlines
\_fi
}
-\_def\_outlinesA#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \_advance\_count#1 by1
- \_ifcase#1\_or
- \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0}\_or
- \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1}\_or
- \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2}\_or
- \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2:\_the\_count3}\_fi
+\_def\_outlinesA#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
+ \_isequal{\relax}{#4}\_iffalse
+ \_advance\_count#1 by1
+ \_ifcase#1\_or
+ \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0}\_or
+ \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1}\_or
+ \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2}\_or
+ \_addoneol{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2:\_the\_count3}\_fi
+ \_fi
}
\_def\_addoneol#1{%
\_ifcsname #1\_endcsname
@@ -31,19 +33,21 @@
\_else \_sxdef{#1}{1}%
\_fi
}
-\_def\_outlinesB#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \_advance\_count#1 by1
- \_ifcase#1%
- \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0}{0}\_or
- \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1}{0}\_relax\_or
- \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2}{0}\_relax\_or
- \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2:\_the\_count3}{0}\_relax\_or
- \_tmpnum = 0\_relax\_fi
- \_pdfunidef\_tmp{#4}%
+\_def\_outlinesB#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
\_advance\_tocrefnum by1
- \_outlinesC{#1}{toc:\_the\_tocrefnum}{\_ifnum#1<\_outlinelevel\_space\_else-\_fi}{\_tmpnum}{\_tmp}%
+ \_isequal{\relax}{#4}\_iffalse
+ \_advance\_count#1 by1
+ \_ifcase#1%
+ \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0}{0}\_or
+ \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1}{0}\_relax\_or
+ \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2}{0}\_relax\_or
+ \_tmpnum=\_trycs{_ol:\_the\_count0:\_the\_count1:\_the\_count2:\_the\_count3}{0}\_relax\_or
+ \_tmpnum = 0\_relax\_fi
+ \_isempty{#4}\_iftrue \_pdfunidef\_tmp{#5}\_else \_pdfunidef\_tmp{#4}\_fi
+ \_outlinesC{toc:\_the\_tocrefnum}{\_ifnum#1<\_outlinelevel\_space\_else-\_fi}{\_tmpnum}{\_tmp}%
+ \_fi
}
-\_def\_outlinesC#1#2#3#4#5{\_pdfoutline goto name{#2} count #3#4{#5}\_relax}
+\_def\_outlinesC#1#2#3#4{\_pdfoutline goto name{#1} count #2#3{#4}\_relax}
\_newcount\_oulnum
\_def\_insertoutline#1{\_global\_advance\_oulnum by1
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/parameters.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/parameters.opm
index addc6e9b8e..c8df6eec49 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/parameters.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/parameters.opm
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
The \`\picdir` tokens list can include a directory where image files
(loaded by `\inspic`) are saved. Empty `\picdir` (default value) means
that image files are in the current directory (or somewhere in the \TeX/
- system where \LuaTeX/can find them). If you set a non-empty value to
+ system where \LuaTeX/ can find them). If you set a non-empty value to
the `\picdir`, then it must end by `/` character, for example
`\picdir={img/}` means that there exists a directory `img` in your
current directory and the image files are stored here.
@@ -185,10 +185,10 @@
a nonzero value then the height is given, the width is calculated. If both
parameters are non-zero, the height and width are given and the aspect
ratio of the image is (probably) broken. We recommend setting these
- parameters locally in the group where `\inspic` is used in order to not
+ parameters locally in the group where \^`\inspic` is used in order to not
influence the dimensions of other images. But there exist many
situations you need to put the same dimensions to more images,
- so you can set this parameter only once before more `\inspic` macros.
+ so you can set this parameter only once before more \^`\inspic` macros.
\_cod -----------------------------
\_newdimen\_picwidth \_picwidth=0pt \_let\picw=\_picwidth
@@ -197,21 +197,21 @@
\_doc -----------------------------
The \`\everytt` is the token list used in
- `\begtt`...`\endtt` environment and
- in the verbatim group opened by `\verbinput` macro. You can include a
+ \^`\begtt`...\^`\endtt` environment and
+ in the verbatim group opened by \^`\verbinput` macro. You can include a
code which is processed inside the group after basic settings were done
On the other hand, it is processed before the scanner of verbatim text is started.
Your macros should influence scanner (catcode settings) or printing
process of the verbatim code or both.
- The code from the line immediately after `\begtt` is processed after
- the `\everytt`. This code should overwrite `\everytt` settings. Use
- `\everytt` for all verbatim environments in your document and use a code
- after `\begtt` locally only for this environment.
+ The code from the line immediately after \^`\begtt` is processed after
+ the \^`\everytt`. This code should overwrite \^`\everytt` settings. Use
+ \^`\everytt` for all verbatim environments in your document and use a code
+ after \^`\begtt` locally only for this environment.
The \`\everyintt` token list does similar work
but acts in the in-line verbatim
- text processed by a pair of `\activettchar` characters or by `\code{<text>}`.
+ text processed by a pair of \^`\verbchar` characters or by \^`\code``{<text>}`.
You can set `\everyintt={\Red}` for example if you want in-line verbatim
in red color.
\_cod -----------------------------
@@ -222,12 +222,12 @@
\_doc -----------------------------
The \`\ttline` is used
- in `\begtt`...`\endtt` environment or in the code
- printed by `\verbinput`. If `\ttline` is positive or zero, then the
+ in \^`\begtt`...\^`\endtt` environment or in the code
+ printed by \^`\verbinput`. If `\ttline` is positive or zero, then the
verbatim code has numbered lines from `\ttline+1`. The `\ttline`
register is re-set to a new value after a code piece is printed, so next
code pieces have numbered lines continuously. If `\ttline=-1`, then
- `\begtt`...`\endtt` lines are without numbers and `\verbinput` lines
+ \^`\begtt`...\^`\endtt` lines are without numbers and \^`\verbinput` lines
show the line numbers of inputted file. If `\ttline`\code{<-1}
then no line numbers are printed.
\_cod -----------------------------
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
\_doc -----------------------------
The \`\ttindent` gives default indentation
- of verbatim lines printed by `\begtt`...`\endtt` pair or by
- `\verbinput`.
+ of verbatim lines printed by \^`\begtt`...\^`\endtt` pair or by
+ \^`\verbinput`.
\nl
The \`\ttshift` gives the amount of shift of all verbatim lines to the right.
Despite the \^`\ttindent`, it does not shift the line numbers, only
@@ -283,13 +283,13 @@
\_public \hicolors ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The default item mark used between `\begitems` and `\enditems` is the bullet.
+ The default item mark used between \^`\begitems` and \^`\enditems` is the bullet.
The \`\defaultitem` tokens list declares this default item mark.
\nl
The \`\everyitem` tokens list is applied in vertical mode
at the start of each item.
\nl
- The \`\everylist` tokens list is applied after the group is opened by
+ The \`\everylist` tokens list is applied after the group is opened by \^`\begitems`
\nl
The \`\ilevel` keeps the value of the current nesting level of the items list.
\nl
@@ -305,14 +305,14 @@
\_public \defaultitem \everyitem \everylist \listskipamount \ilevel ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The `\tit` macro includes `\vglue`\`\titskip` above the title of the document.
+ The \^`\tit` macro includes `\vglue`\`\titskip` above the title of the document.
\_cod -----------------------------
\_newskip\_titskip \_titskip=40pt \_relax % \vglue above title printed by \tit
\_public \titskip ;
\_doc ----------------------------
- The `\begmulti` `\endmulti` pair creates more columns. The parameter
+ The \^`\begmulti` and \^`\endmulti` pair creates more columns. The parameter
\`\colsep` declares the space between columns. If $n$ columns are specified
then we have $n-1$ `\colseps` and $n$ columns in total `\hsize`. This
gives the definite result of the width of the columns.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
\_public \everyii ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The \`\everymnote` is used in the `\mnote` group before `\noindent` which
+ The \`\everymnote` is used in the \^`\mnote` group before `\noindent` which
immediately precedes marginal note text.
\nl
The \`\mnotesize` is the horizontal size of the marginal notes.
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
\_public \everymnote \mnotesize \mnoteindent ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The `\table` parameters follow. The \`\thistable` tokens list
+ The \^`\table` parameters follow. The \`\thistable` tokens list
register should be used for giving an exception for only one `\table`
which follows. It should change locally other parameters of the `\table`.
It is reset to an empty list after the table is printed.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/pdfuni-string.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/pdfuni-string.opm
index f9e28582d5..25781ddfb4 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/pdfuni-string.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/pdfuni-string.opm
@@ -1,23 +1,29 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \pdfunidef {PDFunicode strings for outlines <2020-03-12>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \pdfunidef {PDFunicode strings for outlines <2021-02-08>} % preloaded in format
\_doc -----------------------------
- The \`\_octalprint` is a Lua script that prints the character code in the
- octal notation.
+ \`\_hexprint` is a command defined in Lua, that scans a number and expands
+ to its UTF-16 Big Endian encoded form for use in PDF hexadecimal strings.
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_edef\_octalprint#1#2{\_noexpand\_directlua{% #1=character-code #2=character
- if ('#2'>='A' and '#2'<='Z') or ('#2'>='a' and '#2'<='z') then
- tex.print(string.format('000\_pcent s',"#2"))
- else
- local num=#1\_pcent256
- tex.print(string.format('\_pcent 03o\_nbb\_pcent03o',(#1-num)/256,num))
- end
+\bgroup
+\_catcode`\%=12
+\_gdef\_hexprint{\_directlua{
+ local num = token.scan_int()
+ if num < 0x10000 then
+ tex.print(string.format("%04X", num))
+ else
+ num = num - 0x10000
+ local high = bit32.rshift(num, 10) + 0xD800
+ local low = bit32.band(num, 0x3FF) + 0xDC00
+ tex.print(string.format("%04X%04X", high, low))
+ end
}}
+\egroup
\_doc -----------------------------
- \`\pdfunidef``\macro{<text>}` does more things than only converting to octal notation.
+ \`\pdfunidef``\macro{<text>}` does more things than only converting to hexadecimal PDF string.
The <text> can be scanned in verbatim mode (it is true becuase \^`\_Xtoc`
reads the <text> in verbatim mode). First `\edef` do
`\_scantextokens\unexpanded` and second `\edef` expands the parameter
@@ -26,11 +32,15 @@
Then \`\_removeoutbraces` converts `..{x}..` to `..x..`.
Finally, the <text> is detokenized, spaces are preprocessed using \^`\replstring`
and then the \`\_pdfunidefB` is repeated on each character. It calls the
- `\directlua` chunk to print octal numbers in the macro \^`\_octalprint`.
+ `\directlua` chunk to print hexadecimal numbers in the macro \^`\_hexprint`.\nl
+ Characters for quotes (and separators for quotes) are activated by first
+ `\_scatextokens` and they are defined as the same non-active characters.
+ But `\_regoul` can change this definition.
\_cod -----------------------------
\_def\_pdfunidef#1#2{%
\_begingroup
+ \_catcodetable\_optexcatcodes \_adef"{"}\_adef'{'}%
\_the\_regoul \_relax % \_regmacro alternatives of logos etc.
\_ifx\_savedttchar\_undefined \_def#1{\_scantextokens{\_unexpanded{#2}}}%
\_else \_lccode`\;=\_savedttchar \_lowercase{\_prepinverb#1;}{#2}\fi
@@ -43,19 +53,17 @@
\_edef#1{\_detokenize\_ea{#1}}%
\_replstring#1{ }{{ }}% text text -> text{ }text
\_catcode`\\=12 \_let\\=\_bslash
- \_edef\_out{\\376\\377}%
+ \_edef\_out{<FEFF}
\_ea\_pdfunidefB#1^% text -> \_out in octal
\_ea
\_endgroup
- \_ea\_def\_ea#1\_ea{\_out}
+ \_ea\_def\_ea#1\_ea{\_out>}
}
\_def\_pdfunidefB#1{%
\_ifx^#1\_else
- \_tmpnum=`#1
- \_pdfunidefC{\_luaescapestring{#1}}%
+ \_edef\_out{\_out \_hexprint `#1}
\_ea\_pdfunidefB \_fi
}
-\_def\_pdfunidefC #1{\_edef\_out{\_out \\\_ea\_octalprint\_ea{\_the\_tmpnum}{#1}}}
\_def\_removeoutbraces #1#{#1\_removeoutbracesA}
\_def\_removeoutbracesA #1{\_ifx\_end#1\_else #1\_ea\_removeoutbraces\_fi}
@@ -91,22 +99,29 @@
\_endcode % --------------------------------
-There are only two encodings for PDF strings (used in PDFoutlines, PDFinfo
-, etc.). The first one is PDFDocEncoding which is one-byte encoding, but most
-Czech or Slovak characters are missing here.
+There are only two encodings for PDF strings (used in PDFoutlines, PDFinfo,
+etc.). The first one is PDFDocEncoding which is single-byte encoding, but it
+misses most international characters.
-The second encoding is PDFunicode encoding which is implemented in this file.
+The second encoding is Big Endian UTF-16 which is implemented in this file. It
+encodes a single character in either two or four bytes.
This encoding is \TeX/-discomfortable because it looks like
\begtt
-\376\377\000C\000v\000i\001\015\000e\000n\000\355\000\040\000j\000e\000\040
-\000z\000\341\000t\001\033\001\176
+<FEFF 0043 0076 0069 010D 0065 006E 00ED 0020 006A 0065 0020 007A 00E1 0074
+011B 017E 0020 0061 0020 0078 2208 D835DD44>
\endtt
-This example is the real encoding of the string "Cvičení je zátěž". You can see
-that this is UTF-16 encoding (two bytes per character) with two starting
-bytes FEFF. Moreover, each byte is encoded by three octal digits preceded by
-a backslash. The only exception is the visible ASCII character encoding: such
-a character is encoded by its real byte preceded by `\000`.
+This example shows a hexadecimal PDF string (enclosed in \code{<>} as opposed
+to the literal PDF string enclosed in `()`). In these strings each byte is
+represented by two hexadecimal characters (`0-9`, `A-F`). You can tell the
+encoding is UTF-16BE, becuase it starts with \"Byte order mark" `FEFF`. Each
+unicode character is then encoded in one or two byte pairs. The example string
+corresponds to the text \"Cvičení je zátěž a ${\rm x} ∈ 𝕄$". Notice the 4 bytes
+for the last character, $𝕄$. (Even the whitespace would be OK in a PDF file,
+because it should be ignored by PDF viewers, but \LuaTeX\ doesn't allow it.)
+\_endinput
+2021-02-08 \_octalprint -> \_hexprint
+2020-03-12 Released
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/ref-file.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/ref-file.opm
index fd7c1101d7..d594bf88c0 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/ref-file.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/ref-file.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \openref {File for references <2020-02-14>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \openref {File for references <2021-02-05>} % preloaded in format
\_doc --------------------------
The \`\_inputref` macro is used in `\everyjob`. It reads `\jobname.ref` file
@@ -34,7 +34,10 @@
the \`\_wref` `\<macro>{<data>}` is redefined in order to
save the line `\<macro><data>` to the `.ref` file using asynchronous
`\write` primitive. Finally, the `\_openref` destroys itself, because we
- need not open the file again.
+ need not open the file again.\nl
+ The `\_wref``<csname>{<params>}` does exactly `\write\_reffile{\string<csname><params>}`
+ in this case and \`\_ewref``<csname>{<params>}` does
+ `\write\_reffile{\string<csname><expanded-params>}`.
\_cod ---------------------
\_def\_openref {%
@@ -47,7 +50,8 @@
\_immediate\_write\_reffile {\_pcent\_pcent\_space OPTeX <\_optexversion> - REF file (#1)}%
\_immediate\_wref \Xrefversion{{\_REFversion}}%
}
-\def\openref{\_openref}
+\_def\_ewref #1#2{\_edef\_ewrefA{#2}\_ea\_wref\_ea#1\_ea{\_ewrefA}}
+\_def\openref{\_openref}
\_doc ----------------------
We are using the convention that the macros used in `.ref` file are named
@@ -65,7 +69,7 @@
versa.
\_cod ----------------------
-\_def\_REFversion{4} % actual version of .ref files in OpTeX
+\_def\_REFversion{5} % actual version of .ref files in OpTeX
\_def\_Xrefversion#1{\_ifnum #1=\_REFversion\_relax \_else \_endinput \_fi}
\_public \Xrefversion ; % we want to ignore .ref files generated by OPmac
@@ -107,7 +111,7 @@ The `.ref` file looks like:
\begtt \catcode`\<=13
\Xrefversion{<ref-version>}
\_Xpage{<gpageno>}{<pageno>}
-\_Xtoc{<level>}{<type>}{<text>}<title>
+\_Xtoc{<level>}{<type>}{<text>}{}<title>
\_Xlabel{<label>}{<text>}
\_Xlabel{<label>}{<text>}
...
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/references.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/references.opm
index 27e4f8d632..03c8f6955c 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/references.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/references.opm
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
\_doc ----------------------------
\`\label``[<label>]` saves the decalred label to `\_lastlabel` and
\`\wlabel``{<text>}` uses the `\_lastlabel` and activates
- `\wref\_Xlabel{<label>}{<text>}`.
+ `\_wref\_Xlabel{<label>}{<text>}`.
\_cod ----------------------------
\_def\_label[#1]{\_isempty{#1}\_iftrue \_global\_let \_lastlabel=\_undefined
@@ -39,8 +39,7 @@
\_ifx\_lastlabel\_undefined \_else
\_dest[ref:\_lastlabel]%
\_printlabel\_lastlabel
- \_edef\_tmp{{\_lastlabel}{#1}}%
- \_ea\_wref \_ea\_Xlabel \_ea{\_tmp}%
+ \_ewref \_Xlabel {{\_lastlabel}{#1}}%
\_sxdef{_lab:\_lastlabel}{#1}\_sxdef{l0:\_lastlabel}{}%
\_global\_let\_lastlabel=\_undefined
\_fi
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/sections.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/sections.opm
index 66dc9cd9e0..5e50fa3b9f 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/sections.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/sections.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \chap {Titles, chapters, sections, subsections <2020-03-28>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \chap {Titles, chapters, sections, subsections <2021-02-09>} % preloaded in format
\_doc ---------------------------
We are using scaled fonts for titles
@@ -97,7 +97,8 @@
* `\_sectionlevel=1` -- chapters (used in `\chap`)
* `\_sectionlevel=2` -- sections (used in `\sec`)
* `\_sectionlevel=3` -- subsections (used in `\secc`)
- * `\_sectionlevel=4` -- subsubsections (unused by default)
+ * `\_sectionlevel=4` -- subsubsections (unused by default, see the
+ \ulink[http://petr.olsak.net/optex/optex-tricks.html\#seccc]{\OpTeX/ trick 0033})
\enditems
\_cod --------------------------
@@ -130,7 +131,6 @@
subsections <num>.<num>. On the other hand, if chapter is used in the
document then `\_chapnum>0` and sections have numbers` <num>.<num>`
and subsections have numbers `<num>.<num>.<num>`.
-
\_cod --------------------------
\_newcount \_chapnum % chapters
@@ -152,7 +152,6 @@
\_def \_thednum {(\_the\_dnum)}
\_def\_othe #1.{\_ifnum#1>0 \_the#1.\_fi}
-\_def\_incr #1{\_global\_advance#1by1 }
\_doc ----------------------------
The \`\notoc` and \`\nonum` prefixes are implemented by
@@ -204,12 +203,11 @@
\_doc ----------------------------
The \`\_printrefnum``[<pre>@<post>]` macro is used in `\_print*` macros.
- \nl
- The \`\_wtotoc` `{<level>}{<info>}{<ref-num>}{<title-text>}`
- macro expands its parameters and does \^`\_wref`.
Note that the `<tite-text>` is `\detokenize`d before `\_wref`, so the
problem of \"fragile macros" from old \LaTeX/ never occurs.
+ This fourth parameter is not delimited by `{...}` but by end of line.
+ This gives possibility to have unbalanced braces in inline verbatim in titles.
\_cod ----------------------------
\_def \_printrefnum [#1@#2]{\_leavevmode % we must be in horizontal mode
@@ -217,12 +215,20 @@
\_wlabel \_therefnum % references, if `\label[<label>]` is declared
\_ifnotoc \_else \_incr \_tocrefnum
\_dest[toc:\_the\_tocrefnum]%
- \_wtotoc{\_the\_sectionlevel}{\_secinfo}%
- {\_therefnum}{\_detokenize\_ea{\_savedtitle}}%
+ \_ewref\_Xtoc{{\_the\_sectionlevel}{\_secinfo}%
+ {\_therefnum}{\_theoutline}\_detokenize\_ea{\_savedtitle}}%
\_fi
+ \_gdef\_theoutline{}%
}
-\_def \_wtotoc #1#2#3#4{\_edef\_tmp{{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\_ea\_wtotocA\_tmp}
-\_def \_wtotocA #1#2#3#4{\_wref\_Xtoc{{#1}{#2}{#3}#4}}
+
+ \_doc -----------------------------
+ \`\thisoutline``{<text>}` saves text to the \`\_theoutline` macro.
+ \^`\_printrefnum` uses it and removes it.
+ \_cod -----------------------------
+
+\_def\_theoutline{}
+\_def\_thisoutline#1{\_gdef\_theoutline{#1}}
+\_public \thisoutline ;
\_doc -----------------------------
The \`\_abovetitle``{<penaltyA>}{<skipA>}` and \`\_belowtitle``{<skipB>}` pair
@@ -256,7 +262,7 @@
\_def\_nbpar{{\_interlinepenalty=10000\_endgraf}}
-\_protected\_def\_nl{\_hfil\_break}
+\_protected\_def\_nl{\_unskip\_hfil\_break}
\_regmacro {\_def\_nl{\_unskip\_space}} {\_def\_nl{\_unskip\_space}} {\_def\_nl{ }}
\_regmacro {\_def\nl{\_unskip\_space}} {\_def\nl{\_unskip\_space}} {\_def\nl{ }}
@@ -321,7 +327,10 @@
\_public \secl ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The \`\caption``/<letter>` uses `\_<letter>num` counter.
+ The \`\caption``/<letter>` increases `\_<letter>num` counter,
+ edefines \`\_thecapnum` as `\_the<letter>num` and
+ defines \`\_thecaptitle` as language-dependent word using \^`\_mtext`,
+ runs the `\_everycaption<letter>` tokens register.
The group opened by `\caption` is finalized by first `\par` from
an empty line or from `\vskip` or from `\endinsert`.
The `\_printcaption<letter>` is called, it starts with
@@ -350,9 +359,9 @@
They switch to horizontal mode and use `\_wlabel\_thecapnum` (in order to
make reference and hyperlink destination) a they can use:
\begitems
- * `\_thecaptitle` ... expands to the word Table or Figure (depending on
- the current language).
- * `\_thecapnum` ... expands to `\the<letter>num` (caption number).
+ * \^`\_thecaptitle` ... expands to the word Table or Figure (depending on
+ the current language).
+ * \^`\_thecapnum` ... expands to `\the<letter>num` (caption number).
\enditems
\_cod -----------------------------
@@ -363,6 +372,15 @@
\_let \_printcaptionf = \_printcaptiont % caption of figures = caption of tables
\_doc -----------------------------
+ If you want to declare a new type of `\caption` with independent counter,
+ you can use following lines, where `\caption/a` for Algorithms are
+ declared:
+ \begtt
+ \let\_printcaptiona = \_printcaptionf \let\_everycaptiona = \_everycaptionf
+ \newcount\_anum \addto\_secx {\_anum=0 }
+ \def\_theanum {\_othe\_chapnum.\_the\_secnum.\_the\_anum}
+ \sdef{_mt:a:en}{Algorithm} \sdef{_mt:a:cs}{Algoritmus} % + your language...
+ \endtt
The default format of `\caption` text is a paragraph in block narrower by
`\_iindent` and with the last line is centered. This setting is done by
the \`\_narrowlastlinecentered` macro.
@@ -432,6 +450,8 @@
\_endcode % -------------------------------------
+2021-02-09 \thisoutline implemented
+2021-01-26 \_nl: \unskip added
2021-01-11 \secl introduced
2021-01-05 \_thednum printed in text mode in its both occurences.
2020-04-28 \_secfonts etc: \_boldify is last.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/slides.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/slides.opm
index deba85c746..5ee4346674 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/slides.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/slides.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \slideshow {Slides style for OpTeX <2020-03-19>} % loaded on demand by \slides
+\_codedecl \slideshow {Slides style for OpTeX <2021-01-16>} % loaded on demand by \slides
\_doc -----------------------------
Default margins and design is declared here.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
\_maxlayers=0
\_long\_def\_layersactive #1 #2\endlayers{%
- \_par\_egroup
+ \_par\_penalty0\_egroup
\_gdef\_layertext{#2}%
\_global\_maxlayers=#1
\_setbox\_slidepageB=\_vbox\_bgroup
@@ -232,3 +232,5 @@
The user manual of \OpTeX/ slides are in `op-slides.tex` file.
+2021-01-16 \layers at empty page raises error: problem fixed
+2020-03-19 slides introduced
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/table.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/table.opm
index 09ece437ea..d6edaff20f 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/table.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/table.opm
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \table {Basic macros for OpTeX <2020-05-26>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \table {Basic macros for OpTeX <2021-01-27>} % preloaded in format
\_doc -----------------------------
The result of the \`\table``{<declaration>}{<data>}` macro is inserted into
- `\_tablebox`. You can change default value if you want by
+ \`\_tablebox`. You can change default value if you want by
`\let\_tablebox=\vtop` or `\let\_tablebox=\relax`.
\_cod -----------------------------
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
work in special cases here like \code{`\{`} for example.
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_def\_tableB #1{\_egroup \_def\_tmpb{#1}%
+\_long\_def\_tableB #1{\_egroup \_def\_tmpb{#1}%
\_replstring\_tmpb{\crl}{\_crcr\crl}\_replstring\_tmpb{\crll}{\_crcr\crll}%
\_replstring\_tmpb{\crli}{\_crcr\crli}\_replstring\_tmpb{\crlli}{\_crcr\crlli}%
\_replstring\_tmpb{\crlp}{\_crcr\crlp}%
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@
\_doc -----------------------------
The default \"declaration letters" `c`, `l`, `r` and `p` are declared
- by setting \`\tabdeclarec`, \`\tabdeclarel`, \`\tabdeclarer` and
- \`\paramtabdeclarep` macros. In general, define
+ by setting \`\_tabdeclarec`, \`\_tabdeclarel`, \`\_tabdeclarer` and
+ \`\_paramtabdeclarep` macros. In general, define
`\def\_tabdeclare<letter>{...}` for a non-parametric
letter and `\def\_paramtabdeclare<letter>{...}` for a letter with a parameter.
The double hash `##` must be in the definition, it is replaced by a real table item data.
@@ -269,8 +269,7 @@
\_def\_crlpB#1#2-#3,{\_ifx\_end#3\_xdef\_crlplist{\_crlplist#1#2,}\_else\_crlpC#1#2-#3,\_fi}
\_def\_crlpC#1-#2-#3,{\_tmpnum=#1\_relax
\_loop \_xdef\_crlplist{\_crlplist\_the\_tmpnum,}\_ifnum\_tmpnum<#2\_advance\_tmpnum by1 \_repeat}
-\_def\_crlpD{\_global\_advance\_tmpnum by1
- \_edef\_tmpa{\_noexpand\_isinlist\_noexpand\_crlplist{,\_the\_tmpnum,}}%
+\_def\_crlpD{\_incr\_tmpnum \_edef\_tmpa{\_noexpand\_isinlist\_noexpand\_crlplist{,\_the\_tmpnum,}}%
\_tmpa\_iftrue \_kern-\_drulewidth \_tablinefil \_kern-\_drulewidth\_else\_hfil \_fi}
\_def\_tskip{\_afterassignment\_tskipA \_tmpdim}
@@ -296,7 +295,7 @@
\_public \mspan ;
\_doc -----------------------------
- The \`\vspan``{<number>}{<text>}` implementation is here.
+ The \`\vspan``<number>{<text>}` implementation is here.
We need to lower the box by
\begtt \catcode`\<=13
(<number>-1)*(\ht+\dp of \tabstrut) / 2.
@@ -305,7 +304,8 @@
then use braces.
\_cod -----------------------------
-\_def\_vspan#1#2{\_vtop to\_zo{\_hbox{\_lower \_dimexpr
+\_def\_vspan#1#2#{\_vspanA{#1#2}}
+\_def\_vspanA#1#2{\_vtop to\_zo{\_hbox{\_lower \_dimexpr
#1\_dimexpr(\_ht\_tstrutbox+\_dp\_tstrutbox)/2\_relax
-\_dimexpr(\_ht\_tstrutbox+\_dp\_tstrutbox)/2\_relax \_hbox{#2}}\_vss}}
\_public \vspan ;
@@ -511,6 +511,7 @@ after the second one.
\_endinput
+2021-01-27 \_tableB: \long\def added, \vspan syntax improved
2020-05-26 \eqbox implemented
2020-05-20 \colnum implemented.
\vspan implemented.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-codes.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-codes.opm
index 21a9b1caeb..a52a9a02cb 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-codes.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-codes.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \_ncharrmA {Uni math codes <2020-11-13>} % preloaded on demand by \loadmath
+\_codedecl \_ncharrmA {Uni math codes <2021-02-03>} % preloaded on demand by \loadmath
\_doc -----------------------------
The control sequences for `\alpha`, `\beta` etc are redefined here.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
}
\_catcode`#=14
\_everypar={\_setbox0=\_lastbox \_par \_p}
- \_input mathclass.opm
+ \_setbox0=\_vbox{\_input mathclass.opm }
\_endgroup
\_doc -----------------------------
@@ -170,7 +170,9 @@
\_begingroup % \input unimath-table.opm (it is a copy of unicode-math-table.tex):
\_def\UnicodeMathSymbol #1#2#3#4{%
- \_global\_Umathcharnumdef#2=\_Umathcodenum#1\_relax
+ \_ifnum#1=\_Umathcodenum#1 % the code isn't set by mathclass.opm
+ \_global\_Umathchardef#2=0 1 #1 \_global\_Umathcode#1=0 1 #1
+ \_else \_global\_Umathcharnumdef#2=\_Umathcodenum#1 \_fi
\_ifx#3\_mathopen \_gdef#2{\_Udelimiter 4 1 #1 }\_fi
\_ifx#3\_mathclose \_gdef#2{\_Udelimiter 5 1 #1 }\_fi
\_ifx#3\_mathaccent \_gdef#2{\_Umathaccent fixed 7 1 #1 }\_fi
@@ -187,10 +189,21 @@
\_mit % default math alphabets setting
+% hyphen character is transformed to minus:
\_Umathcode `- = 2 1 "2212
-%\_Umathcode`: = 3 1 "3A % mathclass defines it as 6 1 "3A (punctuation)
+
+% mathclass defines : as Punct, plain.tex as Rel, we keep mathclass,
+% i.e. there is difference from plain.tex, you can use $f:A\to B$.
+
\_let\{=\lbrace \_let\}=\rbrace
+% mathclas defines ! as Ord, plain.tex as Close
+\_Umathcode `! = 5 1 `! % keep plain.tex declaration
+\_Umathchardef \mathexclam = 5 1 `!
+% mathclas defines ? as Punct, plain.tex as Close
+\_Umathcode `? = 5 1 `? % keep plain.tex declaration
+\_Umathchardef \mathquestion = 5 1 `?
+
\_protected\_def \_sqrt {\_Uradical 1 "0221A }
\_protected\_def \_cuberoot {\_Uradical 1 "0221B }
\_protected\_def \_fourthroot {\_Uradical 1 "0221C }
@@ -241,6 +254,20 @@
\_global\_Umathcode `/ = 0 1 `/ % mathclass says that / is Bin, Plain TeX says that it is Ord.
+% compressed dots in S and SS styles (usable in \matrix when it is in T, S and SS style)
+\_protected\_def \vdots {\_relax \_ifnum \_mathstyle>3 \_unicodevdots \_else \_vdots \_fi}
+\_protected\_def \ddots {\_relax \_ifnum \_mathstyle>3 \_unicodeddots \_else \_ddots \_fi}
+\_protected\_def \adots {\_relax \_ifnum \_mathstyle>3 \_unicodeadots \_else \_adots \_fi}
+
+% Unicode superscripts (²) and subscripts as simple macros with \mathcode"8000
+\_bgroup
+ \_def\_tmp#1#2{\_global\_mathcode#1="8000 \_lccode`\~=#1 \_lowercase{\_gdef~}{#2}}
+ \_fornum 0..1 \_do {\_tmp{"207#1}{{^#1}}}
+ \_tmp{"B2}{{^2}}\_tmp{"B3}{{^3}}
+ \_fornum 4..9 \_do {\_tmp{"207#1}{{^#1}}}
+ \_fornum 0..9 \_do {\_tmp{"208#1}{{_#1}}}
+\_egroup
+
\_doc -----------------------------
Aliases are declared here. They are names not mentioned in the `unimath-table.opm` file
but commonly used in \TeX.
@@ -379,7 +406,7 @@
\ldotp \cdotp \bullet \triangleleft \trianglerigt \mapstochar \rightarrow
\prime \lhook \rightarrow \leftarrow \rhook \triangleright \triangleleft
\Relbar \Rightarrow \relbar \rightarrow \Leftarrow \mapstochar
- \longrightarrow \Longleftrightarrow \vdots \ddots ;
+ \longrightarrow \Longleftrightarrow \unicodevdots \unicodeddots \unicodeadots ;
\_endcode
@@ -398,6 +425,9 @@ for technical details about Unicode-math.
\_endinput
History:
+2021-02-03 Unicode superscripts, subscripts declared
+2021-01-31 Mathcode of ! ? set to Close, codes undeclared in mathclass set correctly
+2021-01-23 Compressed \vdots, \ddots, \adots in script(script)style.
2020-11-13 Bug fix: \colon declared
2020-06-13 Umathcode of / declared as in Plain TeX
2020-06-07 \_itgreek \_itGreek, \_rmgreek \_rmGreek etc. introduced, names changed
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-table.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-table.opm
index 066f57d352..252c1fc26a 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-table.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/unimath-table.opm
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
% Only \ddots, \adots and \vdots are called differently:
% \unicodeddots, \unicodeadots and \unicodevdots
+% \mathquestion: Ord -> Close (because plain.tex declares it as Close)
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"00021}{\mathexclam }{\mathclose}{exclamation mark}%
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"00023}{\mathoctothorpe }{\mathord}{number sign}%
@@ -20,7 +21,7 @@
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0003C}{\less }{\mathrel}{less-than sign r:}%
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0003D}{\equal }{\mathrel}{equals sign r:}%
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0003E}{\greater }{\mathrel}{greater-than sign r:}%
-\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0003F}{\mathquestion }{\mathord}{question mark}%
+\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0003F}{\mathquestion }{\mathclose}{question mark}%
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"00040}{\mathatsign }{\mathord}{commercial at}%
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0005B}{\lbrack }{\mathopen}{left square bracket}%
\UnicodeMathSymbol{"0005C}{\backslash }{\mathord}{reverse solidus}%
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/base/verbatim.opm b/macros/luatex/optex/base/verbatim.opm
index dc701c96eb..8fd20ee531 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/base/verbatim.opm
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/base/verbatim.opm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% This is part of the OpTeX project, see http://petr.olsak.net/optex
-\_codedecl \begtt {Verbatim <2020-11-13>} % preloaded in format
+\_codedecl \begtt {Verbatim <2021-01-22>} % preloaded in format
\_doc ----------------------------
The internal parameters
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@
\_def\_setverb{\_catcodetable\_verbatimcatcodes }%
\_doc ----------------------------
- \`\activettchar``<char>` saves original catcode of previously declared `<char>` (if
+ \`\verbchar``<char>` saves original catcode of previously declared `<char>` (if
such character was declared) using \`\_savedttchar` and \`\_savedttcharc`
values. Then new such values are stored. The declared character is activated
by `\_adef` as a macro (active character) which opens a group,
does `\_setverb` and other settings and reads its parameter until second the same
character. This is done by the \`\_readverb` macro. Finally, it prints scanned
- `<text>` by \^`\_printinverbatim` and closes group. Suppose that `\activettchar"` is
+ `<text>` by \^`\_printinverbatim` and closes group. Suppose that `\verbchar"` is
used. Then the following work is schematically done:
\begtt
\_def "{\_begingroup \_setverb ... \_readverb}
@@ -75,14 +75,15 @@
deactivates it.
\_cod ----------------------------
-\_def\_activettchar#1{%
+\_def\_verbchar#1{%
\_ifx\_savedttchar\_undefined\_else \_catcode\_savedttchar=\_savedttcharc \_fi
\_chardef\_savedttchar=`#1
\_chardef\_savedttcharc=\_catcode`#1
\_adef{#1}{\_begingroup \_setverb \_adef{ }{\_dsp}\_ttfont \_the\_everyintt\_relax \_readverb}%
\_def\_readverb ##1#1{\_printinverbatim{##1}\_endgroup}%
}
-\_public \activettchar ;
+\_let \_activettchar=\_verbchar % for backward compatibility
+\_public \verbchar \activettchar ;
\_doc ----------------------------
\`\begtt` is defined only as public. We don't need a private `\_begtt` variant.
@@ -158,7 +159,7 @@
\_cod ----------------------------
\_def\_printverb #1^^J#2{%
- \_ifx\_printverblinenum\_relax \_else \_global\_advance\_ttline by1 \_fi
+ \_ifx\_printverblinenum\_relax \_else \_incr\_ttline \_fi
\_testcommentchars #1\_relax\_relax\_relax
\_iftrue
\_ifx\_end#2 \_printcomments\_fi
@@ -269,7 +270,7 @@
\_ttskip
\_isnextchar\_par{}{\_noindent}%
}
-\_def\_vireadline{\_read\_vifile to \_tmp \_global\_advance\_viline by1 }
+\_def\_vireadline{\_read\_vifile to \_tmp \_incr\_viline }
\_def\_visaveline{\_ea\_addto\_ea\_tmpb\_ea{\_tmp}}
\_public \verbinput ;
@@ -362,6 +363,7 @@
\_endinput
History:
+2020-01-22 ... \activettchar changed to \verbchar
2020-12-30 ... \secc followed by \begtt must be unbreakable
2020-11-13 ... \commentchars implemented
2020-04-22 ... \ttshift introduced
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-demo.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-demo.tex
index c116682e59..e17b2f0b2f 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-demo.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-demo.tex
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
\typosize[9/10.5] % 9pt font / 10.5pt baselineskip
\parindent=10pt % typesetting parameters
\hyperlinks \Blue\Blue % active hyperlinks
-\activettchar` % in-text verbatim by `...`
+\verbchar` % in-text verbatim by `...`
\everyintt={\Red} % in-text verbatim Red
\enquotes % use \"text" for English quotation
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ can be added if you need to refer to a figure.
\sec Verbatim
In-text verbatim is surrounded by the character declared
-by `\activettchar` sequence. The listing can be surrounded
+by `\verbchar` sequence. The listing can be surrounded
by `\begtt` and `\endtt` sequences
\begtt
This is verbatim.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-slides.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-slides.tex
index 8c9bca24fc..45b65fb657 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-slides.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/demo/op-slides.tex
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
\hyperlinks\Blue\Blue % hyperlinks are used in the title page
\backgroundpic{op-slides-bg.png} % background picture
-\activettchar` % inline verbatim
+\verbchar` % inline verbatim
\enquotes % English quotes \"..."
\slideshow %------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/omls.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/omls.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f161f151d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/omls.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,832 @@
+\fontfam[lm]
+
+\adef<#1>{\ifcsname s:#1\endcsname
+ \link[s:#1]{}{\Blue$\langle$\hbox{\it#1\/}$\rangle$}%
+ \else {\Blue$\langle$\hbox{\it#1\/}$\rangle$}\fi}
+\everyintt={\catcode`<=13 \Red}
+\verbchar`
+\enlang
+\enquotes
+
+\def\r[#1]{\label[#1]\wlabel{\the\_itemnum}}
+\def\:{$\to$}
+\let\_narrowlastlinecentered=\ignoreit
+\_def\_printsecc#1{\_par
+ \_abovetitle{\_penalty-200}{\_medskip\_smallskip}
+ {\_seccfont \_noindent \_raggedright \_printrefnum[@\_quad]%
+ \_label[\the\_secnum.\the\_seccnum]\wlabel{\the\_secnum.\the\_seccnum}#1\_nbpar}%
+ \_nobreak \_belowtitle{\_medskip}%
+ \_firstnoindent
+}
+\def\.`{\bgroup\catcode`\ =12 \scancs}
+\def\scancs#1{\egroup
+ \immediate\_wref\Xknowncs{\string#1{\the\_secnum.\the\_seccnum}}%
+ \ea`\string#1%
+}
+\def\printcs#1{\ea\printcsred\csstring#1;~\ref[#1] \ }
+\def\printcsred,#1;{{\Red\tt \bslash#1}}
+\def\printknowncs{\ifx\knowncslist\undefined \let\knowncslist=\empty \fi
+ \ifx\knowncslist\empty TeX me again...\else
+ \_dosorting\knowncslist \ea\xargs \ea\printcs \knowncslist;\fi}
+
+\def\~`<#1>`{<#1>\sxdef{s:#1}{}\dest[s:#1]}
+
+\refdecl{
+ \def\knowncslist{}^^J
+ \def\Xknowncs#1#2{%
+ \sxdef{,\csstring#1}{#2}%
+ \global\ea\addto\ea\knowncslist\ea{\csname,\csstring#1\endcsname}%
+ }
+}
+\sdef{_item:c}{\pdfsave\llap{\pdfscale{1.3}{1.3}$\circ$\enspace}\pdfrestore}
+
+%\parindent=15pt \iindent=\parindent \ttindent=\parindent
+%\ttindent=0pt
+\everylist={\advance\ttindent by-1em}
+\hyperlinks \Green \Green
+\def\cskip{\par\nobreak}
+\def\begblock{\medskip\hbox\bgroup\vrule\vbox\bgroup\hrule\smallskip
+ \_fnset\leftskip=\parindent \rightskip=\parindent \medskip\noindent}
+\def\endblock{\medskip\hrule\egroup\vrule\egroup}
+
+\def\raggedright{\rightskip=10pt plus1fil\relax}
+\def\optexmanual{\ulink[http://petr.olsak.net/ftp/olsak/optex/optex-doc.pdf]{\OpTeX/ manual}}
+
+\titskip=1cm
+
+\hfill Version 0.1
+
+\tit \OpTeX/ Markup Language Standard
+
+{\it\hfil Petr Olšák, 2021}\bigskip
+
+The \OpTeX/ markup language standard (OMLS) declares a list of control
+sequences used in \OpTeX/ documents including their syntax and sematic. The
+listed control sequences in OMLS in section~\ref[listcs] in table~\ref[alistcs]
+are called {\it known} and other control sequences are {\it unknown}.
+
+The main reason for OMLS is to give instructions on how to program convertors
+from \OpTeX/ documents to another formats (Html, Markdown, \LaTeX/) or how
+to interpret the \OpTeX/ document sources in such applications as
+{\tt texcount} or text editors\fnote
+{We suppose advanced editor features: color highlighting, sections/chapters folding,
+ auto-completions, etc.}.
+These converters and applications are called {\it cnv-programs} in this document.
+
+We suppose that if you need absolute control over the typography of the
+document when it is converted to PDF pages, then you use \OpTeX/ itself. If
+you need to create other formats of the same document then you can use a
+cnv-program which accepts OMLS. The result is a document without
+typographical instructions like dimensions of pages, margins, paginations
+and headers, selection of a font-family, dimensions of the fonts, etc.\ You can
+imagine the result of such a conversion as a single Html page where more
+typographical features can be controlled in a different way, for example by
+an external CSS file. This is a reason why control sequences like `\fontfam` or
+`\margins` are ignored by cnv-programs.
+
+Obviously, \TeX/ and \OpTeX/ itself gives possibility to declare various
+input formats for various purposes. Sometimes (in very special cases) there
+exists a good reason to declare a different and special input format by
+\TeX/ macros. But if the source of the document respects the OMLS then it is
+reasonably transformable to other formats by cnv-programs. We hope that
+OMLS-ready documents cover a very large set of typical documents used these
+days.
+
+We suppose that cnv-programs work internally with strings of source lines
+without tokenization. This is one of the great differences in processing the
+document directly by \OpTeX/ and using a cnv-program. The second difference is
+that the expansion process of macros is not implemented in cnv-programs in
+its full range. We respect that the result of cnv-programs will be different
+than from processing directly by \OpTeX/. But this is not a bug, this is
+the feature. We concentrate on the fixed syntax and sematic given by OMLS of the
+\OpTeX/ document and we throw behind the head the typographical
+exactness of the document which can be done only directly by \TeX/ (and it is
+exactly described in \TeX/book, for example).
+
+\notoc\nonum\sec Table of contents
+
+\begmulti 2
+\maketoc
+\endmulti
+\vfil\break
+
+\sec Syntactical rules
+
+The syntactical elements are described as strings here. No \TeX/'s tokenization is
+taken into account. The rule with a smaller number has precedence.
+
+\begitems \style n
+* end of line or end of file \: \~`<eol>`.\r[eol]
+* `%%:` at beginning of the line \: \~`<cnv-declarator>`, see section~\ref[cnv-decl].
+* `<cnv-declarator><text><eol>` is interpreted specially.
+* space or a tab-character \: \~`<space>`.
+* non-empty sequence of `<space>`s \: \~`<spaces>`.\r[spcs]
+* an empty line or a line only with `<spaces>` \: \~`<empty-line>`.
+* a character `a`--`z` or `A`--`Z` \: \~`<letter>`.
+* a `<letter>` or `_` \: \~`<specletter>`.
+* a character different from previous rule or `<eol>` or `<spaces>` \: \~`<non-specletter>`
+* `\<non-specletter>` \: \~`<singlechar-control-sequence>`.\r[scs]
+* a non-empty sequence of `<specletter>`s \: \~`<letters-seq>`.
+* `\<letters-seq><non-specletter>` \: \~`<multiletter-control-sequence>``<non-specletter>`.
+* `%<text><eol>` \: `<comment>` and it is completely ignored including `<eol>`.\r[com]
+* `<spaces>` at beginning of the line marks that the line as {\it indented}.
+* `<spaces>` at beginning of the line \: are ignored.\r[bspace]
+* `<spaces><eol>` or `<eol>` \: `<spaces>`.\r[eolrm]
+* `<multileter-control-sequence><spaces>` \: `<multileter-control-sequence>`.\r[csspace]
+* `<multiletter-control-sequence>` or `<singlechar-control-sequence>` \: \~`<control-sequence>`.\r[cs]
+* `<spaces>` \: `<space>`.\r[sspace]
+* `~` \: non-breakable space.
+* text where all pairs `{` and `}` match at arbitrary level \: \~`<balanced-text>`.\r[balt]
+* `{<balanced-text>}` can be interpreted as a parameter of a `<control-sequence>`, see section~\ref[listcs].
+* The `{` alone not used by previous rule opens a group and the `}` alone closes the same group.\r[group]
+* There are two main modes: h-mode, v-mode\fnote
+ {this is great simplification of real \TeX/ modes.}.
+ The document processing starts in v-mode.
+* In v-mode: a `<non-space>` character or a control sequence listed
+ in table~\ref[vtohmode] swithes to h-mode.
+* In h-mode: an `<empty-line>` or a control sequence listed in table~\ref[htovmode] switches to v-mode.\r[htov]
+* The switching from v-mode to h-mode \: a paragraph begins.
+* The switching from h-mode to v-mode \: the current paragraph ends.
+* `$<text>$` or `$$<text>$$` \: process `<text>` in math-mode, see section~\ref[math].
+* a non-empty sequence of digits with optional `+` or `-` in the front \: \~`<number>`.
+* `<number>` with optional dot inside the sequence of digits \: \~`<decimal-number>`.
+* a pair of letters listed in the table~\ref[tex-units] \: \~`<tex-unit>`.
+* optional space, i.e.\ `<space>` or nothing \: \~`<o-space>`.
+* `<decimal-number><o-space><tex-unit><o-space>` \: \~`<dimen>`.
+* `<control-sequence>` not listed in table~\ref[alistcs] nor in configuration \: \~`<unknown-control-sequence>`.\r[unkncs]
+* `=<o-space>` or `<o-space>` \: \~`<o-equal>`.
+* `<unknown-control-sequence><o-equal><dimen>` \: should be completely ignored.\r[eqdim]
+* `<unknown-control-sequence><o-equal><number>` \: should be completely ignored.
+* `<unknown-control-sequence>=<o-space>{<balanced-text>}` \: should be completely ignored.
+* `<unknown-control-sequence>[<balanced-text>]` \: should be completely ignored.\r[ibkt]
+* `<unknown-control-sequence>` \: should be ignored.\r[ignore]
+* `<control-sequence>`s are processed as described in section~\ref[listcs] or
+ by a configuration of the cnv-program.
+\enditems
+
+\bigskip
+\label[vtohmode]\caption/t
+List of control sequences which switch from v-mode to h-mode.
+\cskip
+\begblock
+`\`<space>,
+`\hfil`,
+`\hfill`,
+`\hskip`,
+`\hss`,
+`\indent`,
+`\leavevmode`,
+`\noindent`,
+`\quad`,
+`\qquad`,
+`\vrule`.
+\endblock
+
+\bigskip
+\label[htovmode]\caption/t
+List of control sequences which switch from h-mode to v-mode.
+\cskip
+\begblock
+`\begblock`,
+`\begitems`,
+`\begmulti`,
+`\begtt`,
+`\bib`,
+`\bigskip`,
+`\bye`,
+`\caption`,
+`\chap`,
+`\cskip`,
+`\end`,
+`\endblock`,
+`\enditems`,
+`\endmulti`
+`\hrule`,
+`\medskip`,
+`\par`,
+`\sec`,
+`\secc`,
+`\secl`,
+`\smallskip`,
+`\vfil`,
+`\vskip`.
+\endblock
+
+\bigskip
+\label[tex-units]\caption/t
+List of \TeX/ units.
+\cskip
+\begblock
+`bp`,
+`cc`,
+`cm`,
+`dd`,
+`em`,
+`ex`,
+`in`,
+`mm`,
+`pc`,
+`pt`,
+`sp`.
+\endblock
+
+\nonum\secc Examples
+
+\begitems
+* `\%` is `<control-sequence>` by rules \ref[scs], \ref[cs]. It does not start
+ comment, because rule \ref[scs] has precedence before rule \ref[com].
+* `\%<space>`: the `<space>` is kept, but `\foo<space>`: the space is removed
+ by rule~\ref[csspace].
+* `wordA<spaces><eol><spaces>wordB` is `wordA<space>wordB` by rules~\ref[bspace],
+ \ref[eolrm], and~\ref[sspace].
+* `\kern-3pt` should be ignored, because `\kern` is `<unknown-control-sequence>` and rule
+ \ref[eqdim] is applied.
+* `\vskip42mm` should finalize paragraph in h-mode by rule~\ref[htov] and then it
+ is ignored by rule~\ref[eqdim] because `\vskip` is
+ `<unknown-control-sequence>` not listed in table~\ref[alistcs].
+* `\typosize[12/16]` is ignored by rule~\ref[ibkt].
+* `\foo{text}` is `{text}` (i.e. `text` in a group) by rules~\ref[ignore] and~\ref[group].
+\enditems
+
+\sec Scanning parameters
+
+If a control sequence listed in rules above or in the section~\ref[listcs]
+has a parameter, the parameter is scanned
+as a string with interpretation only those rules which are needed to
+determine the boundary of the parameters. For example `\tit <title><eol>`
+applies only rule~\ref[eol] during scanning the parameter, i.e.\ `<title>`
+is a string telemetered by the end of the line or the end of the file.
+Or `\fnote{<balanced-text>}` applies only rule~\ref[balt].
+
+If the parameter is in the format `{<something>}` then the `<something>` is
+always meant as `<balanced-text>`. We don't specify the type `<balanced-text>`
+explicitly here, so we refer to `\fnote{<text>}` and not
+`\fnote{<balanced-text>}`, for example.
+
+The spaces before the scanned parameter are optional
+and they are ignored. Spaces inside `{`...`}` are not ignored.
+
+If the parameter is in the format `{<something>}` and the first non-space
+character is not `{` then the parameter is this first non-space character or
+a `<control-sequence>` if the first non-space character is~`\`. For example
+`\fnote a` is equal to `\fnote{a}`. The difference from this rule is given
+for `\input`, `\verbinput`,`\inspic` and `\inkinspic` control sequences in
+section~\ref[listcs].
+
+If the parameter is scanned as a string already then
+all syntactical rules are applied when it is used. For example:
+\begtt
+\tit This is a title
+\endtt
+the parameter is scanned as `This is a title` and the rules~\ref[spcs]
+and~\ref[sspace] are applied when it is used.
+
+
+\sec Declaration and text parts of the document
+
+A typical \OpTeX/ document has two parts. A declaration part, where
+macros are defined by `\def` and friends, fonts and sizes are declared, etc.
+This part should be ignored by cnv-programs.
+The second part includes the document text with a markup using well-declared control
+sequences. The cnv-program has to interpret the second part.
+
+So, the cnv-program starts in declaration-skipping mode and it switches to
+the text mode later.
+
+When cnv-program is in declaration-skipping mode then all indented lines are
+ignored. And lines which begins by `}` or by a <control-sequence> not listed
+in table~\ref[textopen] are ignored too.
+
+If the line begins by a character other than `}` or by a <control-sequence>
+listed in table~\ref[textopen] then cnv-program switches to text mode. All
+texts are interpreted from this line including this one.
+
+User can say explicitly where the second part of the document starts by
+`%%:text` given at beginning of a line. Moreover, if `%%:decl` is given at
+beginning of a line, then all text between `%%:decl` and `%%:text` is
+ignored, only other possible `<cnv-declarator>`s are processed here.
+It means that the declaration part and the text part of the document can be
+simply determined by the pair `%%:decl` and `%%:text`.
+
+\bigskip
+\label[textopen]\caption/t
+List of control sequences which start the text mode.
+\cskip
+\begblock \raggedright
+`\address`,
+`\begblock`,
+`\begitems`,
+`\begmulti`,
+`\begtt`,
+`\bf`,
+`\bi`,
+`\bib`,
+`\caption`,
+`\cite`,
+`\clipinoval`,
+`\clipincircle`,
+`\ecite`,
+`\fnote`,
+`\frame`,
+`\hfil`,
+`\hfill`,
+`\ii`,
+`\iid`,
+`\incircle`,
+`\inkinspic`,
+`\inoval`,
+`\inspic`,
+`\it`,
+`\LaTeX`,
+`\LuaTeX`,
+`\maketoc`,
+`\mnote`,
+`\OpTeX`,
+`\putpic`,
+`\puttext`,
+`\rcite`,
+`\rm`,
+`\rotbox`,
+`\sec`,
+`\secc`,
+`\secl`,
+`\table`,
+`\TeX`,
+`\tit`,
+`\usebib`,
+`\verbinput`.
+\endblock
+
+
+\sec[cnv-decl] The `%%:` declarators
+
+The `%%:` declarators are ignored when the document is processed by \TeX/
+but they can give instructions to cnv-programs. The `%%:` must be placed at
+beginning of the line. The list of `%%:` declarators follows:
+
+\begitems
+* `%%:decl` -- the following text is ignored until `%%:text` occurs. Only
+ other `%%:` declarators are interpreted.
+* `%%:text` -- the following text must be interpreted in text mode.
+* `%%:to <format> <config-file>` -- if the cnv-program converts to the
+ <format> then it has to use the <config-file>. For example:
+ \begtt
+ %%:to html html-mydocument.cfg
+ %%:to markdown markdown-mydocument.cfg
+ %%:to latex preamble-mydocument.cfg
+ \endtt
+ The language of the config files are not a part of this standard, we
+ suppose something to be natural for used cnv-program. The config file should
+ give additional rules for interpreting control sequences not listed in the
+ section~\ref[listcs] (see rule~\ref[unkncs]). For example a tool for
+ defining a behavior of unknown control sequences can be here.
+ These definitions can depend on the converted document and on the output
+ format and they can be given in the configuration files.
+* `%%:app <application> <config-file>` -- behaves like `%%;to` but the
+ cnv-program name instead output format is given here.
+* `%%:do <format-or-app> <action>` -- does an `<action>` if `<format-or-app>`
+ is output format or used cnv\hbox{-}program name. The `<action>` syntax depends
+ on used cnv-program and it typicaly does a change in its configuration or
+ give a command to it.
+* `%%:skip <formats-or-apps>` -- ignores all following lines until another `%%:` occurs
+ if the output format or application name is included in the `<formats-or-apps>`
+ space-separated list. Example:
+ \begtt
+ %%:skip html markdown
+ This text is not interpreted when Html or Markdown output is generated.
+ %%:
+ \endtt
+ If the `<formats-or-apps>` is empty then the `%%:skip` is applied for
+ each cnv-program and for each output.
+* `%%:if <formats-or-apps>` -- processes following lines until another `%%:`
+ only if the output format or application name is included in the
+ `<formats-or-apps>` space-separated list. Other cnv-programs or output formats
+ not mentioned here skip these lines. Note that \TeX/ processes such lines always.
+ But you can use `\ignoreit{<text>}` which is processed as
+ `{<text>}` by cnv-programs (see rule~\ref[ignore]) but it is ignored by \OpTeX.
+ Example:
+ \begtt
+ %%:if html latex
+ \ignoreit{\input{file.tex}}
+ %%:
+ \endtt
+ The `file.tex` in this example is processed only if \LaTeX/ or Html output is generated.
+* `%%:use` -- the next single line is fully interpreted unless cnv-program ignores
+ declarations by `%%:decl` or because it is in declaration-skipping mode.
+ Example:
+ \begtt
+ %%:use
+ \verbchar` \picdir={img/}
+ \endtt
+ The example shows how cnv-program is able to read `\verbchar` or
+ `\picdir` settings in the declaration\hbox{-}skipping mode although these control
+ sequences are not listed in table~\ref[textopen].
+* `%%:quotes <qql> <qqr> <ql> <qr>` -- declares \~`<qql>` and \~`<qqr>` (left
+ and right double quotation marks), \~`<ql>` and \~`<qr>` (left and right single
+ quotation mark). They are used when `\"` or `\'` control sequences are
+ processed. Default: unset, i.e.\ `\"` and `\'` are interpreted as
+ unknown control sequences.
+\enditems
+
+
+\sec[listcs] List of known control sequences
+
+The phrase \"should be" is used very often when the interpretation of
+control sequences is declared here. It means that this is only a common
+interpretation, but differences are possible due to the type of the output
+format and used cnv-program. For example, when we convert to \LaTeX\, then
+`\-` and `\/` are not ignored but they are re-written without change to the
+output of the \LaTeX/ source file.
+
+\bigskip
+\label[alistcs]
+\caption/t List of known control sequences alphabeticaly sorted.
+\cskip
+\begblock
+\raggedright \printknowncs
+\endblock
+
+
+\secc Character-like control sequences
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\%`, \.`\$`, \.`\&`,\.`\#` respectively \: should be normal characters
+ `%`, `$`, `&`, `#` respectively.
+* \.`\bslash` \: normal character `\`.
+* \.`\space`, `\<space>`, `\<eol>` \: space.
+* `\,` \: should be small space or space.
+* \.`\quad`, \.`\qquad` \: should be bigger space or more spaces.
+* \.`\-`, \.`\/` \: should be ignored.
+* \.`\"<text>"` or \.`\'<text>'` \: `<clqq><text><crqq>` or `<clq><text><crq>`,
+ only if `%%:quotes` are set.
+\enditems
+
+\secc Input files
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\input {<file-name>}` or `\input <file-name><space>` should redirect the
+ input to given file. At the end of the input-ed file or at \.`\endinput` the
+ reading of the current file continues. The file is read from the current
+ directory, but the <file-name> should include the full path to the file
+ or relative path starting from the current directory. First, the file
+ `<file-name>.tex` is tried to read and if it doesn't exist then
+ the file `<file-name>` is read.
+* \.`\picdir <o-equal>{<text>}` saves `<text>` to `<picdir-value>`. By
+ default, `<picdir-value>` is empty.
+* \.`\inspic {<file-name>}` or `\inspic <file-name><space>` should include the
+ given picture from the `<picdir-value><file-name>`.
+* \.`\inkinspic {<file-name>}` or `\inkinspic <file-name><space>` behaves like
+ `\inspic`.
+* \.`\verinput <ignore> (<lines>) <file-name><space>` should include the
+ <file-name> (only given lines) as a verbatim text, i.\,e. without any
+ syntactical interpretation.
+* \.`\usebib/<letter> (<style>) <file-names>` should use files from
+ `<file-names>` to generate the list of bib references. The `<file-names>`
+ is comma separated list (the `.bib` extension is appended to
+ each such file name). Only cited bib records should be used in this
+ bib-references, i.e. their label must be used in a `\cite[<labels>]` or
+ `\rcite[<labels>]` or `\ecite[<label>]`.
+ What bib fields are used in bib records depends on the cnv-program and
+ on its configuration. Maybe, simple cnv-programs should generate nothing here.
+\enditems
+
+\secc Titles
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\tit <title><eof>` should be a title of the document.
+* \.`\chap <title><eof>` or `\chap [<label>] <title><eof>` is the title of
+ first level.
+* \.`\sec <title><eof>` or `\sec [<label>] <title><eof>` is the title of
+ second level.
+* \.`\secc <title><eof>` or `\secc [<label>] <title><eof>` is the title of
+ third level.
+* \.`\secl<level> <title><eof>` is the title of given level.
+\enditems
+
+\secc Fonts
+
+\.`\rm` selects upright normal font (it is selected by default), \.`\it` selects
+italic, \.`\bf` selects upright bold font, \.`\bi` selects bold italic and
+\.`\tt` selects a monospaced font, \.`\em` select italic (if upright is current) or upright
+(if italic is current). The font sizes or other font features are typically ignored
+by cnv-programs. The actual font selection is closed at the end of the current group.
+The groups are given:
+\begitems
+* explicitly by `{` and `}` characters (which are not delimiters of
+ parameters of known control sequences),
+* implicitly: parameters of control sequences listed in table~\ref[groupcs]
+ are processed in a group and blocks of text enclosed by
+ `\begitems`...`\enditems`, `\begblock`...`\endblock`, `\begmulti`...`\endmulti`
+ are processed in a group.
+ Each item in `\table` is in a group.
+\enditems
+
+\label[groupcs]
+\caption/t Parameters of following control sequences are processed in a group.
+\cskip
+\begblock
+`\caption`,
+`\chap`,
+`\fnote`,
+`\mnote`,
+`\sec`,
+`\secc`,
+`\tit`.
+\endblock
+
+\secc Colors
+
+\.`\Red`, \.`\Green`, \.`\Blue`, \.`\Cyan`, \.`\Magenta`, \.`\Yellow`, \.`\White`,
+\.`\Black`, and \.`\Brown` should select the given color of the font. The selection
+is closed at the end of the current group (like font selectors).
+
+\secc Blockquotes
+
+The blockquote\fnote
+{The terminology is borrowed from Markdown.}
+is opened by \.`\begblock` and closed by \.`\endblock`.
+Blockquotes can contain multiple paragraphs and can contain nested
+blockquotes.
+
+\secc Lists
+
+The list is opened by \.`\begitems` and closed by \.`\enditems`. The `*` starts
+a new item in this environment. Nested lists are allowed.
+
+The type of items (ordered/unordered)
+is given by \.`\style <character>`, see section 1.4.5 in the
+\optexmanual. Default type is unordered (bullets are used).
+
+
+\secc Code blocks (verbatim texts)
+
+Code blocks are inline verbatim or display verbatim.
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\begtt <ignored><eol><text>\endtt<ignored><eol>` processes `<text>` in
+ \"display verbatim mode", i.\,e. there are no special characters, each character
+ is processed without special interpretation, the <eol>s are end of lines.
+ The text at the same line after `\begtt` and after `\endtt` (if any) is
+ ignored.
+* \.`\verbchar <character>` declares `<verbchar>`. By default, it is undeclared.\nl
+ New `\verbchar <character>` rewrites previous setting. The setting is
+ local in the group.
+* Inline verbatim is enclosed in the pairs of `<verbchar>`s.
+ The text between two `<verbchar>`s is processed without special interpretation.
+ Only possibly <eol>s are replaced by space.
+ Example:
+ \begtt
+ %%:use
+ \verbchar`
+ Now, `$this %text ~\` is processed as inline verbatim.
+ \endtt
+ gives: Now, `$this %text ~\` is processed as inline verbatim.
+* \.`\code{<text>}` processes `<text>` like inline verbatim, but
+ all `\<character>` are processed as `<character>`, specially `\{` and `\}`
+ are `{` and `}` but without taking them into `<balanced-text>` rule,
+ `\\` is `\` but do not create a `<control-sequence>`, etc.
+\enditems
+
+
+\secc Multiclolumns
+
+\.`\begmulti <number><space>` opens the group and \.`\endmulti`
+closes the group. If output format allows multi-columns then
+the text enclosed between `\begmulti <number><space>` and matching
+`\endmulti` should be printed in `<number>` balanced columns.
+
+
+\secc Links
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\url{<text>}` creates `<text>` as an external link which points to `<text>`.
+ The `\<character>` is interpreted as `<character>` in `<text>` with one
+ exception: `\|` is ignored.
+* \.`\ulink[<url>]{<text>}` creates `<text>` as an external link which points
+ to `<url>`. The `\<character>` is interpreted as `<character>` only in
+ `<url>` parameter.
+* \.`\label[<label>]` sets the `<label>`. First following occurence of `\chap`, `\sec`,
+ `\secc`, `\caption` or `\eqmark` sets this `<label>` as bounded to its
+ position in the document.
+* \.`\ref[<label>]` should create an internal link to the position given by
+ `\chap`, `\sec`, `\secc`, `\caption` or `\eqmark`,
+ if `[<label>]` is used as the parameter of this control sequence
+ else if `<label>` is bounded here by previous `\label[<label>]`
+ The visual aspect of the link
+ is not declared by OMLS because we don't suppose that the chapters,
+ sections, equations, etc.\ are automatically numbered by exactly the same way as in
+ \OpTeX/. A recommendation should be: create a simple sequence of numbers over
+ all internal links.
+* \.`\pgref[<label>]` should be replaced by `??` if cnv-program generates single-page
+ output (like Html, Markdown). Unfortunately, we get the irrelevant phrases in the output:
+ \"{\tt The problem is shown at the page ??}".
+ Users can declare `%%:skip` for such cases.
+* \.`\bib[<label>]` or `\bib[<label>]<o-space>=<o-space>{<ignored>}` should open the new bib
+ record. More exactly, it closes previous paragraph (if h-mode is current)
+ and opens new h-mode. Then prints an auto-generated reference number in
+ `[...]`. Following text is interpreted as a bib record until the h-mode ends.
+* \.`\cite[<labels>]` should create internal links to corresponding bib
+ records generated by `\usebib` or by `\bib`. The `<labels>` is a comma-separated list
+ of labels used in `.bib` files or in `\bib` commands to indicate
+ the corresponding bib record. The labels should be replaced by auto-generated
+ reference numbers used in bib records. All reference numbers created by
+ single `\cite` should be enclosed by single `[...]`. These numbers are
+ internal links. If the cnv-program does not implement this complicated
+ bib machinery then `\cite[<labels>]` should print only `[<labels>]`.
+* \.`\rcite[<labels>]` does the same as `\cite[<labels>]` but doesn't print
+ outer `[...]`.
+* \.`\ecite[<label>]{<text>}` creates the link to corresponding bib record,
+ `<text>` is is hyperlinked (no the auto-generated reference number).
+* \.`\maketoc` should create a list of titles from all `\chap`, `\sec` and `\secc`
+ used in the document if they are not preceded by \.`\notoc`. All lines in
+ this list should include internal links to the position where the corresponding title
+ is used.
+\enditems
+
+\secc Tables
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\caption/<letter>` opens a caption. More exactly, if current mode is
+ h-mode, then switch to v-mode first (i.e.\ close the current paragraph).
+ Then switch from v-mode to h-mode and put a <caption-head>. The following
+ text should be interpreted as the caption text until h-mode ends.
+ If <letter> is `t` then <caption-head> is `Table` followed
+ by an auto-generated number. If the <letter> is `f` then <caption-head> is
+ `Figure` followed by an auto-generated number. The configuration of
+ cnv-programs shoud allow different words than default `Table` or `Figure` (for
+ example, if another language is used).
+* \.`\table<ignored>{<declaration>}{<data>}` should create a table. The fidelity
+ rate of created output depends heavily on the used cnv-program and the output
+ format. We don't suppose that all aspects of \OpTeX/ tables are implemented.
+ The following features are listed in their priority of implementation.
+ \begitems \style c
+ * Items in `<data>` are separated by `&`.
+ The last item in each row is separated by end-row separator: \.`\cr`, \.`\crl`, \.`\crll`,
+ \.`\crli`, \.`\crlli`, or \.`\crlp{<list>}`. If there are $n$ columns in
+ the table then we have $n-1$ `&` separators and one end-row separator
+ for each table row.
+ There can be an optional end-row separator at the first item in `<data>` and
+ it should be ignored. The `<data>` can end without the end-row separator, it
+ should be added here.
+ * Spaces around `&` and before end-row separator are ignored.
+ * \.`\noalign{<text>}` and \.`\tskip <dimen>` should be ignored.
+ * Colum declarators in <declaration> should be interpreted: `l` (left aligned), `c` (center
+ aligned), `r` (right aligned) or `p{<ignored>}` (paragraph-like item).
+ * The `<number><letter>` or `<number>{<text>}` should be interpreted as
+ `<number>`-times repeated `<letter>` or `<text>` in `<declaration>`.
+ * \.`\vspan<decimal-number>{<text>}` should be an item with only `<text>`.
+ * \.`\mspan<number>[<decl>]{<text>}` should create `<text>` as an item which
+ spans over `<number>` columns. It is used instead `<number>` real
+ items, i.e.\ `<number>`$-1$ separators `&` aren't used here.
+ * Rules in the table should be interpreted, i.e. `|` in <declaration>
+ should be not ignored and
+ various end-row separators should be distinguished (see \optexmanual,
+ section 1.4.6).
+ * The aligning of `p{<p-data>}` columns should be interpreded by reading
+ \.`\fL`, \.`\fR`, \.`\fC`, \.`\fS` and \.`\fX` control sequences in `<p-data>`.
+ See \optexmanual, section 1.4.6.
+ \enditems
+\enditems
+
+\secc Footnotes, marginal notes
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\fnote{<text>}` should create a footnote link as an auto-generated
+ reference number.
+ The `<text>` should be appended at the end of the document labeled by this
+ reference number. Another alternative (for Html output, for example): the mouse over
+ the reference number riases an auto-popup `<text>`.
+* \.`\fnotemark<number>` should create a pointer to a next declared
+ footnote as auto-generated reference number. The `<text>` of the footnote is
+ declared after that by \.`\fnotetext{<text>}`. Exact behavior: if the
+ reference number of the last processed `\fnote` is $n$ then
+ `\fnotemark<number>` uses the value
+ $n+{}$`<number>` as its reference number. A set of `\fnotemark`s
+ is followed by an equally large set of `\fnotetext{<text>}`. First one
+ have reference number $n+1$, second $n+2$, etc. When whole set of `\fnotetext{<text>}`
+ is processed then $n$ is reset to the last reference number used here.
+* \.`\mnote <ignored>{<text>}` should be created as auto-popup `<text>` or the `<text>`
+ is inserted at the margin.
+\enditems
+
+\secc Tagging for index
+
+We don't suppose that the cnv-program can generate the alphabetically sorted
+index. So, the markup for creating the index should be ignored:
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\ii <word><space>` (where `<word>` is a sequence of non-space characters)
+ should be ignored.
+* \.`\iid <word><space>` is `<word><space>` by default, but
+ if `,` or `.` follows after `<space>` then the `<space>` is removed.
+\enditems
+
+\secc Logos
+
+\.`\TeX`, \.`\LuaTeX`, \.`\OpTeX`, \.`\LaTeX`, respectively \:
+`TeX`, `LuaTeX`, `OpTeX`, `LaTeX`, respectively. If `/` follows
+these control sequences then it is ignored. Other logos should be declared
+in the configuration of the cnv-program.
+
+\secc What should be ignored
+
+\begitems
+* \.`\def<text>{<text>}` and other variants with \.`\gdef`, \.`\edef`, \.`\xdef`.
+ Reason: user can insert a special definition in the `%%:text` part of the
+ document in order to solve a problem. But cnv-program should ignore~it.
+* \.`\outlines{<text>}`, \.`\insertoutline{<text>}` and \.`\thisoutline{<text>}`.
+\enditems
+
+
+\sec[math] Math mode processing
+
+There are two math modes, inline: `$<formula>$` or display: `$$<formula>$$`.
+We suppose that `<formula>` will be processed by MathJax or similar
+software. So, the `<formula>` should be kept without changes in cnv-program
+output, but there are exceptions:
+
+\begitems
+* `$<sign><decimal-number>$` should be transformed to non-math text
+ `<sign><decimal-number>`. The `<sign>` is~`+` or~`-` or nothing.
+ The `<decimal-number>` can include `,` (comma) instead `.` (period).
+ If the `<sign>` is~`-` (character U+002D) then
+ it must be converted to `−` (character U+2212, math minus).
+* `{\bbchar <text>}` should be converted to `\mathbb{<text>}`, because
+ MathJax doesn't understand `\bbchar`. `$\bbchar <text>$` should be
+ converted to `$\mathbb{<text>}$`.
+* `{\frak <text>}` or `$\frak <text>$` \:
+ `\mathfrak{<text>}` or `$\mathfrak{<text>}$`.
+* `{\script <text>}` or `$\script <text>$` \:
+ `\mathscr{<text>}` or `$\mathscr{<text>}$`.
+* `\eqmark`, `\eqmark[<label>]` \: `\leqno (<num>)`, where `<num>` is
+ auto-generated number. Or it should be completely ignored.
+* It is strongly recommended to allow users to declare another replacement
+ rules over `<formula>` in configuration files of cnv-programs.
+\enditems
+
+
+\sec Notes on various conversions
+
+The cnv-programs behave differently because output formats have different
+concepts and are intended for different purposes. The following sections
+mention the main differences for typical conversions.
+
+\secc To Html
+
+The Html document is one single page. If we want to split the document to more
+pages, then we can use `%%:do html <action>` in positions where the document
+should be split (the syntax of `<action>` depends on the used cnv-program.)
+
+The design of Html pages should be declared by CSS files.
+
+Pictures inserted by `\inspic` should be inserted into the Html page as
+\code{<img src="...">}, so the picture files must be installed in
+the webserver to render the Html page correctly in a web browser.
+
+The `\maketoc` used in the \OpTeX/ document means that the Table of contents should
+be here. It should be generated by the cnv-program, two-pass processing is
+needed because the cnv-program needs to read all titles of `\chap`, `\sec` and
+`\secc`. Another approach is to read the `.ref` file produced by \OpTeX/.
+
+
+\secc To Markdown
+
+Markdown source file is \"one-page document" too. The principles a
+re similar to conversion to Html.
+
+\secc From Markdown
+
+The cnv-program which does such a reverse conversion should be very useful for
+people they prefer even clearer markup than in \OpTeX/.
+
+\secc To \LaTeX
+
+\LaTeX/ gives the same main feature as \OpTeX/: it can generate PDF
+output from a source file. But different macros, a different concept, and
+a different markup are used.
+
+The main reason for such conversion is that journal editors
+require \LaTeX/ source file, but user want to prepare their real document in
+more comfortable (\OpTeX/) markup and with more simple macros.
+
+This conversion should keep almost all features. For example, the
+`\pgref[<label>]` is converted to `\pageref{<label>}`. The cnv-program
+needs not to generate a Table of contents, bibliography references, etc. Only
+appropriate \LaTeX/ markup must be used.
+
+The contents of generated \LaTeX/ preamble should be configurable.
+
+
+\secc From \LaTeX
+
+The reverse conversion from \LaTeX/ to \OpTeX/ can be usable
+for people, they want to switch to creating their documents in \OpTeX/.
+
+The cnv-program must solve additional problem in this type of conversion.
+There are various math \LaTeX/ environments, they must be converted to
+plain~\TeX/ syntax of math typesetting. For example:\nl
+`\begin{array}...\end{array}` \: `\matrix{...}`,\nl
+`\begin{align*}...\end{align*}` \: `$$\eqalign{...}$$`\nl
+`\frac{...}{...}` \: `{...\over...}`.
+
+\bye
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.pdf b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.pdf
index aacd564a60..4bd55547cb 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.tex
index 4ce127f903..f8fcc45ca0 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-doc.tex
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
\tit Format Based on Plain \TeX/ and OPmac\fnotemark1
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\hfill Version 0.19
+\hfill Version 1.00
\centerline{\it Petr Olšák, 2020, 2021}
@@ -92,6 +92,8 @@ document \ulink[http://petr.olsak.net/ftp/olsak/optex/tex-nutshell.pdf]
\notoc\nonum \sec Contents
\maketoc
+\thisoutline {USER DOCUMENTATION}
+
\chap User documentation
\input optex-userdoc
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-math.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-math.tex
index c36459f74e..2fd21af218 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-math.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-math.tex
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
\def\new #1 {\mnote{\Red$\blacktriangleleft$\,\sans\setfontsize{at9pt}\rm#1}}
\fixmnotes\right
\enquotes
-\activettchar`
+\verbchar`
\catcode`\<=13
\def<#1>{$\langle\hbox{\it#1\/}\rangle$}
\everyintt={\catcode`\<=13 }
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
\tit Typesetting Math with \OpTeX/
-\hfill Version 02, October 2020
+\hfill Version 03, January 2021
\author Petr Olšák
@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ $$ \eqalignno{
\secc[fams] Math families
-\TeX/can use more than one math font in math mode. This was a
+\TeX/ can use more than one math font in math mode. This was a
necessity in the old days when only 128-characters fonts existed.
Each math font used in math mode has its \ii math/family {\em math family} represented by a number.
Math family is a collection of three (almost) equal fonts in three sizes:
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-techdoc.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-techdoc.tex
index 2c0a71cc27..4ae25a9c7e 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-techdoc.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-techdoc.tex
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
\load [doc.opm]
+\thisoutline {TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION}
+
\chap Technical documentation
This documentation is written in the source files `*.opm` between
diff --git a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-userdoc.tex b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-userdoc.tex
index 8f2fe4d3d3..899b1d55aa 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-userdoc.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/optex/doc/optex-userdoc.tex
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ The \^`\url` macro prints its parameter in \~`\tt` font and creates a potential
breakpoints in it (after slash or dot, for example). If the \^`\hyperlinks`
declaration is used then the parameter of \^`\url` is treated as an external URL link.
An example: `\url{http://www.olsak.net}` creates \url{http://www.olsak.net}.
-The characters \code{\%}, `\`, `#`, `{` and `}` have to be protected by
+The characters \code{\%}, `\`, `#`, `{`, and `}` have to be protected by
backslash in the \^`\url` argument, the other special characters `~`,
`^`, `&` can be written as single character\fnote
{More exactly, there are the same rules as for `\code` command, see
@@ -663,6 +663,8 @@ If the linked text have to be different than the URL, you can use
`\ulink[http://petr.olsak.net/optex]{\OpTeX/ page}`
outputs to the text
\ulink[http://petr.olsak.net/optex]{\OpTeX/ page}.
+The characters \code{\%}, `\`, `#`, `{`, and `}` must by escaped in
+the <url> parameter.
The PDF format provides {\em outlines} which are notes placed in the special frame of
the PDF viewer. These notes can be managed as a structured and hyperlinked
@@ -683,6 +685,11 @@ the main level~0. These entries can be placed before the table of contents (crea
by \^`\outlines`) or after it. Their hyperlink destination is in the place
where the \^`\insertoutline` macro is used.
+The command \^`\thisoutline{<text>}` uses <text> in the outline instead of default
+title text for the first following `\chap`, `\sec`, or `\secc`.
+Special case: \^`\thisoutline{\relax}` doesn't create any outline for the following
+`\chap`, `\sec`, or `\secc`.
+
\secc Lists
%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -768,9 +775,9 @@ These letters can be combined by the `|` character (vertical line). Example
July & yacht & k\$ 170 \crl}
\endtt
%
-generates the following result:
+generates the result:
-\medskip
+\vskip-\medskipamount
\noindent\hfil\table{||lc|r||}{ \crl
Month & commodity & price \crli \tskip2pt
January & notebook & \$ 700 \cr
@@ -902,29 +909,28 @@ You can use this for creating tables like in the following example:
& Exclusive & \mspan3[c|]{} &\mspan3[c|] X \crl
\vspan2{II} & Informal & \mspan3[c|] X &\mspan3[c|] X \crlp{2-8}
& Formal & \mspan6[c|] X \crl
- \vspan2{III} & Informal & \vspan2 O & X & X &\mspan2[c|] X & \vspan2 O \crlp{2,4-7}
+ \vspan2{III} & Informal & \vspan2{O} & X & X &\mspan2[c|] X & \vspan2{O} \crlp{2,4-7}
& Formal & &\mspan4[c|] X & \crl
}}\pdfrestore}
\hangindent=-7.5cm \hangafter=0
-The <number> parameter of \^`\vspan` must be one-digit number.
-If you want to set more digits then use braces.
-You can use non-integer values too if you feel that the
-result is better, for example \^`\vspan{2.1}{text}`.
+You can use \^`\vspan` with non-integer parameter too if you feel that the
+result looks better, for example \^`\vspan2.1{text}`.
\hangindent=-7.5cm \hangafter=0
The rule width of tables and implicit width of all `\vrule`s and `\hrule`s
can be set by the command \^`\rulewidth=<dimen>`. The default value given
by \TeX/ is 0.4\,pt.
+\hangindent=-7.5cm \hangafter=-2
The `c`, `l`, `r` and `p` are default \"declaration letters" but you can define
more such letters by `\def\_tabdeclare<letter>{<left>##<right>}`.
More about it is in technical documentation in section~\ref[table.impl].
-See the definition of the \^`\tabdeclarec` macro, for example.
+See the definition of the \^`\_tabdeclarec` macro, for example.
The `:` columns boundary declarator is described in section~\ref[table.bound].
The tables with given width can be declared by `to<size>` or `pxto<size>`.
-More about it is in section~\ref[table.w]
+More about it is in section~\ref[table.w].
Many tips about tables can be seen on the site
\url{http://petr.olsak.net/optex/optex-tricks.html}.
@@ -935,7 +941,7 @@ The display verbatim text have to be surrounded by the \^`\begtt` and
\^`\endtt` couple.
The in-line verbatim have to be tagged (before and after)
by a character which is declared by
-\^`\activettchar``<char>`. For example \code{\\activettchar`}
+\^`\verbchar``<char>`. For example \code{\\verbchar`}
declares the character \code{`}
for in-line verbatim markup.
And you can use \code{`\\relax`} for
@@ -974,7 +980,7 @@ the parameter of \^`\everytt` is read. So you don't have to worry about active
categories in this parameter.
There is an alternative to \^`\everytt` named \^`\everyintt` which is used for
-in-line verbatim surrounded by an \^`\activettchar` or processed by the \~`\code`
+in-line verbatim surrounded by an \^`\verbchar` or processed by the \~`\code`
command.
The \^`\everytt` is applied to all \^`\begtt...`\^`\endtt` environments (if it is not
@@ -997,7 +1003,7 @@ Each occurrence of ? will be changed to ! and vice versa.
@
\endtt
-The in-line verbatim surrounded by an `\activettchar` doesn't work in
+The in-line verbatim surrounded by a \^`\verbchar` doesn't work in
parameter of macros and macro definitions. (It works in titles declared by
\~`\chap`, \~`\sec` etc. and in \~`\fnote`s, because these macros are
specially defined in \OpTeX/).
@@ -1556,10 +1562,11 @@ coordinates `<x>`, `<y>`. More exactly the left edge of its baseline is at that
position.
\new
-The \^`\putpic` `<x> <y> <width> <height> {<image>}` puts the `<image>` of given
+The \^`\putpic` `<x> <y> <width> <height> {<image-file>}` puts an image
+given by `<image-file>` (including extension) of given
`<width>` and `<height>` at given position (its left-bottom corner).
-You can write \^`\nospec` instead `<width>` or `<height>` if this parameter is
-not given.
+You can write \^`\nospec` instead `<width>` or `<height>` if this parameter
+is not specified.
\sec Others
%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -1795,7 +1802,7 @@ put it as the first command in your document:
~endblock' % end of block of text
~begtt' % start a verbatim text
~endtt' % end verbatim text
-~activettchar' X % initialization character X for in-text verbatim
+~verbchar' X % initialization character X for in-text verbatim
~code' % another alternative for in-text verbatim
~verbinput' % verbatim extract from the external file
~begmulti' num % start multicolumn text (num columns)
@@ -1873,7 +1880,8 @@ documentation.
\^`\foreach` `<list>\do <parameters>{<what>}` is exapandable loop over <list>.\nl
\^`\foreachdef` `\macro <parameters>{<what>}` declares expandable `\macro` as loop over <list>.\nl
\^`\fornum` `<from>..<to>\do {<what>}` is expanadable loop with numeric variable.\nl
-\^`\ignoreit` `<one>`, \^`\ignoresecond` `<one><two>`, \^`\usesecond` `<one><two>` ignores parameters.\nl
+\^`\incr` `<counter>` increases and \^`\decr` `<counter>` decreases `<counter>` by one globally.\nl
+\^`\ignoreit` `<one>`, \^`\ignoresecond` `<one><two>` ignores given parameter.\nl
`\expandafter` \^`\ignorept` `\the<dimen>` expands to decimal number <dimen> without `pt`.\nl
\~`\isempty`, \~`\istoksempty`, \~`\isequal`, \~`\ismacro`, \~`\isdefined`, \~`\isinlist`
\~`\isfile`, \~`\isfont` do various tests. Example: \~`\isinlist\list{<text>}\iftrue` does
@@ -1899,6 +1907,7 @@ documentation.
\^`\slet` `{<stringA>}{<stringB>}` behaves like `\let\<stringA>=\<stringB>`\nl
\^`\sxdef` `{<string>}<parameters>{<body>}` behaves like `\xdef\<string><parameters>{<body>}`.\nl
\^`\trycs`` {<string>}{<text>}` expands `\<string>` if it is defined else expands <text>.\nl
+\^`\useit` `<one>`, \^`\usesecond` `<one><two>` uses given parameter.\nl
\^`\wlog`` {<text>}` writes <text> to .log file.\nl
\^`\wterm`` {<text>}` writes <text> to the terminal and .log file.\nl
\^`\xargs`` <what> <token> <token> ... ;` repeats <what><token> for each <token>.\nl
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/INSTALL.txt b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/INSTALL.txt
index 30a096fb97..23e69ebe1f 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/INSTALL.txt
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/INSTALL.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
texnegar -- INSTALL
======================
- Source: texnegar.dtx (2021-01-31 v0.1d)
+ Source: texnegar.dtx (2021-02-09 v0.1e)
Author: Hossein Movahhedian
Info: filecontents + macro + verbatim
License: LPPL 1.3c
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-texnegar.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-texnegar.pdf
index 1a2a98538c..49c7460249 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-texnegar.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-texnegar.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-xep.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-xep.pdf
index abe4facd9e..8cb68fb7f3 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-xep.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-ligature-xep.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-glyph.pdf
index 9461731e02..4cc8fcee48 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-hrule.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-hrule.pdf
index 25e9856e58..36c0969903 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-hrule.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-hrule.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-xep.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-xep.pdf
index e1dbc20a38..4cbeccc931 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-xep.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/doc-samples-xep.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.ltx b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.ltx
index 6b38d66e34..124d153bef 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.ltx
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.ltx
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
}
}
-\date{Released \quad 2021-01-31 \quad v0.1d}
+\date{Released \quad 2021-02-09 \quad v0.1e}
\definecolor{HMhighlightBlueI}{rgb}{0,0,1}
\definecolor{HMhighlightbgYellowII}{rgb}{1,1,1}
@@ -535,6 +535,12 @@ I also would like to thank the developer teams of TeX's friends especially LaTeX
fonts other than \textsf{HM Series} and \textsf{Adobe Arab}.
\end{Itemize}
+\SubSecItem{2021-02-09~v0.1e}
+\begin{Itemize}
+ \item Fixed the problem of inserting the kashida before the diacritical marks. Now, after stretching,
+ the diacritical marks appear before kashida.
+\end{Itemize}
+
\section*{To Do's}
To do
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.pdf
index 75a809b26d..fcf76c2da5 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-glyph.pdf
index 38f55ce7ae..453573d8c2 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-glyph.pdf
index d2175bb022..6f6bd2823e 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-hrule.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-hrule.pdf
index 245750465a..222eb78108 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-hrule.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-luatex-leaders-hrule.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-glyph.pdf
index b27a5a2d23..f4ca7ba05f 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-glyph.pdf
index 8ebdff53b3..0cbd1edd49 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-hrule.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-hrule.pdf
index e45da3f31f..dd10b46f26 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-hrule.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-bidi-leaders-hrule.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-glyph.pdf
index 16a3d0bac9..dce968d0d8 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-glyph.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-glyph.pdf
index b76e2e3e15..8359e4ca0f 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-glyph.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-glyph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-hrule.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-hrule.pdf
index db2648da2d..09b90cf079 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-hrule.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar-xetex-xepersian-leaders-hrule.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.dtx b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.dtx
index 40a5baef1c..1024a64dce 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.dtx
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.dtx
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ make time to fix.
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released \quad 2021-01-31 \quad v0.1d}
+% \date{Released \quad 2021-02-09 \quad v0.1e}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ make time to fix.
\RequirePackage{newverbs}[2010/09/02]
\RequirePackage{environ}[2014/05/04]
-\ProvidesExplPackage {texnegar} {2021-01-31} {0.1d} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
+\ProvidesExplPackage {texnegar} {2021-02-09} {0.1e} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
\sys_if_engine_luatex:T
{
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ make time to fix.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*texnegar-luatex-sty>
-\ProvidesExplPackage {texnegar-luatex} {2021-01-31} {0.1d} { Full implementation of kashida feature in xetex and luatex }
+\ProvidesExplPackage {texnegar-luatex} {2021-02-09} {0.1e} { Full implementation of kashida feature in xetex and luatex }
\tex_input:D { texnegar-ini.tex }
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ make time to fix.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*texnegar-xetex-sty>
\RequirePackage{zref-savepos}[2020-03-03]
-\ProvidesExplPackage {texnegar-xetex} {2021-01-31} {0.1d} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
+\ProvidesExplPackage {texnegar-xetex} {2021-02-09} {0.1e} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
\tex_input:D { texnegar-ini.tex }
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ make time to fix.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*texnegar-ini-tex>
-\ProvidesExplFile {texnegar-ini.tex} {2021-01-31} {0.1d} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
+\ProvidesExplFile {texnegar-ini.tex} {2021-02-09} {0.1e} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
\def\TeXNegar{\TeX Negar}
@@ -653,6 +653,7 @@ make time to fix.
\bool_if:NF \l_texnegar_minimal_bool
{
+ \directlua{dofile(kpse.find_file("luatex-tools.lua"))}
\input texnegar-luabidi.tex
}
@@ -663,7 +664,7 @@ make time to fix.
% \subsection{File: \texttt{texnegar-common-kashida.tex}}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*texnegar-common-kashida-tex>
-\ProvidesExplFile {texnegar-common-kashida.tex} {2021-01-31} {0.1d} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
+\ProvidesExplFile {texnegar-common-kashida.tex} {2021-02-09} {0.1e} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
\bool_if:NT \l_texnegar_ligature_bool
{
@@ -740,7 +741,7 @@ make time to fix.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*texnegar-xetex-kashida-tex>
-\ProvidesExplFile {texnegar-xetex-kashida.tex} {2021-01-31} {0.1d} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
+\ProvidesExplFile {texnegar-xetex-kashida.tex} {2021-02-09} {0.1e} { Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX }
\newXeTeXintercharclass \c_texnegar_d_charclass % dual-joiner class
\newXeTeXintercharclass \c_texnegar_l_charclass % lam
@@ -961,8 +962,8 @@ make time to fix.
-- local texnegar_char_table = texnegar_char_table
-- texnegar_char_table.module = {
-- name = "texnegar_char_table",
--- version = "0.1d",
--- date = "2021-01-31",
+-- version = "0.1e",
+-- date = "2021-02-09",
-- description = "Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX",
-- author = "Hossein Movahhedian",
-- copyright = "Hossein Movahhedian",
@@ -975,6 +976,31 @@ make time to fix.
-- texnegar_char_table.warning = warn or (function (s) luatexbase.module_warning("texnegar_char_table", s) end)
-- texnegar_char_table.error = err or (function (s) luatexbase.module_error("texnegar_char_table", s) end)
+local peCharTableDiacritic = {
+ [1611] = utf8.char(1611), -- "ً", utf8.codepoint("ً") == 1611, "\u{064B}", ARABIC-FATHATAN
+ [1612] = utf8.char(1612), -- "ٌ", utf8.codepoint("ٌ") == 1612, "\u{064C}", ARABIC-DAMMATAN
+ [1613] = utf8.char(1613), -- "ٍ", utf8.codepoint("ٍ") == 1613, "\u{064D}", ARABIC-KASRATAN
+ [1614] = utf8.char(1614), -- "َ", utf8.codepoint("َ") == 1614, "\u{064E}", ARABIC-FATHA
+ [1615] = utf8.char(1615), -- "ُ", utf8.codepoint("ُ") == 1615, "\u{064F}", ARABIC-DAMMA
+ [1616] = utf8.char(1616), -- "ِ", utf8.codepoint("ِ") == 1616, "\u{0650}", ARABIC-KASRA
+ [1617] = utf8.char(1617), -- "ّ", utf8.codepoint("ّ") == 1617, "\u{0651}", ARABIC-SHADDA
+ [1618] = utf8.char(1618), -- "ْ", utf8.codepoint("ْ") == 1618, "\u{0652}", ARABIC-SUKUN
+ [1619] = utf8.char(1619), -- "ٓ", utf8.codepoint("ٓ") == 1619, "\u{0653}", ARABIC-MADDA ABOVE
+ [1620] = utf8.char(1620), -- "ٔ", utf8.codepoint("ٔ") == 1620, "\u{0654}", ARABIC-HAMZA ABOVE
+ [1621] = utf8.char(1621), -- "ٕ", utf8.codepoint("ٕ") == 1621, "\u{0655}", ARABIC-HAMZA BELOW
+ [1622] = utf8.char(1622), -- "ٖ", utf8.codepoint("ٖ") == 1622, "\u{0656}", ARABIC-SUBSCRIPT ALEF
+ [1623] = utf8.char(1623), -- "ٗ", utf8.codepoint("ٗ") == 1623, "\u{0657}", ARABIC-INVERTED DAMMA
+ [1624] = utf8.char(1624), -- "٘", utf8.codepoint("٘") == 1624, "\u{0658}", ARABIC-MARK NOON GHUNNA
+ [1625] = utf8.char(1625), -- "ٙ", utf8.codepoint("ٙ") == 1625, "\u{0659}", ARABIC-ZWARAKAY
+ [1648] = utf8.char(1648), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 1648, "\u{0670}", ARABIC-SUPERSCRIPT ALEF
+ [64606] = utf8.char(64606), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 64606, "\u{FC5E}", ARABIC-LIGATURE SHADDA WITH DAMMATAN ISOLATED FORM
+ [64607] = utf8.char(64607), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 64607, "\u{FC5F}", ARABIC-LIGATURE SHADDA WITH KASRATAN ISOLATED FORM
+ [64608] = utf8.char(64608), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 64608, "\u{FC60}", ARABIC-LIGATURE SHADDA WITH FATHA ISOLATED FORM
+ [64609] = utf8.char(64609), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 64609, "\u{FC61}", ARABIC-LIGATURE SHADDA WITH DAMMA ISOLATED FORM
+ [64610] = utf8.char(64610), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 64610, "\u{FC62}", ARABIC-LIGATURE SHADDA WITH KASRA ISOLATED FORM
+ [64611] = utf8.char(64611), -- "", utf8.codepoint("") == 64611, "\u{FC63}", ARABIC-LIGATURE SHADDA WITH SUPERSCRIPT ALEF ISOLATED FORM
+}
+
local peCharTableDigit = {
[1632] = utf8.char(1632), -- "٠", utf8.codepoint("٠") == 1632, "\u{0660}", ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT ZERO
[1633] = utf8.char(1633), -- "١", utf8.codepoint("١") == 1633, "\u{0661}", ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT ONE
@@ -1157,7 +1183,7 @@ local peCharTableFinal = {
[65276] = utf8.char(65276), -- "ﻼ", utf8.codepoint("ﻼ") == 65276, "\u{FEFC}", FINAL FORM LIGATURE LAM WITH ALEF
}
-return peCharTableInitial, peCharTableMedial, peCharTableFinal
+return peCharTableInitial, peCharTableMedial, peCharTableFinal, peCharTableDiacritic
--
--
-- End of file `texnegar-char-table.lua'.
@@ -1186,8 +1212,8 @@ return peCharTableInitial, peCharTableMedial, peCharTableFinal
-- local texnegar = texnegar
-- texnegar.module = {
-- name = "texnegar",
--- version = "0.1d",
--- date = "2021-01-31",
+-- version = "0.1e",
+-- date = "2021-02-09",
-- description = "Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX",
-- author = "Hossein Movahhedian",
-- copyright = "Hossein Movahhedian",
@@ -1338,8 +1364,8 @@ dofile(kpse.find_file("texnegar-ini.lua"))
-- local texnegar_ini = texnegar_ini
-- texnegar_ini.module = {
-- name = "texnegar_ini",
--- version = "0.1d",
--- date = "2021-01-31",
+-- version = "0.1e",
+-- date = "2021-02-09",
-- description = "Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX",
-- author = "Hossein Movahhedian",
-- copyright = "Hossein Movahhedian",
@@ -1392,8 +1418,8 @@ dofile(kpse.find_file("texnegar-luatex-kashida.lua"))
-- local texnegar_luatex_kashida = texnegar_luatex_kashida
-- texnegar_luatex_kashida.module = {
-- name = "texnegar_luatex_kashida",
--- version = "0.1d",
--- date = "2021-01-31",
+-- version = "0.1e",
+-- date = "2021-02-09",
-- description = "Full implementation of kashida feature in XeLaTex and LuaLaTeX",
-- author = "Hossein Movahhedian",
-- copyright = "Hossein Movahhedian",
@@ -1406,7 +1432,7 @@ dofile(kpse.find_file("texnegar-luatex-kashida.lua"))
-- texnegar_luatex_kashida.warning = warn or (function (s) luatexbase.module_warning("texnegar_luatex_kashida", s) end)
-- texnegar_luatex_kashida.error = err or (function (s) luatexbase.module_error("texnegar_luatex_kashida", s) end)
-local peCharTableInitial, peCharTableMedial, peCharTableFinal = dofile(kpse.find_file("texnegar-char-table.lua"))
+local peCharTableInitial, peCharTableMedial, peCharTableFinal, peCharTableDiacritic = dofile(kpse.find_file("texnegar-char-table.lua"))
local kashida_unicode = 1600
local kashida_subtype = 256
@@ -1417,6 +1443,7 @@ local GLUE = node_id("glue")
local GLYPH = node_id("glyph")
local HLIST = node_id("hlist")
local RULE = node_id("rule")
+local VLIST = node_id("vlist")
local WHATSIT = node_id("whatsit")
local l_texnegar_kashida_glyph_bool = token.create("l_texnegar_kashida_glyph_bool")
@@ -1519,11 +1546,11 @@ function ProcessTableKashidaHlist(ksh_hlistNode, hbox_num, in_font)
local tn_id = tn.id
local tn_subtype = tn.subtype
- if tn_id == 0 then
+ if tn_id == HLIST then
for tp in node.traverse(tn.head) do
local tp_id = tp.id
local tp_subtype = tp.subtype
- if tp_id == 29 then
+ if tp_id == GLYPH then
if l_texnegar_color_bool.mode == c_true_bool.mode then
local col_str = color_tbl[1] .. " " .. color_tbl[2] .. " " .. color_tbl[3]
local col_str_rg = col_str .. " rg "
@@ -1555,17 +1582,17 @@ function ProcessTableKashidaHlist(ksh_hlistNode, hbox_num, in_font)
tn_width = tn.width
ksh_hlistNode.width = tn_width
end
- elseif tp_id == 0 then
+ elseif tp_id == HLIST then
if tp.subtype ~= 3 then
tbl_kashida_hlist_nodes[ #tbl_kashida_hlist_nodes + 1 ] = tp
end
end
end
- elseif tn_id == 1 then
+ elseif tn_id == VLIST then
do end
- elseif tn_id == 8 then
+ elseif tn_id == WHATSIT then
do end
- elseif tn_id == 29 then
+ elseif tn_id == GLYPH then
if l_texnegar_color_bool.mode == c_true_bool.mode then
local col_str = color_tbl[1] .. " " .. color_tbl[2] .. " " .. color_tbl[3]
local col_str_rg = col_str .. " rg "
@@ -1681,13 +1708,28 @@ function StretchGlyph(t_plb_node, t_plb_glyph_node, t_gluePerJoiner, t_dir, t_fi
node_glue.leader.dir = t_dir
- node.insert_after(t_plb_node.list, t_plb_glyph_node, node_glue)
+ local t_plb_glyph_node_next = t_plb_glyph_node.next
+ local t_plb_glyph_node_next_id = t_plb_glyph_node_next.id
+ if not t_plb_glyph_node_next then
+ node.insert_after(t_plb_node.list, t_plb_glyph_node, node_glue)
+ else
+ if t_plb_glyph_node_next_id == GLYPH then
+ local t_plb_glyph_node_next_char = t_plb_glyph_node_next.char
+ if peCharTableDiacritic[t_plb_glyph_node_next_char] then
+ node.insert_after(t_plb_node.list, t_plb_glyph_node_next, node_glue)
+ else
+ node.insert_after(t_plb_node.list, t_plb_glyph_node, node_glue)
+ end
+ else
+ node.insert_after(t_plb_node.list, t_plb_glyph_node, node_glue)
+ end
+ end
if t_filler == "leaders+hrule" then
for tn in node.traverse(t_plb_node.head) do
local tn_id = tn.id
local tn_subtype = tn.subtype
- if tn_id == 12 and tn_subtype == 100 then
+ if tn_id == GLUE and tn_subtype == 100 then
local t_hbox = node.new(HLIST)
local t_hrule = node.copy(tn)
@@ -1731,20 +1773,20 @@ function GetFillerSpec(t_plb_node, t_plb_head_node, t_tbl_line_fields, t_CharTab
for p in node.traverse(t_plb_head_node) do
local p_id = p.id
local p_subtype = p.subtype
- if p_id == 0 then
+ if p_id == HLIST then
t_tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder = t_tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder - p.width
if p.subtype ~= 3 then
tbl_hlist_nodes[ #tbl_hlist_nodes + 1 ] = p
end
- elseif p_id == 1 then
+ elseif p_id == VLIST then
t_tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder = t_tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder - p.width
tbl_vlist_nodes[ #tbl_vlist_nodes + 1 ] = p
- elseif p_id == 12 then
+ elseif p_id == GLUE then
tbl_p_glue = GetGlue(p, t_plb_node)
t_tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder = t_tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder - tbl_p_glue["effective_glue"]
t_tbl_line_fields.total_glues = t_tbl_line_fields.total_glues + 1
t_tbl_line_fields.stretchedGlue = t_tbl_line_fields.stretchedGlue + tbl_p_glue["delta"]
- elseif p_id == 29 then
+ elseif p_id == GLYPH then
tbl_p_glyph, t_tbl_line_fields = GetGlyph(p, t_tbl_line_fields, t_CharTableInitial, t_CharTableMedial, t_CharTableFinal)
selected_font_old = selected_font
selected_font = tbl_p_glyph["font"]
@@ -1781,7 +1823,7 @@ function ProcessTableHlist(tmphl_n)
local tbl_p_glue, tbl_p_glyph
- if (tmphl_n_id == 0) and (tmphl_n_subtype == 1 or tmphl_n_subtype == 2) then
+ if (tmphl_n_id == HLIST) and (tmphl_n_subtype == 1 or tmphl_n_subtype == 2) then
tbl_line_fields.line_width = tmphl_n.width
tbl_line_fields.line_dir = tmphl_n.dir
tbl_line_fields.lineWidthRemainder = tbl_line_fields.line_width
@@ -1846,9 +1888,9 @@ function ProcessTableVlist(tmpvl_n)
local tmpvl_n_subtype = tmpvl_n.subtype
for vbNode in node.traverse(tmpvl_n) do
- if vbNode.id == 1 and vbNode.subtype == 0 then
+ if vbNode.id == VLIST and vbNode.subtype == 0 then
for tr_vbNode in node.traverse(vbNode.head) do
- if (tr_vbNode.id == 0) and (tr_vbNode.subtype == 1 or tr_vbNode.subtype == 2) then
+ if (tr_vbNode.id == HLIST) and (tr_vbNode.subtype == 1 or tr_vbNode.subtype == 2) then
ProcessTableHlist(tr_vbNode)
end
end
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.pdf
index 3abdf6da0b..a5c1d33ee5 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/texnegar.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/xepersian-XB.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/xepersian-XB.pdf
index 18a3e065fa..1cad32f51d 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/xepersian-XB.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/texnegar/xepersian-XB.pdf
Binary files differ